Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
 
     
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010
or
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from       to       
 
Commission file number: 1-6880
U.S. Bancorp
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware   41-0255900
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
800 Nicollet Mall, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
 
(651) 446-3000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
 
Common Stock, $.01 par value per share   New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares (each representing 1/100th interest in a share of Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, par value $1.00)
  New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares (each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Series B Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, par value $1.00)
  New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares (each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Series D Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, par value $1.00)
  New York Stock Exchange
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes  o      No  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
     
Large accelerated filer   þ
Non-accelerated filer   o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Accelerated filer   o
Smaller reporting company o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes  o   No  þ
 
As of June 30, 2010, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $42.8 billion based on the closing sale price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.
 
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
 
     
    Outstanding at
Class
 
January 31, 2011
 
Common Stock, $.01 par value per share
  1,921,945,830 shares
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
             
Document
  Parts Into Which Incorporated
 
  1.     Portions of the Annual Report to Shareholders for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2010
(2010 Annual Report)
  Parts I and II
  2.     Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 19, 2011 (Proxy Statement)   Part III
 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I
PART II
PART IV
SIGNATURES
EX-10.11.L
EX-10.13.C
EX-12
EX-13
EX-21
EX-23
EX-24
EX-31.1
EX-31.2
EX-32
EX-101 INSTANCE DOCUMENT
EX-101 SCHEMA DOCUMENT
EX-101 CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
EX-101 LABELS LINKBASE DOCUMENT
EX-101 PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
EX-101 DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
Item 1.    Business
 
General Business Description
 
U.S. Bancorp (“U.S. Bancorp” or the “Company”) is a multi-state financial services holding company headquartered in Minneapolis, Minnesota. U.S. Bancorp was incorporated in Delaware in 1929 and operates as a financial holding company and a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. U.S. Bancorp provides a full range of financial services, including lending and depository services, cash management, foreign exchange and trust and investment management services. It also engages in credit card services, merchant and ATM processing, mortgage banking, insurance, brokerage and leasing.
 
U.S. Bancorp’s banking subsidiaries are engaged in the general banking business, principally in domestic markets. The subsidiaries range in size from $53 million to $211 billion in deposits and provide a wide range of products and services to individuals, businesses, institutional organizations, governmental entities and other financial institutions. Commercial and consumer lending services are principally offered to customers within the Company’s domestic markets, to domestic customers with foreign operations and within certain niche national venues. Lending services include traditional credit products as well as credit card services, financing and import/export trade, asset-backed lending, agricultural finance and other products. Leasing products are offered through bank leasing subsidiaries. Depository services include checking accounts, savings accounts and time certificate contracts. Ancillary services such as foreign exchange, treasury management and receivable lock-box collection are provided to corporate customers. U.S. Bancorp’s bank and trust subsidiaries provide a full range of asset management and fiduciary services for individuals, estates, foundations, business corporations and charitable organizations.
 
U.S. Bancorp’s non-banking subsidiaries primarily offer investment and insurance products to the Company’s customers principally within its markets, and mutual fund processing services to a broad range of mutual funds.
 
Banking and investment services are provided through a network of 3,031 banking offices principally operating in the Midwest and West regions of the United States. The Company operates a network of 5,310 ATMs and provides 24-hour, seven day a week telephone customer service. Mortgage banking services are provided through banking offices and loan production offices throughout the Company’s markets. Consumer lending products may be originated through banking offices, indirect correspondents, brokers or other lending sources, and a consumer finance division. The Company is also one of the largest providers of Visa ® corporate and purchasing card services and corporate trust services in the United States. A wholly-owned subsidiary, Elavon, Inc. (“Elavon”), provides merchant processing services directly to merchants and through a network of banking affiliations. Affiliates of Elavon provide similar merchant services in Canada and segments of Europe. These foreign operations are not significant to the Company.
 
On a full-time equivalent basis, as of December 31, 2010, U.S. Bancorp employed 60,584 people.
 
Competition
 
The commercial banking business is highly competitive. Subsidiary banks compete with other commercial banks and with other financial institutions, including savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, finance companies, mortgage banking companies, credit unions and investment companies. In recent years, competition has increased from institutions not subject to the same regulatory restrictions as domestic banks and bank holding companies.
 
Government Policies
 
The operations of the Company’s various operating units are affected by federal and state legislative changes and by policies of various regulatory authorities, including those of the numerous states in which they operate, the United States and foreign governments. These policies include, for example, statutory maximum legal lending rates, domestic monetary policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, United States fiscal


2


Table of Contents

policy, international currency regulations and monetary policies, U.S. Patriot Act and capital adequacy and liquidity constraints imposed by bank regulatory agencies.
 
Supervision and Regulation
 
U.S. Bancorp and its subsidiaries are subject to the extensive regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. This regulatory framework is intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the deposit insurance fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”), consumers and the banking system as a whole, and not necessarily for investors in bank holding companies such as the Company.
 
This section summarizes certain provisions of the principal laws and regulations applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries. The descriptions are not intended to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes and regulations described below.
 
Substantial changes to the regulation of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries will also be forthcoming from the bank regulatory agencies as a result of the enactment in 2010 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). Changes in applicable law or regulation, and in their application by regulatory agencies, cannot be predicted, but they may have a material effect on the business and results of the Company and its subsidiaries.
 
Dodd-Frank Act   The Dodd-Frank Act was enacted into law on July 21, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly changes the regulatory framework for financial services companies, and requires significant rulemaking and numerous studies and reports over the next several years. Among other things, it creates a new Financial Stability Oversight Council with broad authority to make recommendations or require enhanced prudential standards and more stringent supervision for large bank holding companies and certain non-bank financial services companies. The Dodd-Frank Act provides regulators with the power to require a company to sell or transfer assets and terminate activities, if they determine that the size or scope of the company’s activities pose a threat to the safety and soundness of the company or the financial stability of the United States.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act establishes the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, which has broad authority to regulate providers of credit, savings, payment and other consumer financial products and services. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act does the following: creates a new structure for resolving troubled or failed financial institutions; requires certain over-the-counter derivative transactions to be cleared in a central clearinghouse and/or effected on an exchange; revises the assessment base for the calculation of the FDIC insurance assessments; restricts the amount of interchange fees on debit card transactions; restricts securities trading activities and support for and investments in private funds; increases capital requirements; and enhances the regulation of consumer mortgage banking and predatory lending activities. The Dodd-Frank Act also limits the pre-emption of local laws applicable to national banks.
 
In addition to the Dodd-Frank Act, other legislative proposals have been made both domestically and internationally. Among other things, these proposals include additional capital and liquidity requirements and limitations on size or types of activity in which banks may engage.
 
Federal Reserve Regulation   The Company elected to become a financial holding company as of March 13, 2000, pursuant to the provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “GLBA”). Under the GLBA’s system of “functional regulation,” the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) acts as an “umbrella regulator” for the Company, and certain of the Company’s subsidiaries are regulated directly by additional agencies based on the particular activities of those subsidiaries. The Company’s banking subsidiaries are regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) and also by the Federal Reserve and the FDIC in certain areas. Supervision and regulation by the responsible regulatory agency generally includes comprehensive annual reviews of all major aspects of a bank’s business and condition, and imposition of periodic reporting requirements and limitations on investments and certain types of activities.
 
If a financial holding company or a depository institution controlled by a financial holding company ceases to meet certain capital or management standards, the Federal Reserve may impose corrective capital and managerial requirements on the financial holding company, and place limitations on its ability to conduct all of the business activities that financial holding companies are generally permitted to conduct. See “Permissible Business


3


Table of Contents

Activities” below. If the failure to meet these standards persists, a financial holding company may be required to divest its depository institution subsidiaries, or cease all activities other than those activities that may be conducted by bank holding companies that are not financial holding companies.
 
Federal Reserve regulations also provide that, if any depository institution controlled by a financial holding company fails to maintain a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), the Federal Reserve must prohibit the financial holding company and its subsidiaries from engaging in the additional activities in which only financial holding companies may engage. See “Community Reinvestment Act” below. At December 31, 2010, the Company’s depository-institution subsidiaries met the capital, management and CRA requirements necessary to permit the Company to conduct the broader activities permitted for financial holding companies under the GLBA.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act codified existing Federal Reserve policy requiring the Company to act as a source of financial strength to its bank subsidiaries, and to commit resources to support these subsidiaries in circumstances where it might not otherwise do so. However, because the GLBA provides for functional regulation of financial holding company activities by various regulators, the GLBA prohibits the Federal Reserve from requiring payment by a holding company to a depository institution if the functional regulator of the depository institution objects to the payment. In those cases, the Federal Reserve could instead require the divestiture of the depository institution and impose operating restrictions pending the divestiture. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, non-bank subsidiaries of a holding company that engage in activities permissible for an insured depository institution must be examined and regulated in a manner that is at least as stringent as if the activities were conducted by the lead depository institution of the holding company.
 
Permissible Business Activities   As a financial holding company, the Company may affiliate with securities firms and insurance companies and engage in other activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to activities that are financial in nature. “Financial in nature” activities include the following: securities underwriting, dealing and market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; insurance underwriting and agency; merchant banking; and activities that the Federal Reserve, in consultation with the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury, determines to be financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity. “Complementary activities” are activities that the Federal Reserve determines upon application to be complementary to a financial activity and that do not pose a safety and soundness risk.
 
The Company generally does not need Federal Reserve approval to acquire a company (other than a bank holding company, bank or savings association) engaged in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to activities that are financial in nature, as determined by the Federal Reserve. However, the Dodd-Frank Act added a provision requiring that approval if the total consolidated assets to be acquired exceed $10 billion. Financial holding companies are also required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve before they may acquire more than 5 percent of the voting shares or substantially all of the assets of an unaffiliated bank holding company, bank or savings association.
 
Interstate Banking   Under the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (the “Riegle-Neal Act”), a bank holding company may acquire banks in states other than its home state, subject to any state requirement that the bank has been organized and operating for a minimum period of time (not to exceed five years). Also, such an acquisition is not permitted if the bank holding company controls, prior to or following the proposed acquisition, more than 10 percent of the total amount of deposits of insured depository institutions nationwide, or, if the acquisition is the bank holding company’s initial entry into the state, more than 30 percent of the deposits of insured depository institutions in the state (or any lesser or greater amount set by the state).
 
The Riegle-Neal Act also authorizes banks to merge across state lines to create interstate branches. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, banks are permitted to establish new branches in another state to the same extent as banks chartered in the other state.
 
Regulatory Approval for Acquisitions   In determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition, federal bank regulators will consider a number of factors, including the following: the effect of the acquisition on competition, financial condition and future prospects (including current and projected capital ratios and levels); the competence, experience and integrity of management and its record of compliance with laws and regulations; the


4


Table of Contents

convenience and needs of the communities to be served (including the acquiring institution’s record of compliance under the CRA); and the effectiveness of the acquiring institution in combating money laundering activities. In addition, under the Dodd-Frank Act, approval of interstate transactions requires that the acquiror satisfy regulatory standards for well capitalized and well managed institutions.
 
Dividend Restrictions   The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries. Typically, the majority of the Company’s operating funds are received in the form of dividends paid to the Company by U.S. Bank National Association, its principal banking subsidiary. Federal law imposes limitations on the payment of dividends by national banks.
 
Dividends payable by U.S. Bank National Association, U.S. Bank National Association ND and the Company’s trust bank subsidiaries, as national banking associations, are limited to the lesser of the amounts calculated under a “recent earnings” test and an “undivided profits” test. Under the recent earnings test, a dividend may not be paid if the total of all dividends declared by a bank in any calendar year is in excess of the current year’s net income combined with the retained net income of the two preceding years, unless the bank obtains the approval of the OCC. Under the undivided profits test, a dividend may not be paid in excess of a bank’s “undivided profits.” See Note 23 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s 2010 Annual Report for the amount of dividends that the Company’s principal banking subsidiaries could pay to the Company at December 31, 2010, without the approval of their banking regulators.
 
In addition to the dividend restrictions described above, the OCC, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC have authority to prohibit or limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise (including the Company and its bank subsidiaries), if, in the banking regulator’s opinion, payment of a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in light of the financial condition of the banking organization. Subject to exceptions for well capitalized and well managed holding companies, Federal Reserve regulations also require approval of holding company purchases and redemptions of its securities if the gross consideration paid exceeds 10 percent of consolidated net worth for any 12-month period.
 
In addition, Federal Reserve policy on the payment of dividends, stock redemptions and stock repurchases requires that bank holding companies consult with and inform the Federal Reserve in advance of doing any of the following: declaring and paying dividends that could raise safety and soundness concerns ( e.g. , declaring and paying dividends that exceed earnings for the period for which dividends are being paid); redeeming or repurchasing capital instruments when experiencing financial weakness; and redeeming or repurchasing common stock and perpetual preferred stock, if the result will be a net reduction in the amount of such capital instruments outstanding for the quarter in which the reduction occurs.
 
In November 2010, the Federal Reserve issued an addendum to its policy on dividends, stock redemptions and stock repurchases that is specifically applicable to the 19 largest bank holding companies (including the Company) that are covered by the Supervisory Capital Assessment Program (“SCAP”). The addendum provides for Federal Reserve review of dividend increases, implementation of capital repurchase programs and other capital repurchases or redemptions. The addendum also requires that holding companies subject to SCAP prepare and file a comprehensive capital plan that includes a stress testing framework. These plans will be evaluated by the Federal Reserve based on the holding company’s risk profile, currently applicable capital standards and the reasonableness of plans to address future capital standards, including Basel III (discussed below) and relevant requirements under the Dodd-Frank Act.
 
Capital Requirements   Federal banking regulators have adopted risk-based capital and leverage guidelines that require the capital-to-assets ratios of financial institutions to meet certain minimum standards. The risk-based capital ratio is calculated by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet financial instruments into risk weighted categories (with higher levels of capital being required for the categories perceived as representing greater risk), and is used to determine the amount of a financial institution’s total risk-weighted assets (“RWA”).
 
Under the guidelines, capital is divided into two tiers: Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital. The amount of Tier 2 capital may not exceed the amount of Tier 1 capital. Total capital is the sum of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital. Under the guidelines, banking organizations are required to maintain a total capital ratio (total capital to RWA) of 8 percent and a Tier 1 capital ratio (Tier 1 capital to RWA) of 4 percent. At December 31, 2010, the Company’s


5


Table of Contents

consolidated total capital ratio was 13.3 percent and its Tier 1 capital ratio was 10.5 percent. For a further description of these guidelines, see Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in the Company’s 2010 Annual Report.
 
The federal banking regulators also have established minimum leverage ratio guidelines. The leverage ratio is defined as Tier 1 capital divided by adjusted average total assets. The minimum leverage ratio is 3 percent for bank holding companies that are considered “strong” under Federal Reserve guidelines or which have implemented the Federal Reserve’s risk-based capital measure for market risk. Other bank holding companies must have a minimum leverage ratio of 4 percent. Bank holding companies may be expected to maintain ratios well above the minimum levels, depending upon their particular condition, risk profile and growth plans. At December 31, 2010, the Company’s leverage ratio was 9.1 percent.
 
The minimum risk-based capital requirements adopted by the federal banking agencies follow the Capital Accord of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. In 2004, the Basel Committee published a revision to the accord (“Basel II”). U.S. banking regulators published a final Basel II rule in December 2007, which requires the Company to implement Basel II at the holding company level, as well as at its key U.S. bank subsidiaries. A further revision to the accord was published in December 2010 (“Basel III”), with implementation to be phased in beginning in 2013. Although banking regulators have not yet issued regulations implementing Basel III, the domestic implementation of Basel III will increase the Company’s capital requirements.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act contained amendments to holding company capital requirements. These amendments effectively eliminated differences between the minimum capital requirements applicable to insured depository institutions and their holding companies by phasing out the use of hybrid debt instruments (such as trust preferred securities) in determining holding company regulatory capital.
 
For additional information regarding the Company’s regulatory capital, see Capital Management in the Company’s 2010 Annual Report on pages 53 to 54.
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act   The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (the “FDICIA”) provides a framework for regulation of depository institutions and their affiliates (including parent holding companies) by federal banking regulators. As part of that framework, the FDICIA requires the relevant federal banking regulator to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to a depository institution, if that institution does not meet certain capital adequacy standards.
 
Supervisory actions by the appropriate federal banking regulator under the “prompt corrective action” rules generally depend upon an institution’s classification within five capital categories. The regulations apply only to banks and not to bank holding companies such as the Company; however, subject to limitations that may be imposed pursuant to the GLBA, the Federal Reserve is authorized to take appropriate action at the holding company level, based on the undercapitalized status of the holding company’s subsidiary banking institutions. In certain instances relating to an undercapitalized banking institution, the bank holding company would be required to guarantee the performance of the undercapitalized subsidiary’s capital restoration plan, and could be liable for civil money damages for failure to fulfill those guarantee commitments.
 
Deposit Insurance   Under current FDIC regulations, each depository institution is assigned to a risk category based on capital and supervisory measures. In 2009, the FDIC revised the method for calculating the assessment rate for depository institutions by introducing several adjustments to an institution’s initial base assessment rate. A depository institution is assessed premiums by the FDIC based on its risk category and the amount of deposits held. Higher levels of banks failures have dramatically increased FDIC resolution costs and depleted the deposit insurance fund. In addition, in 2008, the amount of FDIC insurance coverage for insured deposits was generally increased from $100,000 per depositor account ownership type to $250,000.
 
In light of the increased stress on the deposit insurance fund caused by these developments, and in order to maintain a strong funding position and restore the reserve ratios of the deposit insurance fund, the FDIC (a) imposed a special assessment in June 2009, (b) has increased assessment rates of insured institutions generally, and (c) required insured institutions to prepay on December 30, 2009 the premiums that were expected to become due for 2010, 2011 and 2012. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act alters the assessment base for deposit insurance assessments from a deposit to an asset base, and seeks to fund part of the cost of the Dodd-Frank Act by increasing


6


Table of Contents

the deposit insurance reserve fund to 1.35 percent of estimated insured deposits. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires that FDIC assessments be set in a manner that offsets the cost of the assessment increases for institutions with consolidated assets of less than $10 billion. This provision effectively places the increased assessment costs on larger financial institutions such as the Company.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently increased deposit insurance coverage from $100,000 per account ownership type to $250,000, and extended the unlimited insurance of non-interest bearing transaction accounts under the FDIC Transaction Account Guaranty program to January 1, 2013.
 
Powers of the FDIC Upon Insolvency of an Insured Institution   If the FDIC is appointed the conservator or receiver of an insured depository institution upon its insolvency or in certain other events, the FDIC has the power to (a) transfer any of the depository institution’s assets and liabilities to a new obligor without the approval of the depository institution’s creditors; (b) enforce the terms of the depository institution’s contracts pursuant to their terms; or (c) repudiate or disaffirm any contracts (if the FDIC determines that performance of the contract is burdensome and that the repudiation or disaffirmation is necessary to promote the orderly administration of the depository institution). These provisions would be applicable to obligations and liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries that are insured depository institutions, such as U.S. Bank National Association.
 
Depositor Preference   Under federal law, in the event of the liquidation or other resolution of an insured depository institution, the claims of a receiver of the institution for administrative expense and the claims of holders of U.S. deposit liabilities (including the FDIC, as subrogee of the depositors) have priority over the claims of other unsecured creditors of the institution, including holders of publicly issued senior or subordinated debt and depositors in non-U.S. offices. As a result, those noteholders and depositors would be treated differently from, and could receive, if anything, substantially less than, the depositors in U.S. offices of the depository.
 
Orderly Liquidation of Bank Holding Companies   The Dodd-Frank Act provides for the orderly liquidation of certain financial services companies (including bank holding companies) through the appointment of the FDIC as receiver upon insolvency and the occurrence of certain other events. Although these provisions became effective upon enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, only some of the regulations have been proposed, and none have been adopted, to date.
 
In preparation for the potential exercise of this authority, the FDIC created the Office of Complex Financial Institutions. Its duties include the continuous review and oversight of bank holding companies with assets of more than $100 billion. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires each bank holding company with $50 billion or more in assets to prepare a “living will” to facilitate the company’s rapid and orderly liquidation in the event of material financial distress or failure.
 
Liability of Commonly Controlled Institutions   An FDIC-insured depository institution can be held liable for any loss incurred or expected to be incurred by the FDIC in connection with another FDIC-insured institution under common control with that institution being “in default” or “in danger of default” (commonly referred to as “cross-guarantee” liability). An FDIC claim for cross-guarantee liability against a depository institution is generally superior in right of payment to claims of the holding company and its affiliates against the depository institution.
 
Transactions with Affiliates   There are various legal restrictions on the extent to which the Company and its non-bank subsidiaries may borrow or otherwise obtain funding from the Company’s banking subsidiaries, including U.S. Bank National Association and U.S. Bank National Association ND. Under the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W of the Federal Reserve, the Company’s banking subsidiaries (and their subsidiaries) may only engage in lending and other “covered transactions” with non-bank and non-savings bank affiliates to the following extent: (a) in the case of any single affiliate, the aggregate amount of covered transactions may not exceed 10 percent of the capital stock and surplus of the banking subsidiary; and (b) in the case of all affiliates, the aggregate amount of covered transactions may not exceed 20 percent of the capital stock and surplus of the banking subsidiary.
 
Covered transactions between the Company’s banking subsidiaries and their affiliates are also subject to certain collateralization requirements. All covered transactions, including transactions with a third party in which an affiliate of the banking subsidiary has a financial interest, must be conducted on market terms. “Covered transactions” are defined to include (a) a loan or extension of credit by a bank subsidiary to an affiliate, (b) a purchase of securities issued to a banking subsidiary by an affiliate, (c) a purchase of assets (unless otherwise


7


Table of Contents

exempted by the Federal Reserve) by the banking subsidiary from an affiliate, (d) the acceptance of securities issued by an affiliate to the banking subsidiary as collateral for a loan, and (e) the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit by the banking subsidiary on behalf of an affiliate.
 
Anti-Money Laundering and Suspicious Activity   Several federal laws, including the Bank Secrecy Act, the Money Laundering Control Act and the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”) require all financial institutions (including banks and securities broker-dealers) to, among other things, implement policies and procedures relating to anti-money laundering, compliance, suspicious activities, and currency transaction reporting and due diligence on customers. The Patriot Act also requires federal bank regulators to evaluate the effectiveness of an applicant in combating money laundering when determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition.
 
Community Reinvestment Act   The Company’s banking subsidiaries are subject to the provisions of the CRA. Under the terms of the CRA, the banks have a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including providing credit to individuals residing in low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions, and does not limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community in a manner consistent with the CRA.
 
The OCC regularly assesses each of the Company’s banking subsidiaries on its record in meeting the credit needs of the community served by that institution, including low-income and moderate-income neighborhoods. The assessment also is considered when the Federal Reserve reviews applications by banking institutions to acquire, merge or consolidate with another banking institution or its holding company, to establish a new branch office that will accept deposits or to relocate an office. In the case of a bank holding company applying for approval to acquire a bank or other bank holding company, the Federal Reserve will assess the records of each subsidiary depository institution of the applicant bank holding company, and those records may be the basis for denying the application.
 
U.S. Bank National Association received an “outstanding” CRA rating and U.S. Bank National Association ND received a “satisfactory” CRA rating in their most recent examinations, covering the periods from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2008.
 
Regulation of Brokerage, Investment Advisory and Insurance Activities   The Company conducts securities underwriting, dealing and brokerage activities in the United States through U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc. (“USBII”) and other subsidiaries. These activities are subject to regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and other authorities, including state regulators. These regulations generally include licensing of securities personnel, interactions with customers, trading operations and periodic examinations.
 
Securities regulators impose capital requirements on USBII and monitor its financial operations with periodical financial reviews. In addition, USBII is a member of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation.
 
The operations of First American Funds mutual funds also are subject to regulation by the SEC. The Company’s operations in the areas of insurance brokerage and reinsurance of credit life insurance are subject to regulation and supervision by various state insurance regulatory authorities, including the licensing of insurance brokers and agents.
 
Financial Privacy   Under the requirements imposed by the GLBA, the Company and its subsidiaries are required periodically to disclose to their retail customers the Company’s policies and practices with respect to the sharing of nonpublic customer information with its affiliates and others, and the confidentiality and security of that information. Under the GLBA, retail customers also must be given the opportunity to “opt out” of information-sharing arrangements with nonaffiliates, subject to certain exceptions set forth in the GLBA.
 
Other Supervision and Regulation   The activities of U.S. Bank National Association and U.S. Bank National Association ND as consumer lenders also are subject to regulation under various U.S. federal laws, including the Truth-in-Lending, Equal Credit Opportunity, Fair Credit Reporting, Fair Debt Collection Practice and Electronic Funds Transfer acts, as well as various state laws. These statutes impose requirements on consumer loan origination and collection practices.


8


Table of Contents

The Company is subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, both as administered by the SEC, by virtue of the Company’s status as a public company. As a listed company on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”), the Company is subject to the rules of the NYSE for listed companies.
 
Website Access to SEC Reports
 
U.S. Bancorp’s internet website can be found at usbank.com . U.S. Bancorp makes available free of charge on its website its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as well as all other reports filed by U.S. Bancorp with the SEC as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filed with, or furnished to, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
Additional Information
 
Additional information in response to this Item 1 can be found in the Company’s 2010 Annual Report on page 20 under the heading “Acquisitions”; and on pages 55 to 60 under the heading “Line of Business Financial Review.” That information is incorporated into this report by reference.
 
Item 1A.    Risk Factors
 
Information in response to this Item 1A can be found in the Company’s 2010 Annual Report on pages 131 to 138 under the heading “Risk Factors.” That information is incorporated into this report by reference.
 
Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments
 
None.
 
Item 2.    Properties
 
U.S. Bancorp and its significant subsidiaries occupy headquarter offices under a long-term lease in Minneapolis, Minnesota. The Company also leases nine freestanding operations centers in Cincinnati, Denver, Milwaukee, Minneapolis, Overland Park, Portland and St. Paul. The Company owns 11 principal operations centers in Cincinnati, Coeur d’Alene, Fargo, Milwaukee, Olathe, Owensboro, Portland, St. Louis and St. Paul. At December 31, 2010, the Company’s subsidiaries owned and operated a total of 1,507 facilities and leased an additional 1,975 facilities, all of which are well maintained. The Company believes its current facilities are adequate to meet its needs. Additional information with respect to premises and equipment is presented in Notes 9 and 22 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s 2010 Annual Report. That information is incorporated into this report by reference.
 
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings
 
During 2010, the Company paid an $800,000 penalty imposed under section 6707 A(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code for failure to include certain reportable transaction information in its 2004 — 2007 federal income tax returns related to a listed transaction.
 
Item 4.    (Removed and Reserved)
 
Capital Covenants
 
The Company has entered into several transactions involving the issuance of capital securities (“Capital Securities”) by Delaware statutory trusts formed by the Company (the “Trusts”), the issuance by the Company of preferred stock (“Preferred Stock”) or the issuance by an indirect subsidiary of U.S. Bank National Association of preferred stock exchangeable for the Company’s Preferred Stock under certain circumstances (“Exchangeable Preferred Stock”). Simultaneously with the closing of each of those transactions, the Company entered into a replacement capital covenant (each, a “Replacement Capital Covenant” and collectively, the “Replacement Capital Covenants”) for the benefit of persons that buy, hold or sell a specified series of long-term indebtedness of the


9


Table of Contents

Company or U.S. Bank National Association (the “Covered Debt”). Each of the Replacement Capital Covenants provides that neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries (including any of the Trusts) will repay, redeem or purchase any of the Preferred Stock, Exchangeable Preferred Stock or the Capital Securities and the securities held by the Trust (the “Other Securities”), as applicable, on or before the date specified in the applicable Replacement Capital Covenant, with certain limited exceptions, except to the extent that, during the 180 days prior to the date of that repayment, redemption or purchase, the Company has received proceeds from the sale of qualifying securities that (i) have equity-like characteristics that are the same as, or more equity-like than, the applicable characteristics of the Preferred Stock, the Exchangeable Preferred Stock, the Capital Securities or Other Securities, as applicable, at the time of repayment, redemption or purchase, and (ii) the Company has obtained the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board, if such approval is then required by the Federal Reserve Board or, in the case of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock, the approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.
 
The Company will provide a copy of any Replacement Capital Covenant to a holder of the relevant Covered Debt. For copies of any of these documents, holders should write to Investor Relations, U.S. Bancorp, 800 Nicollet Mall, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402, or call (866) 775-9668.
 
The following table identifies the (i) closing date for each transaction, (ii) issuer, (iii) series of Capital Securities, Preferred Stock or Exchangeable Preferred Stock issued in the relevant transaction, (iv) Other Securities, if any, and (v) applicable Covered Debt.
 
                 
Closing
      Capital Securities or
       
Date   Issuer   Preferred Stock   Other Securities   Covered Debt
 
12/29/05
  USB Capital
VIII and
U.S. Bancorp
  USB Capital VIII’s
$375,000,000 6.35% Trust
Preferred Securities
  U.S. Bancorp’s $375,000,000
6.35% Income Capital
Obligation Notes due 2065
  U.S. Bancorp’s 5.875% junior
subordinated debentures due
2035, underlying the 5.875% trust
preferred securities of USB Capital
VII (CUSIP No. 903301208)
3/17/06
  USB Capital
IX and
U.S. Bancorp
  USB Capital IX’s
$675,378,000 of 6.189%
Fixed-to-Floating Rate
Normal Income Trust
Securities
  (i) U.S. Bancorp’s
Remarketed Junior
Subordinated Notes and
(ii) Stock Purchase Contract
to Purchase U.S. Bancorp’s
Series A Non-Cumulative
Perpetual Preferred Stock
  U.S. Bancorp’s 5.875% junior
subordinated debentures due 2035,
underlying the 5.875% trust
preferred securities of USB Capital
VII (CUSIP No. 903301208)
3/27/06
  U.S. Bancorp   U.S. Bancorp’s 40,000,000
Depositary Shares ($25 per
Depositary Share) each
representing a 1/1000 th
interest in a share of Series B
Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock
  Not Applicable   U.S. Bancorp’s 5.875% junior
subordinated debentures due 2035,
underlying the 5.875% trust
preferred securities of USB Capital
VII (CUSIP No. 903301208)
4/12/06
  USB Capital
X and
U.S. Bancorp
  USB Capital X’s
$500,000,000 6.50% Trust Preferred Securities
  U.S. Bancorp’s 6.50%
Income Capital Obligation
Notes due 2066
  U.S. Bancorp’s 5.875% junior
subordinated debentures due 2035,
underlying the 5.875% trust
preferred securities of USB Capital
VII (CUSIP No. 903301208)
8/30/06
  USB Capital
XI and
U.S. Bancorp
  USB Capital XI’s
$765,000,000 6.60% Trust
Preferred Securities
  U.S. Bancorp’s 6.60%
Income Capital Obligation
Notes due 2066
  U.S. Bancorp’s 5.875% junior
subordinated debentures due 2035,
underlying the 5.875% trust
preferred securities of USB Capital
VII (CUSIP No. 903301208)
12/22/06
  USB Realty
Corp (a) and
U.S. Bancorp
  USB Realty Corp.’s
5,000 shares of Fixed-
Floating-Rate Exchangeable
Non-cumulative Perpetual
Series A Preferred Stock
exchangeable for shares of
U.S. Bancorp’s Series C
Non-cumulative Perpetual
Preferred Stock (b)
  Not applicable   U.S. Bancorp’s 6.60% junior
subordinated debentures due 2066,
underlying 6.60% trust
preferred securities of USB Capital
XI (CUSIP No. 903300200)


10


Table of Contents

                 
Closing
      Capital Securities or
       
Date   Issuer   Preferred Stock   Other Securities   Covered Debt
 
2/1/07
  USB Capital
XII and
U.S. Bancorp
  USB Capital XII’s
$535,000,000 6.30% Trust
Preferred Securities
  U.S. Bancorp’s 6.30%
Income Capital Obligation
Notes due 2067
  U.S. Bancorp’s 5.875% junior
subordinated debentures due 2035,
underlying the 5.875% trust
preferred securities of USB Capital
VII (CUSIP No. 903301208)
3/17/08
  U.S. Bancorp   U.S. Bancorp’s 20,000,000 Depositary Shares ($25 per Depositary Share) each representing a 1/1000 th
interest in a share of Series D
Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock
  Not Applicable   U.S. Bancorp’s 5.875% junior
subordinated debentures due 2035,
underlying the 5.875% trust
preferred securities of USB Capital
VII (CUSIP No. 903301208)
6/10/10
  U.S. Bancorp   U.S. Bancorp’s 574,622 Depositary Shares ($1,000 per Depositary Share) each representing a 1/100 th
interest in a share of Series A
Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock
  Not Applicable   U.S. Bancorp’s 5.875% junior
subordinated debentures due 2035,
underlying the 5.875% trust
preferred securities of USB Capital
VII (CUSIP No. 903301208)
 
 
(a) USB Realty Corp. is an indirect subsidiary of U.S. Bank National Association.
 
(b) Under certain circumstances, upon the direction of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, each share of USB Realty Corp.’s Series A Preferred Stock will be automatically exchanged for one share of the U.S. Bancorp’s Series C Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock.
 
PART II
 
Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
The following table provides a detailed analysis of all shares repurchased by the Company during the fourth quarter of 2010:
 
                                 
            Total Number
   
            of Shares
  Maximum Number
            Purchased as
  of Shares that May
    Total Number
  Average
  Part of Publicly
  Yet Be Purchased
    of Shares
  Price Paid
  Announced
  Under the
Time Period
  Purchased   per Share   Programs   Programs
 
October 1-31 (a)
    8,100     $ 22.94       8,100       19,022,336  
November 1-30 (a)
    964       24.87       964       19,021,372  
December 1-31 (b)
    171       22.10       171       19,999,829  
                                 
Total
    9,235     $ 23.12       9,235       19,999,829  
                                 
 
 
(a) On December 9, 2008, the Company announced that the Board of Directors approved an authorization to repurchase 20 million shares of common stock through December 31, 2010. All shares purchased during October and November of 2010 were purchased under the publicly announced December 9, 2008 authorization.
 
(b) On December 13, 2010, the Company announced that the Board of Directors approved an authorization to repurchase 20 million shares of common stock through December 31, 2011. The December 2010 authorization replaced the December 2008 authorization. All shares purchased during December of 2010 were purchased under the publicly announced December 13, 2010 authorization.

11


Table of Contents

 
Additional Information
 
Additional information in response to this Item 5 can be found in the Company’s 2010 Annual Report on page 130 under the heading “U.S. Bancorp Supplemental Financial Data (Unaudited).” That information is incorporated into this report by reference.
 
Item 6.    Selected Financial Data
 
Information in response to this Item 6 can be found in the Company’s 2010 Annual Report on page 19 under the heading “Table 1 — Selected Financial Data.” That information is incorporated into this report by reference.
 
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
Information in response to this Item 7 can be found in the Company’s 2010 Annual Report on pages 18 to 64 under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis.” That information is incorporated into this report by reference.
 
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
Information in response to this Item 7A can be found in the Company’s 2010 Annual Report on pages 33 to 54 under the heading “Corporate Risk Profile.” That information is incorporated into this report by reference.
 
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
Information in response to this Item 8 can be found in the Company’s 2010 Annual Report on pages 65 to 130 under the headings “Report of Management,” “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on the Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting,” “U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Balance Sheet,” “U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Statement of Income,” “U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity,” “U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows,” “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” “U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Balance Sheet — Five Year Summary (Unaudited),” “U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Statement of Income — Five Year Summary (Unaudited),” “U.S. Bancorp Quarterly Consolidated Financial Data (Unaudited),” “U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Daily Average Balance Sheet and Related Yields and Rates (Unaudited)” and “U.S. Bancorp Supplemental Financial Data (Unaudited).” That information is incorporated into this report by reference.
 
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
None.
 
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures
 
Information in response to this Item 9A can be found in the Company’s 2010 Annual Report on page 64 under the heading “Controls and Procedures” and on pages 65 and 67 under the headings “Report of Management” and “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.” That information is incorporated into this report by reference.
 
Item 9B.    Other Information
 
None.


12


Table of Contents

PART III
 
Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
Executive Officers of the Registrant
 
Richard K. Davis
 
Mr. Davis is Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Davis, 53, has served as Chairman of U.S. Bancorp since December 2007, Chief Executive Officer since December 2006 and President since October 2004. He also served as Chief Operating Officer from October 2004 until December 2006. From the time of the merger of Firstar Corporation and U.S. Bancorp in February 2001 until October 2004, Mr. Davis served as Vice Chairman of U.S. Bancorp. From the time of the merger, Mr. Davis was responsible for Consumer Banking, including Retail Payment Solutions (card services), and he assumed additional responsibility for Commercial Banking in 2003. Mr. Davis has held management positions with the Company since joining Star Banc Corporation, one of its predecessors, in 1993 as Executive Vice President.
 
Jennie P. Carlson
 
Ms. Carlson is Executive Vice President, Human Resources, of U.S. Bancorp. Ms. Carlson, 50, has served in this position since January 2002. Until that time, she served as Executive Vice President, Deputy General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of U.S. Bancorp since the merger of Firstar Corporation and U.S. Bancorp in February 2001. From 1995 until the merger, she was General Counsel and Secretary of Firstar Corporation and Star Banc Corporation.
 
Andrew Cecere
 
Mr. Cecere is Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Cecere, 50, has served in this position since February 2007. Until that time, he served as Vice Chairman, Wealth Management and Securities Services, since the merger of Firstar Corporation and U.S. Bancorp in February 2001. Previously, he had served as an executive officer of the former U.S. Bancorp, including as Chief Financial Officer from May 2000 through February 2001.
 
Terrance R. Dolan
 
Mr. Dolan is Vice Chairman, Wealth Management and Securities Services, of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Dolan, 49, has served in this position since July 2010. From September 1998 to July 2010, Mr. Dolan served as U.S. Bancorp’s Controller. He additionally held the title of Executive Vice President from January 2002 until June 2010 and Senior Vice President from September 1998 until January 2002.
 
Richard C. Hartnack
 
Mr. Hartnack is Vice Chairman, Consumer and Small Business Banking, of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Hartnack, 65, has served in this position since April 2005, when he joined U.S. Bancorp. Prior to joining U.S. Bancorp, he served as Vice Chairman of Union Bank of California from 1991 to 2005 with responsibility for Community Banking and Investment Services.
 
Richard J. Hidy
 
Mr. Hidy is Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Hidy, 48, has served in this position since 2005. From 2003 until 2005, he served as Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel of U.S. Bancorp, having served as Senior Vice President and Associate General Counsel of U.S. Bancorp and Firstar Corporation since 1999.


13


Table of Contents

Joseph C. Hoesley
 
Mr. Hoesley is Vice Chairman, Commercial Real Estate, of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Hoesley, 56, has served in this position since June 2006. From June 2002 until June 2006, he served as Executive Vice President and National Group Head of Commercial Real Estate at U.S. Bancorp, having previously served as Senior Vice President and Group Head of Commercial Real Estate since joining U.S. Bancorp in 1992.
 
Pamela A. Joseph
 
Ms. Joseph is Vice Chairman, Payment Services, of U.S. Bancorp. Ms. Joseph, 52, has served in this position since December 2004. Since November 2004, she has been Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Elavon Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of U.S. Bancorp. Prior to that time, she had been President and Chief Operating Officer of Elavon Inc. since February 2000.
 
Howell D. McCullough III
 
Mr. McCullough is Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer of U.S. Bancorp and Head of U.S. Bancorp’s Enterprise Revenue Office. Mr. McCullough, 54, has served in these positions since September 2007. From July 2005 until September 2007, he served as Director of Strategy and Acquisitions of the Payment Services business of U.S. Bancorp. He also served as Chief Financial Officer of the Payment Services business from October 2006 until September 2007. From March 2001 until July 2005, he served as Senior Vice President and Director of Investor Relations at U.S. Bancorp.
 
Lee R. Mitau
 
Mr. Mitau is Executive Vice President and General Counsel of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Mitau, 62, has served in this position since 1995. Mr. Mitau also serves as Corporate Secretary. Prior to 1995 he was a partner at the law firm of Dorsey & Whitney LLP.
 
P.W. Parker
 
Mr. Parker is Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Parker, 54, has served in this position since October 2007. From March 2005 until October 2007, he served as Executive Vice President of Credit Portfolio Management of U.S. Bancorp, having served as Senior Vice President of Credit Portfolio Management of U.S. Bancorp since January 2002.
 
Richard B. Payne, Jr.
 
Mr. Payne is Vice Chairman, Wholesale Banking, of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Payne, 63, has served in this position since November 2010, when he assumed the additional responsibility for Commercial Banking at U.S. Bancorp. From July 2006, when he joined U.S. Bancorp, until November 2010, Mr. Payne served as Vice Chairman, Corporate Banking at U.S. Bancorp. Prior to joining U.S. Bancorp, he served as Executive Vice President for National City Corporation in Cleveland, with responsibility for Capital Markets, from 2001 to 2006.
 
Jeffry H. von Gillern
 
Mr. von Gillern is Vice Chairman, Technology and Operations Services, of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. von Gillern, 45, has served in this position since July 2010. From April 2001, when he joined U.S. Bancorp, until July 2010, Mr. von Gillern served as Executive Vice President of U.S. Bancorp, additionally serving as Chief Information Officer from July 2007 until July 2010.
 
Code of Ethics and Business Conduct
 
The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. The Company’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct can be found at www.usbank.com by clicking on “About U.S. Bank” and then clicking on “Ethics” under the “Investor/Shareholder Information” heading, which is located at the left side of the bottom of the page. The


14


Table of Contents

Company intends to satisfy the disclosure requirements under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding amendments to, or waivers from, certain provisions of the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct that apply to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer by posting such information on its website, at the address and location specified above.
 
Additional Information
 
Additional information in response to this Item 10 can be found in the Company’s Proxy Statement under the headings “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Proposal 1 — Election of Directors” and “Board Meetings and Committees.” That information is incorporated into this report by reference.
 
Item 11.    Executive Compensation
 
Information in response to this Item 11 can be found in the Company’s Proxy Statement under the headings “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation.” That information is incorporated into this report by reference.
 
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information
 
The following table summarizes information regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans in effect as of December 31, 2010:
 
                         
                Number of Securities
 
                Remaining Available for
 
          Weighted-average
    Future Issuance under
 
    Number of Securities to
    Exercise Price of
    Equity Compensation
 
    be Issued upon Exercise
    Outstanding Options,
    Plans (Excluding Securities
 
    of Outstanding Options,
    Warrants
    Reflected in the First
 
Plan Category
  Warrants and Rights     and Rights     Column) (1)  
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (2)
    87,572,874     $ 26.65       68,908,298  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders (3)(4)
    3,745,529     $ 23.18        
                         
Total
    91,318,403     $ 25.87       68,908,298  
 
 
(1) No shares are available for granting future awards under the U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan or the U.S. Bancorp 1998 Executive Stock Incentive Plan.
 
The 68,908,298 shares available under the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan are available for future awards in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards or other stock-based awards, except that only 23,408,818 of these shares are available for future grants of awards other than stock options or stock appreciation rights.
 
(2) Includes shares underlying stock options, performance-based restricted stock units (awarded to the members of the Company’s managing committee in 2010 and 2009 and convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock on a one-for-one basis), and restricted stock units (convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock on a one-for-one basis) under the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, the U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan and the U.S. Bancorp 1998 Executive Stock Incentive Plan. Excludes 194,202 shares, with a weighted-average exercise price of $18.87, underlying outstanding stock options and warrants assumed by U.S. Bancorp in connection with acquisitions by U.S. Bancorp. Of the excluded shares, 22,431 underlie stock options granted under equity compensation plans of the former U.S. Bancorp that were approved by the shareholders of the former U.S. Bancorp.
 
(3) Includes 2,513,904 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to various current and former deferred compensation plans of U.S. Bancorp and its predecessor entities. All of the remaining identified shares


15


Table of Contents

underlie stock options granted to a broad-based employee population pursuant to the U.S. Bancorp 2001 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (“2001 Stock Plan”).
 
(4) The weighted-average exercise price does not include any assumed price at issuance of shares that may be issuable pursuant to the deferred compensation plans.
 
As of December 31, 2010, options to purchase an aggregate of 1,231,625 shares were outstanding under the 2001 Stock Plan. Under the 2001 Stock Plan, nonqualified stock options were granted to full-time or part-time employees actively employed by U.S. Bancorp on the grant date, other than individuals eligible to participate in any of the Company’s executive stock incentive plans. All options outstanding under the plan were granted on February 27, 2001.
 
No further options will be granted under the 2001 Stock Plan. Under this plan the exercise price of the options equals the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the grant date. All options granted under the plan have a term of 10 years from the grant date and become exercisable over a period of time set forth in the relevant plan or as determined by the committee administering the relevant plan. Options granted under the plan are nontransferable and, during the optionee’s lifetime, are exercisable only by the optionee.
 
If an optionee is terminated as a result of his or her gross misconduct or offense, all options terminate immediately, whether or not vested. Under the 2001 Stock Plan in the event an optionee is terminated immediately following a change-in-control (as defined in the plan) of U.S. Bancorp, and the termination is due to business needs resulting from the change-in-control and not as a result of the optionee’s performance or conduct, all of the optionee’s outstanding options will become immediately vested and exercisable as of the date of termination.
 
If the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of stock or other securities as a result of a reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reclassification, merger, consolidation or similar event, the number of shares underlying outstanding options also may be adjusted. The plans may be terminated, amended or modified by the Board of Directors at any time.
 
The deferred compensation plans allow non-employee directors and members of the Company’s senior management to defer all or part of their compensation until the earlier of retirement or termination of employment. The deferred compensation is deemed to be invested in one of several investment alternatives at the option of the participant, including shares of U.S. Bancorp common stock. Deferred compensation deemed to be invested in U.S. Bancorp stock may be received at the time of distribution at the election of the participant, in the form of shares of U.S. Bancorp common stock. The 2,513,904 shares included in the table assume that participants in the plans whose deferred compensation had been deemed to be invested in U.S. Bancorp common stock had elected to receive all of that deferred compensation in shares of U.S. Bancorp common stock on December 31, 2010. The U.S. Bank Executive Employee Deferred Compensation Plan (2005 Statement) and the U.S. Bank Outside Directors Deferred Compensation Plan (2005 Statement) are the Company’s only deferred compensation plans under which compensation may currently be deferred.
 
Additional Information
 
Additional information in response to this Item 12 can be found in the Company’s Proxy Statement under the heading “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.” That information is incorporated into this report by reference.
 
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
 
Information in response to this Item 13 can be found in the Company’s Proxy Statement under the headings “Director Independence” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.” That information is incorporated into this report by reference.


16


Table of Contents

Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services
 
Information in response to this Item 14 can be found in the Company’s Proxy Statement under the headings “Fees to Independent Auditor” and “Administration of Engagement of Independent Auditor.” That information is incorporated into this report by reference.
 
PART IV
 
Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
 
List of documents filed as part of this report
 
1.   Financial Statements
 
  •  Report of Management
 
  •  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
  •  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
  •  U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2010 and 2009
 
  •  U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Statement of Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010
 
  •  U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010
 
  •  U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010
 
  •  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
  •  U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Balance Sheet — Five Year Summary (Unaudited)
 
  •  U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Statement of Income — Five Year Summary (Unaudited)
 
  •  U.S. Bancorp Quarterly Consolidated Financial Data (Unaudited)
 
  •  U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Daily Average Balance Sheet and Related Yields and Rates (Unaudited)
 
  •  U.S. Bancorp Supplemental Financial Data (Unaudited)
 
2.   Financial Statement Schedules
 
All financial statement schedules for the Company have been included in the consolidated financial statements or the related footnotes, or are either inapplicable or not required.


17


Table of Contents

3.   Exhibits
 
Shareholders may obtain a copy of any of the exhibits to this report upon payment of a fee covering the Company’s reasonable expenses in furnishing the exhibits. You can request exhibits by writing to Investor Relations, U.S. Bancorp, 800 Nicollet Mall, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402.
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number  
Description
 
  (1) 3 .1   Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended. Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2010.
  (1) 3 .2   Amended and Restated Bylaws. Filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Form 8-K filed on January 20, 2010.
  4 .1   [Pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K, copies of instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt are not filed. U.S. Bancorp agrees to furnish a copy thereof to the SEC upon request.]
  (1)(2) 10 .1(a)   U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001.
  (1)(2) 10 .1(b)   Amendment No. 1 to U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.
  (1)(2) 10 .2(a)   U.S. Bancorp 1998 Executive Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.
  (1)(2) 10 .3(a)   Summary of U.S. Bancorp 1991 Executive Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.
  (1)(2) 10 .4(a)   U.S. Bancorp 2001 Employee Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.
  (1)(2) 10 .5(a)   Firstar Corporation 1999 Employee Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.
  (1)(2) 10 .6(a)   Firstar Corporation 1998 Employee Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.7 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.
  (1)(2) 10 .7(a)   U.S. Bancorp 2006 Executive Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on April 21, 2006.
  (1)(2) 10 .8(a)   U.S. Bancorp Executive Deferral Plan, as amended. Filed as Exhibit 10.7 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999.
  (1)(2) 10 .9(a)   Summary of Nonqualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended, of the former U.S. Bancorp. Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001.
  (1)(2) 10 .10(a)   Form of Director Indemnification Agreement entered into with former directors of the former U.S. Bancorp. Filed as Exhibit 10.15 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997.
  (1)(2) 10 .11(a)   U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.16 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.
  (1)(2) 10 .11(b)   First, Second and Third Amendments of U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.17 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
  (1)(2) 10 .11(c)   Fourth Amendment of U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2004.
  (1)(2) 10 .11(d)   Appendix B-10 to U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2005.
  (1)(2) 10 .11(e)   Fifth Amendment of U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2005.
  (1)(2) 10 .11(f)   Sixth Amendment of U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on October 20, 2005.
  (1)(2) 10 .11(g)   Seventh Amendment of U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1(g) to Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.
  (1)(2) 10 .11(h)   Eighth Amendment of U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1(h) to Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.


18


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number  
Description
 
  (1)(2) 10 .11(i)   Ninth Amendment of U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1(i) to Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.
  (1)(2) 10 .11(j)   Tenth Amendment of U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1(j) to Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.
  (1)(2) 10 .11(k)   Eleventh Amendment of U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.11(k) to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.
  (2) 10 .11(l)   Twelfth Amendment of U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan.
  (1)(2) 10 .12(a)   U.S. Bancorp Executive Employees Deferred Compensation Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.18 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
  (1)(2) 10 .13(a)   U.S. Bancorp 2005 Executive Employees Deferred Compensation Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2005.
  (1)(2) 10 .13(b)   First Amendment of U.S. Bancorp 2005 Executive Employees Deferred Compensation Plan effective as of January 31, 2009. Filed as Exhibit 10.2(b) to Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.
  (2) 10 .13(c)   Second Amendment of U.S. Bancorp 2005 Executive Employees Deferred Compensation Plan effective as of January 1, 2010.
  (1)(2) 10 .14(a)   U.S. Bancorp Outside Directors Deferred Compensation Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.19 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
  (1)(2) 10 .15(a)   U.S. Bancorp 2005 Outside Directors Deferred Compensation Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2005.
  (1)(2) 10 .15(b)   First Amendment of U.S. Bancorp 2005 Outside Directors Deferred Compensation Plan effective as of January 31, 2009. Filed as Exhibit 10.3(b) to Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.
  (1)(2) 10 .16(a)   Form of Executive Severance Agreement, effective November 16, 2001, between U.S. Bancorp and certain executive officers of U.S. Bancorp. Filed as Exhibit 10.12 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001.
  (1)(2) 10 .16(b)   Form of Amendment to Executive Severance Agreements for IRC Section 409A Compliance dated as of December 31, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.6(b) to Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.
  (1)(2) 10 .17(a)   Form of Executive Officer Stock Option Agreement with cliff and performance vesting under U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004.
  (1)(2) 10 .18(a)   Form of Executive Officer Stock Option Agreement with annual vesting under U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004.
  (1)(2) 10 .19(a)   Form of 2006 Executive Officer Stock Option Agreement with annual vesting under U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on January 17, 2006.
  (1)(2) 10 .20(a)   Form of Executive Officer Restricted Stock Award Agreement under U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004.
  (1)(2) 10 .21(a)   Form of Director Stock Option Agreement under U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004.
  (1)(2) 10 .22(a)   Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004.
  (1)(2) 10 .22(b)   Form of Amendment to Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements under U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan dated as of December 31, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.5(b) to Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.
  (1)(2) 10 .23(a)   Form of Executive Officer Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004.
  (1)(2) 10 .24(a)   Offer of Employment to Richard C. Hartnack. Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2005.


19


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number  
Description
 
  (1)(2) 10 .25(a)   Employment Agreement dated May 7, 2001, with Pamela A. Joseph. Filed as Exhibit 10.37 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007.
  (1)(2) 10 .25(b)   Amendment to Employment Agreement with Pamela A. Joseph dated as of December 31, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.7(b) to Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.
  (1)(2) 10 .26(a)   U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on April 20, 2010.
  (1)(2) 10 .27(a)   Form of 2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Executive Officers under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed on April 18, 2007.
  (1)(2) 10 .28(a)   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Executive Officers under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan to be used after December 31, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.8(a) to Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.
  (1)(2) 10 .29(a)   Form of 2007 Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Executive Officers under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K filed on April 18, 2007.
  (1)(2) 10 .30(a)   Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Executive Officers under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan to be used after December 31, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.9(a) to Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.
  (1)(2) 10 .31(a)   Form of 2008 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Executive Officers under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on January 17, 2008.
  (1)(2) 10 .32(a)   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Executive Officers under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan to be used after December 31, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.10(a) to Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.
  (1)(2) 10 .33(a)   Form of Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Executive Officers under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan to be used after December 31, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on March 6, 2009.
  (1)(2) 10 .34(a)   Form of Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Executive Officers (as approved February 14, 2011) under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on February 16, 2011.
  (1)(2) 10 .35(a)   Form of 2010 Retention Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Executive Officers under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on February 18, 2010.
  (1)(2) 10 .36(a)   Form of 2007 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q/A filed for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2007.
  (1)(2) 10 .37(a)   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan to be used after December 31, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.11(a) to Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.
  12     Statement re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
  13     2010 Annual Report, pages 18 through 141.
  21     Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
  24     Power of Attorney.
  31 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
  31 .2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.


20


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number  
Description
 
  32     Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350 as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  101     Financial statements from the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2010, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language: (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheet, (ii) the Consolidated Statement of Income, (iii) the Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity, (iv) the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows and (v) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
(1) Exhibit has been previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is incorporated herein as an exhibit by reference to the prior filing.
 
(2) Management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.


21


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on February 28, 2011, on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
U.S. BANCORP
 
  By 
/s/   Richard K. Davis
Richard K. Davis
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on February 28, 2011, by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.
 
         
Signature and Title
   
 
     
/s/   Richard K. Davis

Richard K. Davis,
Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
   
     
/s/   Andrew Cecere

Andrew Cecere,
Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer)
   
     
/s/   Craig E. Gifford

Craig E. Gifford,
Executive Vice President and Controller
(principal accounting officer)
   
     
/s/   Douglas M. Baker, Jr.*

Douglas M. Baker, Jr., Director
   
     
/s/   Y. Marc Belton*

Y. Marc Belton, Director
   
     
/s/   Victoria Buyniski Gluckman*

Victoria Buyniski Gluckman, Director
   
     
/s/   Arthur D. Collins*

Arthur D. Collins, Jr., Director
   
     
/s/   Joel W. Johnson*

Joel W. Johnson, Director
   
     
/s/   Olivia F. Kirtley*

Olivia F. Kirtley, Director
   


22


Table of Contents

         
Signature and Title
   
 
     
/s/   Jerry W. Levin*

Jerry W. Levin, Director
   
     
/s/   David B. O’Maley*

David B. O’Maley, Director
   
     
/s/   O’Dell M. Owens M.D., M.P.H. *

O’Dell M. Owens, M.D., M.P.H., Director
   
     
/s/   Richard G. Reiten*

Richard G. Reiten, Director
   
     
/s/   Craig D. Schnuck*

Craig D. Schnuck, Director
   
     
/s/   Patrick T. Stokes*

Patrick T. Stokes, Director
   
 
 
Lee R. Mitau, by signing his name hereto, does hereby sign this document on behalf of each of the above named directors of the registrant pursuant to powers of attorney duly executed by such persons.
 
Dated: February 28, 2011
  By: 
/s/   Lee R. Mitau
Lee R. Mitau
Attorney-In-Fact
Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Corporate Secretary


23

Exhibit 10.11(l)
TWELFTH AMENDMENT
OF
U.S. BANK NON-QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLAN
     The U.S. Bank Non-Qualified Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) is amended as provided below. This amendment is intended to clarify the Plan. The amendment below is not intended to make any changes that would cause a violation of section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code or its accompanying regulations. If a change in this amendment is determined to be a violation of section 409A, the amendment shall not be effective and shall be disregarded with respect to the rules governing benefits under the Plan.
1. TERMINATION AND SEPARATION FROM SERVICE. Effective January 1, 2009, to the extent there is ambiguity with respect to the payment of non-Grandfathered benefits under the Plan, if payment of the benefits is subject to section 409A and is triggered upon a participant’s termination of employment then the term “termination” and phrase “termination of employment” shall be interpreted as being contingent upon a participant’s separation from service as defined under the Plan.
2. NEW CASH BALANCE PLAN. Effective January 1, 2010, contingent upon receipt of a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service, the Employer adopted Appendix I to the U.S. Bank Pension Plan and that Appendix I contains a cash balance plan formula as an alternative to the accrual of benefits under the final average pay formula contained in the U.S. Bank Pension Plan. In general, participants in the U.S. Bank Pension Plan were given an opportunity to elect whether (i) to accrue future benefits under the new cash balance formula, or (ii) to continue to accrue benefits under the final average pay formula. With respect to a participant who elected or became covered under the new cash balance formula, the participant’s benefits under Article IV of the Plan (the U.S. Bank Non-Qualified Retirement Plan) that accrue on and after that date the participant became covered under the new cash balance formula shall be determined as an excess benefit using the new cash balance benefit formula. With respect to a participant who elected or became covered under the new cash balance formula, the participant’s Projected Pension Plan Benefit under Appendices A of this Plan that accrues on and after that date the participant became covered under the new cash balance formula shall be determined using the new cash balance benefit formula (past accruals are determined under the formula in effect at the time accrued). The projected interest credits for such a participant’s benefits under Appendices A that accrue on and after January 1, 2010 shall be determined by using an annual interest rate that is 3 percentage points greater than the rate at which Projected Compensation is deemed to increase. Projected annual pay credits for such a participant shall be made based on Projected Compensation under the terms of the new cash balance formula as they exist on the date as of which the Projected Pension Plan Benefit is determined.
3. DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER. The Benefits Administration Committee has determined that the Plan should be amended to permit division of vested benefits under the Plan for the Participant named in Appendix B-11 under a court-approved domestic relations order that is also approved by the plan administrator. Therefore, by this amendment, effective as of January 1, 2010, the Plan is amended to permit division of vested benefits under the Plan for the Participant named in Appendix B-11 under a court-approved domestic relations order that is also approved by the plan administrator.
4. SAVINGS CLAUSE. Save and except as expressly amended above, the Plan shall continue in full force and effect.

 

Exhibit 10.13(c)
SECOND AMENDMENT OF
U.S. BANK EXECUTIVE EMPLOYEE DEFERRED COMPENSATION
PLAN (2005 Statement)
     The U.S. Bank Executive Employee Deferred Compensation Plan (2005 Statement) (the “Plan”) is amended in the following respects:
1. DEFERRALS. Effective January 1, 2010, a new Section 3.3 shall be added to the Plan that reads as follows:
     3.3 Suspension of Deferral . If a Participant obtains a hardship distribution from a 401(k) plan sponsored by the Company (or an entity under common control with the Company for purposes of sections 414(b) and (c) of the Code), then as required under 26 C.F.R. § 1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(iv)(E)(2) and as permitted under 26 C.F.R. § 1.409A-3(j)(4)(viii), the Participant’s contributions this Plan shall be suspended for the minimum period required under the Code and accompanying regulations.
2. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. Effective January 1, 2010, Section 10.9 shall be amended to add a new sentence after the first sentence that reads in full as follows:
Each provision shall be interpreted and administered in accordance with section 409A of the Code and guidance provided thereunder.
3. SAVINGS CLAUSE. Save and except as expressly amended above, the Plan shall continue in full force and effect.

 

EXHIBIT 12
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
                                         
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
Earnings
                                       
1. Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp
  $ 3,317     $ 2,205     $ 2,946     $ 4,324     $ 4,751  
2. Applicable income taxes, including expense related to unrecognized tax positions
    935       395       1,087       1,883       2,112  
     
3. Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp before income taxes (1 + 2)
  $ 4,252     $ 2,600     $ 4,033     $ 6,207     $ 6,863  
     
4. Fixed charges:
                                       
a. Interest expense excluding interest on deposits*
  $ 1,651     $ 1,818     $ 2,805     $ 3,693     $ 3,133  
b. Portion of rents representative of interest and amortization of debt expense
    101       94       83       76       71  
     
c. Fixed charges excluding interest on deposits (4a + 4b)
    1,752       1,912       2,888       3,769       3,204  
d. Interest on deposits
    928       1,202       1,881       2,754       2,389  
     
e. Fixed charges including interest on deposits (4c + 4d)
  $ 2,680     $ 3,114     $ 4,769     $ 6,523     $ 5,593  
     
5. Amortization of interest capitalized
  $     $     $     $     $  
6. Earnings excluding interest on deposits (3 + 4c + 5)
    6,004       4,512       6,921       9,976       10,067  
7. Earnings including interest on deposits (3 + 4e + 5)
    6,932       5,714       8,802       12,730       12,456  
8. Fixed charges excluding interest on deposits (4c)
    1,752       1,912       2,888       3,769       3,204  
9. Fixed charges including interest on deposits (4e)
    2,680       3,114       4,769       6,523       5,593  
 
                                       
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
                                       
10. Excluding interest on deposits (line 6/line 8)
    3.43       2.36       2.40       2.65       3.14  
11. Including interest on deposits (line 7/line 9)
    2.59       1.83       1.85       1.95       2.23  
     
 
*   Excludes interest expense related to unrecognized tax positions

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
OVERVIEW
STATEMENT OF INCOME ANALYSIS
BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS
CORPORATE RISK PROFILE
LINE OF BUSINESS FINANCIAL REVIEW
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES


Table of Contents



For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010






















 
OVERVIEW
 
The financial performance of U.S. Bancorp and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) in 2010 reflected the strength and quality of its business lines, prudent risk management and recent investments. In 2010, the Company achieved record total net revenue, increased its capital, experienced lower credit costs, and grew both its balance sheet and fee-based businesses. Though business and consumer customers continue to be affected by the tepid economic conditions and high unemployment levels in the United States, the Company’s comparative financial strength and enhanced product offerings attracted a significant number of new customer relationships in 2010, resulting in loan growth and significant increases in deposits as the Company continues to benefit from a “flight-to-quality” by customers. Additionally, in 2010 the Company invested opportunistically in businesses and products that strengthened its presence and ability to serve customers. Weakness in domestic real estate markets, both residential and commercial, continued to affect the Company’s loan portfolios, though the Company’s credit costs have declined since late 2009.
Despite significant legislative and regulatory challenges, and an economic environment which continues to adversely impact the banking industry, the Company earned $3.3 billion in 2010, an increase of 50.4 percent over 2009. Growth in total net revenue of $1.5 billion (8.9 percent) was attributable to an increase in net interest income, the result of higher earning assets and expanded net interest margin. Noninterest income grew year-over-year as increases in payments-related revenue and other fee-based businesses were partially offset by expected decreases from recent legislative actions and current economic conditions. The Company’s total net charge-offs and nonperforming assets both peaked in the first quarter of 2010, and declined throughout the remainder of the year. Additionally, the Company continued its focus on effectively managing its cost structure while making investments to increase revenue, improve efficiency and enhance customer service, with an efficiency ratio (the ratio of noninterest expense to taxable-equivalent net revenue, excluding net securities gains and losses) in 2010 of 51.5 percent, one of the lowest in the industry.
The Company’s capital position remained strong and grew during 2010, with a Tier 1 (using Basel I definition) common equity to risk-weighted assets ratio of 7.8 percent and a Tier 1 capital ratio of 10.5 percent at December 31, 2010. In addition, at December 31, 2010, the Company’s total risk-based capital ratio was 13.3 percent, and its tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets ratio was 7.2 percent (refer to “Non-Regulatory Capital Ratios” for further information on the calculation of the Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets and tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets ratios). On January 7, 2011, the Company submitted its plan to the Federal Reserve System requesting regulatory approval to increase its dividend, and expects to receive feedback from the Federal Reserve System late in the first quarter of 2011. Credit rating organizations rate the Company’s debt among the highest of its large domestic banking peers. This comparative financial strength provides the Company with favorable funding costs, and the ability to attract new customers, leading to growth in loans and deposits.
In 2010, the Company grew its loan portfolio and significantly increased deposits. Average loans and deposits increased $7.2 billion (3.9 percent) and $16.9 billion (10.1 percent), respectively, over 2009, including the impact of a Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) assisted transaction in the fourth quarter of 2009. Average loan growth reflected increases in residential mortgages, retail loans and commercial real estate loans, offset by a decline in commercial loans, the result of lower utilization of available commitments.
The Company’s provision for credit losses decreased $1.2 billion (21.6 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009. Real estate markets continue to experience stress, and the Company had 8 percent higher net charge-offs in 2010 than in 2009. However, net charge-offs began to decline in early 2010 and the Company’s net charge-offs in the fourth quarter of 2010 were 16 percent lower than the fourth quarter of 2009. The Company recorded a provision in excess of net charge-offs of $200 million in the first six months of 2010, but improving credit trends and risk profile of the Company’s loan portfolio resulted in the Company recording a provision that was less than net charge-offs by $25 million in the fourth quarter of 2010.
In January, 2011, U.S. federal banking regulators communicated to the Company the preliminary results of an interagency examination of the Company’s policies, procedures, and internal controls related to residential mortgage foreclosure practices. This examination was part of a review by the regulators of the foreclosure practices of 14 large mortgage servicers. As a result of the review, the Company expects the regulators will require the Company to address certain aspects of its foreclosure processes, including developing plans related to control procedures and monitoring of loss mitigation and foreclosure activities, and taking certain other remedial actions. Though the Company

18   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
Table 1     SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
                                         
Year ended December 31
                             
(Dollars and Shares in Millions, Except Per Share Data)   2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
   
 
Condensed Income Statement
                                       
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis) (a)
  $ 9,788     $ 8,716     $ 7,866     $ 6,764     $ 6,790  
Noninterest income
    8,438       8,403       7,789       7,281       6,938  
Securities gains (losses), net
    (78 )     (451 )     (978 )     15       14  
     
     
Total net revenue
    18,148       16,668       14,677       14,060       13,742  
Noninterest expense
    9,383       8,281       7,348       6,907       6,229  
Provision for credit losses
    4,356       5,557       3,096       792       544  
     
     
Income before taxes
    4,409       2,830       4,233       6,361       6,969  
Taxable-equivalent adjustment
    209       198       134       75       49  
Applicable income taxes
    935       395       1,087       1,883       2,112  
     
     
Net income
    3,265       2,237       3,012       4,403       4,808  
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
    52       (32 )     (66 )     (79 )     (57 )
     
     
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp
  $ 3,317     $ 2,205     $ 2,946     $ 4,324     $ 4,751  
     
     
Net income applicable to U.S. Bancorp common shareholders
  $ 3,332     $ 1,803     $ 2,819     $ 4,258     $ 4,696  
     
     
Per Common Share
                                       
Earnings per share
  $ 1.74     $ .97     $ 1.62     $ 2.45     $ 2.64  
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 1.73     $ .97     $ 1.61     $ 2.42     $ 2.61  
Dividends declared per share
  $ .200     $ .200     $ 1.700     $ 1.625     $ 1.390  
Book value per share
  $ 14.36     $ 12.79     $ 10.47     $ 11.60     $ 11.44  
Market value per share
  $ 26.97     $ 22.51     $ 25.01     $ 31.74     $ 36.19  
Average common shares outstanding
    1,912       1,851       1,742       1,735       1,778  
Average diluted common shares outstanding
    1,921       1,859       1,756       1,756       1,803  
Financial Ratios
                                       
Return on average assets
    1.16 %     .82 %     1.21 %     1.93 %     2.23 %
Return on average common equity
    12.7       8.2       13.9       21.3       23.5  
Net interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis) (a)
    3.88       3.67       3.66       3.47       3.65  
Efficiency ratio (b)
    51.5       48.4       46.9       49.2       45.4  
Average Balances
                                       
Loans
  $ 193,022     $ 185,805     $ 165,552     $ 147,348     $ 140,601  
Loans held for sale
    5,616       5,820       3,914       4,298       3,663  
Investment securities
    47,763       42,809       42,850       41,313       39,961  
Earning assets
    252,042       237,287       215,046       194,683       186,231  
Assets
    285,861       268,360       244,400       223,621       213,512  
Noninterest-bearing deposits
    40,162       37,856       28,739       27,364       28,755  
Deposits
    184,721       167,801       136,184       121,075       120,589  
Short-term borrowings
    33,719       29,149       38,237       28,925       24,422  
Long-term debt
    30,835       36,520       39,250       44,560       40,357  
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders’ equity
    28,049       26,307       22,570       20,997       20,710  
Period End Balances
                                       
Loans
  $ 197,061     $ 194,755     $ 184,955     $ 153,827     $ 143,597  
Allowance for credit losses
    5,531       5,264       3,639       2,260       2,256  
Investment securities
    52,978       44,768       39,521       43,116       40,117  
Assets
    307,786       281,176       265,912       237,615       219,232  
Deposits
    204,252       183,242       159,350       131,445       124,882  
Long-term debt
    31,537       32,580       38,359       43,440       37,602  
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders’ equity
    29,519       25,963       26,300       21,046       21,197  
Capital ratios
                                       
Tier 1 capital
    10.5 %     9.6 %     10.6 %     8.3 %     8.8 %
Total risk-based capital
    13.3       12.9       14.3       12.2       12.6  
Leverage
    9.1       8.5       9.8       7.9       8.2  
Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets (c)
    7.8       6.8       5.1       5.6       6.0  
Tangible common equity to tangible assets (c)
    6.0       5.3       3.3       4.8       5.2  
Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets (c)
    7.2       6.1       3.7       5.1       5.6  
 
 
 
(a) Presented on a fully taxable-equivalent basis utilizing a tax rate of 35 percent.
(b) Computed as noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis and noninterest income excluding net securities gains (losses).
(c) See Non-Regulatory Capital Ratios on page 60.

U.S. BANCORP   19


Table of Contents

 
believes its policies, procedures and internal controls related to foreclosure practices materially follow established safeguards and legal requirements, the Company intends to comply with the expected requirements of the regulators in all respects. The Company does not believe those requirements will materially affect its financial position, results of operations, or ability to conduct normal business activities. In addition, the Company expects monetary penalties may be assessed but does not know the amount of any such penalties.
The Company’s financial strength, business model, credit culture and focus on efficiency have enabled it to deliver consistently profitable financial performance while operating in a very turbulent environment. Given the current economic environment, the Company will continue to focus on managing credit losses and operating costs, while also utilizing its financial strength to grow market share and profitability. Despite the expectation of significant impacts to the industry from recently enacted legislation, the Company believes it is well positioned for long-term growth in earnings per common share and an industry-leading return on common equity. The Company intends to achieve these financial objectives by providing high-quality customer service, ensuring regulatory compliance, continuing to carefully manage costs and, where appropriate, strategically investing in businesses that diversify and generate revenues, enhance the Company’s distribution network and expand its product offerings.
 
Earnings Summary The Company reported net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp of $3.3 billion in 2010, or $1.73 per diluted common share, compared with $2.2 billion, or $.97 per diluted common share, in 2009. Return on average assets and return on average common equity were 1.16 percent and 12.7 percent, respectively, in 2010, compared with .82 percent and 8.2 percent, respectively, in 2009. Diluted earnings per common share for 2010 included a non-recurring $.05 benefit related to an exchange of newly issued perpetual preferred stock for outstanding income trust securities (“ITS exchange”), net of related debt extinguishment costs. Also impacting 2010 were $175 million of provision for credit losses in excess of net charge-offs, net securities losses of $78 million, and a $103 million gain ($41 million after tax) resulting from the exchange of the Company’s long-term asset management business for an equity interest in Nuveen Investments and cash consideration (“Nuveen Gain”). The results for 2009 included $1.7 billion of provision for credit losses in excess of net charge-offs, net securities losses of $451 million, a $123 million FDIC special assessment, a $92 million gain from a corporate real estate transaction and a reduction to earnings per share from the recognition of $154 million of unaccreted preferred stock discount as a result of the redemption of preferred stock previously issued to the U.S. Department of the Treasury.
Total net revenue, on a taxable-equivalent basis, for 2010 was $1.5 billion (8.9 percent) higher than 2009, reflecting a 12.3 percent increase in net interest income and a 5.1 percent increase in total noninterest income. Net interest income increased in 2010 as a result of an increase in average earning assets and continued growth in low cost core deposit funding. Noninterest income increased principally due to higher payments-related and commercial products revenue and a decrease in net securities losses, partially offset by lower deposit service charges, trust and investment management fees and mortgage banking revenue.
Total noninterest expense in 2010 increased $1.1 billion (13.3 percent), compared with 2009, primarily due to the impact of acquisitions, higher total compensation and employee benefits expense and costs related to investments in affordable housing and other tax-advantaged projects, partially offset by lower FDIC deposit insurance expense due to the special assessment in 2009.
 
Acquisitions In 2009, the Company acquired the banking operations of First Bank of Oak Park Corporation (“FBOP”) in an FDIC assisted transaction, and in 2008 the Company acquired the banking operations of Downey Savings and Loan Association, F.A. and PFF Bank and Trust (“Downey” and “PFF”, respectively) in FDIC assisted transactions. Through these acquisitions, the Company increased its deposit base and branch franchise. In total, the Company acquired approximately $35 billion of assets in these acquisitions, most of which are covered under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC (“covered” assets). Under the terms of the loss sharing agreements, the FDIC will reimburse the Company for most of the losses on the covered assets.
In 2010, the Company acquired the securitization trust administration business of Bank of America, N.A. This transaction included the acquisition of $1.1 trillion of assets under administration and provided the Company with approximately $8 billion of deposits as of December 31, 2010.
In January 2011, the Company acquired the banking operations of First Community Bank of New Mexico (“FCB”) from the FDIC. The FCB transaction did not include a loss sharing agreement. The Company acquired 38 branch locations and approximately $2.1 billion in assets, assumed approximately $1.8 billion in liabilities, and received approximately $412 million in cash from the FDIC.

20   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
Table 2     ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME (a)
 
                                         
                      2010
    2009
 
(Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     2008     v 2009     v 2008  
Components of Net Interest Income
                                       
Income on earning assets (taxable-equivalent basis)
  $ 12,375     $ 11,748     $ 12,630     $ 627     $ (882 )
Expense on interest-bearing liabilities (taxable-equivalent basis)
    2,587       3,032       4,764       (445 )     (1,732 )
                                         
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis)
  $ 9,788     $ 8,716     $ 7,866     $ 1,072     $ 850  
                                         
Net interest income, as reported
  $ 9,579     $ 8,518     $ 7,732     $ 1,061     $ 786  
                                         
                                         
Average Yields and Rates Paid
                                       
Earning assets yield (taxable-equivalent basis)
    4.91 %     4.95 %     5.87 %     (.04 )%     (.92 )%
Rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities (taxable-equivalent basis)
    1.24       1.55       2.58       (.31 )     (1.03 )%
                                         
Gross interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis)
    3.67 %     3.40 %     3.29 %     .27 %     .11 %
                                         
Net interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis)
    3.88 %     3.67 %     3.66 %     .21 %     .01 %
                                         
                                         
Average Balances
                                       
Investment securities
  $ 47,763     $ 42,809     $ 42,850     $ 4,954     $ (41 )
Loans
    193,022       185,805       165,552       7,217       20,253  
Earning assets
    252,042       237,287       215,046       14,755       22,241  
Interest-bearing liabilities
    209,113       195,614       184,932       13,499       10,682  
Net free funds (b)
    42,929       41,673       30,114       1,256       11,559  
                                         
                                         
 
(a) Interest and rates are presented on a fully taxable-equivalent basis utilizing a federal tax rate of 35 percent.
(b) Represents noninterest-bearing deposits, other noninterest-bearing liabilities and equity, allowance for loan losses and unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities less non-earning assets.

 
STATEMENT OF INCOME ANALYSIS
 
Net Interest Income Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, was $9.8 billion in 2010, compared with $8.7 billion in 2009 and $7.9 billion in 2008. The $1.1 billion (12.3 percent) increase in net interest income in 2010, compared with 2009, was primarily the result of continued growth in lower cost core deposit funding and increases in average earning assets. Average earning assets were $14.8 billion (6.2 percent) higher in 2010, compared with 2009, driven by increases in average loans and investment securities. Average deposits increased $16.9 billion (10.1 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009. The net interest margin in 2010 was 3.88 percent, compared with 3.67 percent in 2009 and 3.66 percent in 2008. The increase in net interest margin was principally due to the impact of favorable funding rates, the result of the increase in deposits and improved credit spreads. Refer to the “Interest Rate Risk Management” section for further information on the sensitivity of the Company’s net interest income to changes in interest rates.
Average total loans were $193.0 billion in 2010, compared with $185.8 billion in 2009. The $7.2 billion (3.9 percent) increase was driven by growth in residential mortgages, retail loans, commercial real estate loans and acquisition-related covered loans, partially offset by a $5.8 billion (11.0 percent) decline in commercial loans, which was principally the result of lower utilization of available commitments by customers. Residential mortgage growth of $3.2 billion (13.2 percent) reflected increased origination and refinancing activity throughout most of 2009 and the second half of 2010 as a result of market interest rate declines. Average retail loans increased $2.1 billion (3.3 percent) year-over-year, driven by increases in credit card and installment (primarily automobile) loans. Average credit card balances for 2010 were $1.5 billion (9.8 percent) higher than 2009, reflecting growth in existing portfolios and portfolio purchases during 2009 and the second quarter of 2010. Growth in average commercial real estate balances of $518 million (1.5 percent) reflected the impact of new business activity, partially offset by customer debt deleveraging. Average covered loans were $19.9 billion in 2010, compared with $12.7 billion in 2009, reflecting the FBOP acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2009.
Average investment securities in 2010 were $5.0 billion (11.6 percent) higher than 2009, primarily due to purchases of U.S. government agency-backed securities and the consolidation of $.6 billion of held-to-maturity securities held in a variable interest entity (“VIE”) due to the adoption of new authoritative accounting guidance effective January 1, 2010.
Average total deposits for 2010 were $16.9 billion (10.1 percent) higher than 2009. Of this increase,

U.S. BANCORP   21


Table of Contents

 
Table 3     NET INTEREST INCOME — CHANGES DUE TO RATE AND VOLUME (a)
 
                                                 
    2010 v 2009     2009 v 2008  
(Dollars in Millions)   Volume     Yield/Rate     Total     Volume     Yield/Rate     Total  
Increase (Decrease) in
                                               
Interest Income
                                               
Investment securities
  $ 205     $ (212 )   $ (7 )   $ (2 )   $ (388 )   $ (390 )
Loans held for sale
    (10 )     (21 )     (31 )     111       (61 )     50  
Loans
                                               
Commercial loans
    (228 )     131       (97 )     (74 )     (554 )     (628 )
Commercial real estate
    22       55       77       150       (468 )     (318 )
Residential mortgage
    182       (126 )     56       75       (114 )     (39 )
Retail loans
    137       10       147       480       (489 )     (9 )
                                                 
Total loans, excluding covered loans
    113       70       183       631       (1,625 )     (994 )
Covered loans
    327       80       407       534       (17 )     517  
                                                 
Total loans
    440       150       590       1,165       (1,642 )     (477 )
Other earning assets
    89       (14 )     75       7       (72 )     (65 )
                                                 
Total earning assets
    724       (97 )     627       1,281       (2,163 )     (882 )
Interest Expense
                                               
Interest-bearing deposits
                                               
Interest checking
    7       (8 )     (1 )     46       (219 )     (173 )
Money market accounts
    36       (49 )     (13 )     69       (254 )     (185 )
Savings accounts
    42       8       50       24       27       51  
Time certificates of deposit less than $100,000
    (32 )     (126 )     (158 )     149       (160 )     (11 )
Time deposits greater than $100,000
    (46 )     (106 )     (152 )     (5 )     (356 )     (361 )
                                                 
Total interest-bearing deposits
    7       (281 )     (274 )     283       (962 )     (679 )
Short-term borrowings
    86       (81 )     5       (272 )     (321 )     (593 )
Long-term debt
    (199 )     23       (176 )     (121 )     (339 )     (460 )
                                                 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    (106 )     (339 )     (445 )     (110 )     (1,622 )     (1,732 )
                                                 
Increase (decrease) in net interest income
  $ 830     $ 242     $ 1,072     $ 1,391     $ (541 )   $ 850  
                                                 
                                                 
 
(a) This table shows the components of the change in net interest income by volume and rate on a taxable-equivalent basis utilizing a tax rate of 35 percent. This table does not take into account the level of noninterest-bearing funding, nor does it fully reflect changes in the mix of assets and liabilities. The change in interest not solely due to changes in volume or rates has been allocated on a pro-rata basis to volume and yield/rate.

$12.0 billion related to deposits assumed in the FBOP acquisition. Excluding deposits from acquisitions, 2010 average total deposits increased $6.8 billion (4.1 percent) over 2009. Average noninterest-bearing deposits in 2010 were $2.3 billion (6.1 percent) higher than 2009, primarily due to growth in Consumer and Small Business Banking and Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate balances. Average total savings deposits were $19.0 billion (23.2 percent) higher in 2010, compared with 2009, due to an increase in savings account balances of $7.8 billion (59.5 percent) resulting from continued strong participation in a product offered by Consumer and Small Business Banking, higher money market savings balances of $7.9 billion (24.8 percent) from higher corporate trust and Consumer and Small Business Banking balances, and higher interest checking account balances of $3.3 billion (9.0 percent) resulting from increases in Consumer and Small Business Banking and institutional trust accounts. Average time certificates of deposit less than $100,000 were lower in 2010 by $1.3 billion (7.0 percent), compared with 2009, reflecting the net impact of balances assumed in the FBOP acquisition, more than offset by expected run-off of balances assumed in the PFF and Downey acquisitions and lower renewals given the current interest rate environment. Average time deposits greater than $100,000 were $3.1 billion (10.3 percent) lower in 2010, compared with 2009, reflecting the net impact of acquisitions, more than offset by a decrease in required overall wholesale funding. Time deposits greater than $100,000 are managed as an alternative to other funding sources, such as wholesale borrowing, based largely on relative pricing.
The $.8 billion (10.8 percent) increase in net interest income in 2009, compared with 2008, was attributable to growth in average earning assets and lower cost core deposit

22   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

funding. The $22.2 billion (10.3 percent) increase in average earning assets in 2009 over 2008 was principally a result of growth in total average loans, including originated and acquired loans, and loans held for sale.
Average total loans increased $20.3 billion (12.2 percent) in 2009, compared with 2008, driven by new loan originations, acquisitions and portfolio purchases. Average covered loans increased $11.4 billion, due to the timing of the Downey, PFF and FBOP acquisitions. Average retail loans increased $6.5 billion (11.6 percent), driven by increases in credit card, home equity and student loans, reflecting both growth in existing portfolios and portfolio purchases during 2009.
Average investment securities in 2009 were essentially unchanged from 2008, as security purchases offset maturities and sales. In 2009, the composition of the Company’s investment portfolio shifted to a larger proportion in U.S. Treasury, agency and agency mortgage-backed securities, compared with 2008.
Average noninterest-bearing deposits in 2009 were $9.1 billion (31.7 percent) higher than 2008. The increase reflected higher business demand deposit balances, partially offset by lower trust demand deposits. Average total savings products increased $18.4 billion (29.0 percent) in 2009, compared with 2008, principally as a result of a $7.2 billion increase in savings accounts from higher Consumer and Small Business Banking balances, a $5.7 billion (18.4 percent) increase in interest checking balances from higher government and consumer banking customer balances and acquisitions, and a $5.5 billion (20.9 percent) increase in money market savings balances from higher broker-dealer, corporate trust and institutional trust customer balances and acquisitions. Average time certificates of deposit less than $100,000 increased $4.3 billion (31.6 percent) primarily due to acquisitions. Average time deposits greater than $100,000 decreased $.2 billion (.7 percent) in 2009, compared with 2008.
 
Provision for Credit Losses The provision for credit losses reflects changes in the credit quality of the entire portfolio of loans, and is maintained at a level considered appropriate by management for probable and estimable incurred losses, based on factors discussed in the “Analysis and Determination of Allowance for Credit Losses” section.
In 2010, the provision for credit losses was $4.4 billion, compared with $5.6 billion and $3.1 billion in 2009 and 2008, respectively. The provision for credit losses exceeded net charge-offs by $175 million in 2010, $1.7 billion in 2009 and $1.3 billion in 2008. The $1.2 billion decrease in provision for credit losses in 2010, compared with 2009, reflected improving credit trends and the underlying risk profile of the loan portfolio as economic conditions continued to stabilize. Accruing loans ninety days or more past due decreased by $431 million (excluding covered loans) from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010, reflecting a moderation in the level of stress in economic conditions during 2010. Delinquencies in most major loan categories began to decrease in the third quarter of 2010. Nonperforming assets decreased $553 million (excluding covered assets) from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010, principally in the construction and land development portfolios, as the Company continued to resolve and reduce exposure to these assets. However, net charge-offs increased $313 million (8.1 percent) over 2009, as borrowers still impacted by weak economic conditions and real estate markets defaulted on loans.
The $2.5 billion increase in the provision for credit losses in 2009, compared with 2008 and the increase in the allowance for credit losses from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009 reflected deterioration in economic conditions during most of 2009 and the corresponding impact on the commercial, commercial real estate and consumer loan portfolios. It also reflected stress in the residential real estate markets. Nonperforming assets increased $1.9 billion (excluding covered assets) from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009. The increase was driven primarily by stress in residential home construction and related industries, deterioration in the residential mortgage portfolio, as well as an increase in foreclosed properties and the impact of the economic slowdown on commercial and consumer customers. Net charge-offs increased $2.1 billion in 2009, compared with 2008, primarily due to economic factors affecting the residential housing markets, including homebuilding and related industries, commercial real estate properties, and credit card and other consumer and commercial loans, as the economy weakened and unemployment increased during the period.
Refer to “Corporate Risk Profile” for further information on the provision for credit losses, net charge-offs, nonperforming assets and other factors considered by the Company in assessing the credit quality of the loan portfolio and establishing the allowance for credit losses.
 
Noninterest Income Noninterest income in 2010 was $8.4 billion, compared with $8.0 billion in 2009 and $6.8 billion in 2008. The $408 million (5.1 percent) increase in 2010 over 2009, was due to higher payments-related revenues of 6.3 percent, principally due to increased

U.S. BANCORP   23


Table of Contents

 
Table 4     NONINTEREST INCOME
 
                                         
                      2010
    2009
 
(Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     2008     v 2009     v 2008  
Credit and debit card revenue
  $ 1,091     $ 1,055     $ 1,039       3.4 %     1.5 %
Corporate payment products revenue
    710       669       671       6.1       (.3 )
Merchant processing services
    1,253       1,148       1,151       9.1       (.3 )
ATM processing services
    423       410       366       3.2       12.0  
Trust and investment management fees
    1,080       1,168       1,314       (7.5 )     (11.1 )
Deposit service charges
    710       970       1,081       (26.8 )     (10.3 )
Treasury management fees
    555       552       517       .5       6.8  
Commercial products revenue
    771       615       492       25.4       25.0  
Mortgage banking revenue
    1,003       1,035       270       (3.1 )     *
Investment products fees and commissions
    111       109       147       1.8       (25.9 )
Securities gains (losses), net
    (78 )     (451 )     (978 )     82.7       53.9  
Other
    731       672       741       8.8       (9.3 )
                                         
Total noninterest income
  $ 8,360     $ 7,952     $ 6,811       5.1 %     16.8 %
                                         
                                         
 
* Not meaningful

transaction volumes and business expansion; an increase in commercial products revenue of 25.4 percent, attributable to higher standby letters of credit fees, commercial loan and syndication fees and other capital markets revenue; a decrease in net securities losses of 82.7 percent, primarily due to lower impairments in the current year; and an increase in other income. The increase in other income of 8.8 percent, reflected the Nuveen Gain, higher 2010 gains related to the Company’s investment in Visa Inc. and higher retail lease residual valuation income, partially offset by the $92 million gain on a corporate real estate transaction in 2009, a payments-related contract termination gain that occurred in 2009 and lower customer derivative revenue. Mortgage banking revenue decreased 3.1 percent, principally due to lower origination and sales revenue and an unfavorable net change in the valuation of mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) and related economic hedging activities, partially offset by higher servicing income. Deposit service charges decreased 26.8 percent as a result of Company-initiated and regulatory revisions to overdraft fee policies, partially offset by core account growth. Trust and investment management fees declined 7.5 percent because low interest rates negatively impacted money market investment fees and money market fund balances declined as a result of customers migrating balances from money market funds to deposits.
The $1.2 billion (16.8 percent) increase in noninterest income in 2009 over 2008 was principally due to a $765 million increase in mortgage banking revenue, the result of strong mortgage loan production, as the Company gained market share and low interest rates drove refinancing, and an increase in the valuation of MSRs net of related economic hedging instruments. Other increases in noninterest income included higher ATM processing services of 12.0 percent, related to growth in transaction volumes and business expansion, higher treasury management fees of 6.8 percent, resulting from increased new business activity and pricing, and a 25.0 percent increase in commercial products revenue due to higher letters of credit, capital markets and other commercial loan fees. Net securities losses in 2009 were 53.9 percent lower than 2008. Other income decreased 9.3 percent due to higher gains in 2008 related to the Company’s ownership position in Visa Inc., partially offset by the gain from a corporate real estate transaction and the payments-related contract termination gain. Deposit service charges decreased 10.3 percent primarily due to a decrease in the number of transaction-related fees, which more than offset account growth. Trust and investment management fees declined 11.1 percent, reflecting lower assets under management account volume and the impact of low interest rates on money market investment fees. Investment product fees and commissions declined 25.9 percent due to lower sales levels in 2009, compared with 2008.
The Company expects recently enacted legislation will have a negative impact on noninterest income, principally related to debit interchange fee revenue, in future years.
 
Noninterest Expense Noninterest expense in 2010 was $9.4 billion, compared with $8.3 billion in 2009 and $7.3 billion in 2008. The Company’s efficiency ratio was 51.5 percent in 2010, compared with 48.4 percent in 2009. The $1.1 billion (13.3 percent) increase in noninterest expense in 2010 over 2009 was principally due to acquisitions, increased total compensation and employee benefits expense and higher costs related to investments in affordable housing and other tax-advantaged projects. Total

24   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
Table 5     NONINTEREST EXPENSE
 
                                         
                      2010
    2009
 
(Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     2008     v 2009     v 2008  
Compensation
  $ 3,779     $ 3,135     $ 3,039       20.5 %     3.2 %
Employee benefits
    694       574       515       20.9       11.5  
Net occupancy and equipment
    919       836       781       9.9       7.0  
Professional services
    306       255       240       20.0       6.3  
Marketing and business development
    360       378       310       (4.8 )     21.9  
Technology and communications
    744       673       598       10.5       12.5  
Postage, printing and supplies
    301       288       294       4.5       (2.0 )
Other intangibles
    367       387       355       (5.2 )     9.0  
Other
    1,913       1,755       1,216       9.0       44.3  
                                         
Total noninterest expense
  $ 9,383     $ 8,281     $ 7,348       13.3 %     12.7 %
                                         
Efficiency ratio (a)
    51.5 %     48.4 %     46.9 %                
                                         
                                         
 
(a) Computed as noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis and noninterest income excluding securities gains (losses), net.

compensation and employee benefits expense increased 20.6 percent, reflecting acquisitions, branch expansion and other initiatives, the elimination of a five percent cost reduction program that was in effect during 2009, higher incentive compensation costs related to the Company’s improved financial results, merit increases, and increased pension costs associated with previous declines in the value of pension assets. Net occupancy and equipment expense and professional services expense increased 9.9 percent and 20.0 percent, respectively, principally due to acquisitions and other business initiatives. Technology and communications expense increased 10.5 percent as a result of business initiatives and volume increases across various business lines. Postage, printing and supplies expense increased 4.5 percent, principally due to payments-related business initiatives. Other expense increased 9.0 percent, reflecting higher costs related to investments in affordable housing and other tax-advantaged projects, which reduce the Company’s income tax expense, and higher other real estate owned (“OREO”) costs, partially offset by the $123 million FDIC special assessment in 2009. Marketing and business development expense decreased 4.8 percent, largely due to payments-related initiatives during 2009. Other intangibles expense decreased 5.2 percent due to the declining level or completion of scheduled amortization of certain intangibles.
The $933 million (12.7 percent) increase in noninterest expense in 2009, compared with 2008, was principally due to the impact of acquisitions, higher ongoing FDIC deposit insurance expense and the $123 million special assessment in 2009, costs related to affordable housing and other tax-advantaged investments, and marketing and business development expense. Compensation expense increased 3.2 percent primarily due to acquisitions, partially offset by reductions from cost containment efforts. Employee benefits expense increased 11.5 percent primarily due to increased pension costs associated with previous declines in the value of pension assets. Net occupancy and equipment expense, and professional services expense increased 7.0 percent and 6.3 percent, respectively, primarily due to acquisitions, as well as branch-based and other business expansion initiatives. Marketing and business development expense increased 21.9 percent, principally due to costs related to the introduction of new credit card products and advertising related to the Company’s national branding strategy, while technology and business communications expense increased 12.5 percent, primarily due to business expansion initiatives. Other intangibles expense increased 9.0 percent due to acquisitions. Other expense increased 44.3 percent due to higher FDIC deposit insurance expense, including the $123 million special assessment in 2009. Other expense also reflected increased costs related to investments in affordable housing and other tax-advantaged projects, higher merchant processing expenses, growth in mortgage servicing expenses and costs associated with OREO.
The Company expects recently enacted legislation will increase deposit insurance expense in future years.
 
Pension Plans Because of the long-term nature of pension plans, the related accounting is complex and can be impacted by several factors, including investment funding policies, accounting methods, and actuarial assumptions.
The Company’s pension accounting reflects the long-term nature of the benefit obligations and the investment horizon of plan assets. Amounts recorded in the financial statements reflect actuarial assumptions about participant benefits and plan asset returns. Changes in actuarial assumptions, and differences in actual plan experience compared with actuarial assumptions, are deferred and recognized in expense in future periods. Differences related to participant benefits are

U.S. BANCORP   25


Table of Contents

 
Table 6     LOAN PORTFOLIO DISTRIBUTION
 
                                                                                 
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
          Percent
          Percent
          Percent
          Percent
          Percent
 
At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   Amount     of Total     Amount     of Total     Amount     of Total     Amount     of Total     Amount     of Total  
Commercial
                                                                               
Commercial
  $ 42,272       21.5 %   $ 42,255       21.7 %   $ 49,759       26.9 %   $ 44,832       29.1 %   $ 40,640       28.3 %
Lease financing
    6,126       3.1       6,537       3.4       6,859       3.7       6,242       4.1       5,550       3.9  
                                                                                 
Total commercial
    48,398       24.6       48,792       25.1       56,618       30.6       51,074       33.2       46,190       32.2  
Commercial Real Estate
                                                                               
Commercial mortgages
    27,254       13.8       25,306       13.0       23,434       12.7       20,146       13.1       19,711       13.7  
Construction and development
    7,441       3.8       8,787       4.5       9,779       5.3       9,061       5.9       8,934       6.2  
                                                                                 
Total commercial real estate
    34,695       17.6       34,093       17.5       33,213       18.0       29,207       19.0       28,645       19.9  
Residential Mortgages
                                                                               
Residential mortgages
    24,315       12.3       20,581       10.6       18,232       9.9       17,099       11.1       15,316       10.7  
Home equity loans, first liens
    6,417       3.3       5,475       2.8       5,348       2.9       5,683       3.7       5,969       4.1  
                                                                                 
Total residential mortgages
    30,732       15.6       26,056       13.4       23,580       12.8       22,782       14.8       21,285       14.8  
Retail
                                                                               
Credit card
    16,803       8.5       16,814       8.6       13,520       7.3       10,956       7.1       8,670       6.0  
Retail leasing
    4,569       2.3       4,568       2.3       5,126       2.8       5,969       3.9       6,960       4.9  
Home equity and second mortgages
    18,940       9.6       19,439       10.0       19,177       10.4       16,441       10.7       15,523       10.8  
Other retail
                                                                               
Revolving credit
    3,472       1.8       3,506       1.8       3,205       1.7       2,731       1.8       2,563       1.8  
Installment
    5,459       2.8       5,455       2.8       5,525       3.0       5,246       3.4       4,478       3.1  
Automobile
    10,897       5.5       9,544       4.9       9,212       5.0       8,970       5.8       8,693       6.1  
Student
    5,054       2.5       4,629       2.4       4,603       2.5       451       .3       590       .4  
                                                                                 
Total other retail
    24,882       12.6       23,134       11.9       22,545       12.2       17,398       11.3       16,324       11.4  
                                                                                 
Total retail
    65,194       33.0       63,955       32.8       60,368       32.6       50,764       33.0       47,477       33.1  
                                                                                 
Total loans, excluding covered loans
    179,019       90.8       172,896       88.8       173,779       94.0       153,827       100.0       143,597       100.0  
Covered loans
    18,042       9.2       21,859       11.2       11,176       6.0                          
                                                                                 
Total loans
  $ 197,061       100.0 %   $ 194,755       100.0 %   $ 184,955       100.0 %   $ 153,827       100.0 %   $ 143,597       100.0 %
                                                                                 
                                                                                 

recognized over the future service period of the employees. Differences related to the expected return on plan assets are included in expense over an approximately twelve-year period.
The Company expects pension expense to increase $111 million in 2011, primarily driven by a $34 million increase related to utilizing a lower discount rate, a $29 million increase related to the amortization of unrecognized actuarial losses from prior years, a $6 million increase related to lower expected returns on plan assets and a $42 million increase related to amortization of other actuarial losses, including changes in assumptions based on actuarial review of past experience and compensation levels. If performance of plan assets equals the actuarially-assumed long-term rate of return (“LTROR”), the cumulative asset return difference of $255 million at December 31, 2010 will incrementally increase pension expense $34 million in 2012 and $47 million in 2013, and incrementally decrease pension expense $18 million in 2014 and $5 million in 2015. Because of the complexity of forecasting pension plan activities, the accounting methods utilized for pension plans, the Company’s ability to respond to factors affecting the plans and the hypothetical nature of actuarial assumptions, actual pension expense will differ from these amounts.
Refer to Note 17 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the Company’s pension plan funding practices, investment policies and asset allocation strategies, and accounting policies for pension plans.

26   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
Table 7     COMMERCIAL LOANS BY INDUSTRY GROUP AND GEOGRAPHY, EXCLUDING COVERED LOANS
 
                                 
    December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
(Dollars in Millions)   Loans     Percent     Loans     Percent  
Industry Group
                               
Consumer products and services
  $ 7,599       15.7 %   $ 8,197       16.8 %
Financial services
    5,785       12.0       5,123       10.5  
Healthcare
    3,744       7.7       2,000       4.1  
Capital goods
    3,696       7.7       3,806       7.8  
Commercial services and supplies
    3,543       7.3       3,757       7.7  
Agriculture
    2,539       5.3       3,415       7.0  
Property management and development
    2,489       5.1       2,586       5.3  
Consumer staples
    2,438       5.0       1,659       3.4  
Transportation
    1,926       4.0       1,708       3.5  
Energy
    1,788       3.7       1,122       2.3  
Paper and forestry products, mining and basic materials
    1,738       3.6       1,952       4.0  
Private investors
    1,712       3.5       1,757       3.6  
Information technology
    1,543       3.2       878       1.8  
Other
    7,858       16.2       10,832       22.2  
                                 
Total
  $ 48,398       100.0 %   $ 48,792       100.0 %
                                 
                                 
Geography
                               
California
  $ 5,588       11.5 %   $ 6,685       13.7 %
Colorado
    1,974       4.1       1,903       3.9  
Illinois
    2,457       5.1       3,611       7.4  
Minnesota
    3,993       8.2       3,757       7.7  
Missouri
    2,020       4.2       1,708       3.5  
Ohio
    2,464       5.1       2,196       4.5  
Oregon
    1,508       3.1       1,610       3.3  
Washington
    2,259       4.7       2,196       4.5  
Wisconsin
    2,144       4.4       2,098       4.3  
Iowa, Kansas, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota
    3,465       7.2       3,123       6.4  
Arkansas, Indiana, Kentucky, Tennessee
    2,798       5.8       1,805       3.7  
Idaho, Montana, Wyoming
    1,069       2.2       1,073       2.2  
Arizona, Nevada, Utah
    1,741       3.6       2,000       4.1  
                                 
Total banking region
    33,480       69.2       33,765       69.2  
Outside the Company’s banking region
    14,918       30.8       15,027       30.8  
                                 
Total
  $ 48,398       100.0 %   $ 48,792       100.0 %
                                 
 

 
The following table shows an analysis of hypothetical changes in the LTROR and discount rate:
                 
    Down 100
    Up 100
 
LTROR  (Dollars in Millions)   Basis Points     Basis Points  
   
Incremental benefit (expense)
  $ (25 )   $ 25  
Percent of 2010 net income
    (.47 )%     .47 %
 
 
    Down 100
    Up 100
 
Discount Rate  (Dollars in Millions)   Basis Points     Basis Points  
   
Incremental benefit (expense)
  $ (77 )   $ 66  
Percent of 2010 net income
    (1.44 )%     1.23 %
 
 
 
Income Tax Expense The provision for income taxes was $935 million (an effective rate of 22.3 percent) in 2010, compared with $395 million (an effective rate of 15.0 percent) in 2009 and $1.1 billion (an effective rate of 26.5 percent) in 2008. The increase in the effective tax rate over 2009 primarily reflected the marginal impact of higher pre-tax earnings year-over-year and the 2010 Nuveen Gain.
For further information on income taxes, refer to Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS
 
Average earning assets were $252.0 billion in 2010, compared with $237.3 billion in 2009. The increase in average earning assets of $14.7 billion (6.2 percent) was due to growth in total average loans of $7.2 billion (3.9 percent) and investment securities of $5.0 billion (11.6 percent).
For average balance information, refer to Consolidated Daily Average Balance Sheet and Related Yields and Rates on pages 128 and 129.

U.S. BANCORP   27


Table of Contents

 
Table 8     COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE BY PROPERTY TYPE AND GEOGRAPHY, EXCLUDING COVERED LOANS
 
                                 
    December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
(Dollars in Millions)   Loans     Percent     Loans     Percent  
Property Type
                               
Business owner occupied
  $ 11,416       32.9 %   $ 10,944       32.1 %
Commercial property
                               
Industrial
    1,530       4.4       1,500       4.4  
Office
    3,783       10.9       3,580       10.5  
Retail
    4,288       12.4       4,500       13.2  
Other commercial
    3,551       10.2       3,614       10.6  
Homebuilders
                               
Condominiums
    463       1.3       614       1.8  
Other residential
    1,144       3.3       1,704       5.0  
Multi-family
    6,130       17.7       5,625       16.5  
Hotel/motel
    2,134       6.2       1,807       5.3  
Health care facilities
    256       .7       205       .6  
                                 
Total
  $ 34,695       100.0 %   $ 34,093       100.0 %
                                 
                                 
Geography
                               
California
  $ 7,515       21.6 %   $ 7,432       21.8 %
Colorado
    1,524       4.4       1,568       4.6  
Illinois
    1,248       3.6       1,227       3.6  
Minnesota
    1,805       5.2       1,739       5.1  
Missouri
    1,558       4.5       1,568       4.6  
Ohio
    1,402       4.0       1,364       4.0  
Oregon
    1,809       5.2       1,773       5.2  
Washington
    3,488       10.1       3,307       9.7  
Wisconsin
    1,724       5.0       1,568       4.6  
Iowa, Kansas, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota
    2,205       6.4       2,216       6.5  
Arkansas, Indiana, Kentucky, Tennessee
    1,634       4.7       1,602       4.7  
Idaho, Montana, Wyoming
    1,185       3.4       1,227       3.6  
Arizona, Nevada, Utah
    2,868       8.3       3,034       8.9  
                                 
Total banking region
    29,965       86.4       29,625       86.9  
Outside the Company’s banking region
    4,730       13.6       4,468       13.1  
                                 
Total
  $ 34,695       100.0 %   $ 34,093       100.0 %
                                 
                                 

 
Loans The Company’s loan portfolio was $197.1 billion at December 31, 2010, an increase of $2.3 billion (1.2 percent) from December 31, 2009. The increase was driven by growth in residential mortgages of $4.7 billion (17.9 percent), retail loans of $1.2 billion (1.9 percent) and commercial real estate loans of $.6 billion (1.8 percent), partially offset by decreases in commercial loans of $.4 billion (.8 percent) and acquisition-related covered loans of $3.8 billion (17.5 percent). Table 6 provides a summary of the loan distribution by product type, while Table 10 provides a summary of the selected loan maturity distribution by loan category. Average total loans increased $7.2 billion (3.9 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009. The increase was due to growth in most major loan categories in 2010.
 
Commercial Commercial loans, including lease financing, decreased $394 million (.8 percent) as of December 31, 2010, compared with December 31, 2009. Average commercial loans decreased $5.8 billion (11.0 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009. These decreases were primarily due to lower utilization by customers of available commitments, partially offset by new loan commitments. Table 7 provides a summary of commercial loans by industry and geographical locations.
 
Commercial Real Estate The Company’s portfolio of commercial real estate loans, which includes commercial mortgages and construction loans, increased $602 million (1.8 percent) at December 31, 2010, compared with December 31, 2009. Average commercial real estate loans increased $518 million (1.5 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009. The growth principally reflected the impact of new business activity, partially offset by customer debt deleveraging. Table 8 provides a summary of commercial real estate by property type and geographical location. The collateral for $4.5 billion of commercial real estate loans

28   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
Table 9     RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGES AND RETAIL LOANS BY GEOGRAPHY, EXCLUDING COVERED LOANS
 
                                 
    December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
(Dollars in Millions)   Loans     Percent     Loans     Percent  
Residential Mortgages
                               
California
  $ 3,339       10.9 %   $ 2,487       9.5 %
Colorado
    1,947       6.3       1,755       6.7  
Illinois
    2,123       6.9       1,676       6.4  
Minnesota
    2,457       8.0       2,216       8.5  
Missouri
    1,643       5.4       1,467       5.6  
Ohio
    1,824       5.9       1,682       6.5  
Oregon
    1,246       4.1       1,065       4.1  
Washington
    1,726       5.6       1,414       5.4  
Wisconsin
    1,171       3.8       1,067       4.1  
Iowa, Kansas, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota
    1,522       5.0       1,393       5.4  
Arkansas, Indiana, Kentucky, Tennessee
    2,431       7.9       1,947       7.5  
Idaho, Montana, Wyoming
    688       2.2       601       2.3  
Arizona, Nevada, Utah
    1,857       6.0       1,657       6.4  
                                 
Total banking region
    23,974       78.0       20,427       78.4  
Outside the Company’s banking region
    6,758       22.0       5,629       21.6  
                                 
Total
  $ 30,732       100.0 %   $ 26,056       100.0 %
                                 
                                 
Retail Loans
                               
California
  $ 7,656       11.7 %   $ 8,442       13.2 %
Colorado
    2,984       4.6       3,390       5.3  
Illinois
    3,037       4.6       3,262       5.1  
Minnesota
    5,940       9.1       6,396       10.0  
Missouri
    2,725       4.2       2,942       4.6  
Ohio
    3,974       6.1       3,837       6.0  
Oregon
    2,592       4.0       2,878       4.5  
Washington
    3,029       4.6       3,262       5.1  
Wisconsin
    2,926       4.5       2,878       4.5  
Iowa, Kansas, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota
    3,277       5.0       3,581       5.6  
Arkansas, Indiana, Kentucky, Tennessee
    4,110       6.3       4,285       6.7  
Idaho, Montana, Wyoming
    1,606       2.5       1,791       2.8  
Arizona, Nevada, Utah
    2,774       4.3       3,006       4.7  
                                 
Total banking region
    46,630       71.5       49,950       78.1  
Outside the Company’s banking region
    18,564       28.5       14,005       21.9  
                                 
Total
  $ 65,194       100.0 %   $ 63,955       100.0 %
                                 
                                 

included in covered loans at December 31, 2010 was in California, compared with $4.7 billion at December 31, 2009.
The Company classifies loans as construction until the completion of the construction phase. Following construction, if a loan is retained, the loan is reclassified to the commercial mortgage category. In 2010, approximately $995 million of construction loans were reclassified to the commercial mortgage loan category for bridge financing after completion of the construction phase. At December 31, 2010, $270 million of tax-exempt industrial development loans were secured by real estate. The Company’s commercial real estate mortgages and construction loans had unfunded commitments of $6.5 billion and $6.1 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
The Company also finances the operations of real estate developers and other entities with operations related to real estate. These loans are not secured directly by real estate and are subject to terms and conditions similar to commercial loans. These loans were included in the commercial loan category and totaled $1.7 billion at December 31, 2010.
 
Residential Mortgages Residential mortgages held in the loan portfolio at December 31, 2010, increased $4.7 billion (17.9 percent) over December 31, 2009. Average residential mortgages increased $3.2 billion (13.2 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009. The growth reflected increased origination and refinancing activity in the second half of 2010 as a result of the low interest rate environment. Most

U.S. BANCORP   29


Table of Contents

 
Table 10     SELECTED LOAN MATURITY DISTRIBUTION
 
                                 
          Over One
             
    One Year
    Through
    Over Five
       
December 31, 2010 (Dollars in Millions)   or Less     Five Years     Years     Total  
   
 
Commercial
  $ 20,697     $ 25,625     $ 2,076     $ 48,398  
Commercial real estate
    10,684       17,252       6,759       34,695  
Residential mortgages
    1,728       3,608       25,396       30,732  
Retail
    25,679       24,303       15,212       65,194  
Covered loans
    4,814       4,445       8,783       18,042  
     
     
Total loans
  $ 63,602     $ 75,233     $ 58,226     $ 197,061  
Total of loans due after one year with
                               
Predetermined interest rates
                          $ 61,855  
Floating interest rates
                            71,604  
 
 

loans retained in the portfolio are to customers with prime or near-prime credit characteristics at the date of origination.
 
Retail Total retail loans outstanding, which include credit card, retail leasing, home equity and second mortgages and other retail loans, increased $1.2 billion (1.9 percent) at December 31, 2010, compared with December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily driven by higher installment (primarily automobile) and federally-guaranteed student loans, partially offset by lower credit card and home equity balances. Average retail loans increased $2.1 billion (3.3 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009, as a result of current year growth and credit card portfolio purchases in 2009 and 2010.
Of the total retail loans and residential mortgages outstanding, excluding covered assets, at December 31, 2010, approximately 73.6 percent were to customers located in the Company’s primary banking region. Table 9 provides a geographic summary of residential mortgages and retail loans outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. The collateral for $5.2 billion of residential mortgages and retail loans included in covered loans at December 31, 2010 was in California, compared with $6.6 billion at December 31, 2009.
 
Loans Held for Sale Loans held for sale, consisting primarily of residential mortgages to be sold in the secondary market, were $8.4 billion at December 31, 2010, compared with $4.8 billion at December 31, 2009. The increase in loans held for sale was principally due to a higher level of mortgage loan origination and refinancing activity in the second half of 2010.
 
Investment Securities The Company uses its investment securities portfolio for several purposes. The portfolio serves as a vehicle to manage enterprise interest rate risk, provides liquidity, including the ability to meet proposed regulatory requirements, generates interest and dividend income from the investment of excess funds depending on loan demand and is used as collateral for public deposits and wholesale funding sources. While the Company intends to hold its investment securities indefinitely, it may sell available-for-sale securities in response to structural changes in the balance sheet and related interest rate risk and to meet liquidity requirements, among other factors.
At December 31, 2010, investment securities totaled $53.0 billion, compared with $44.8 billion at December 31, 2009. The $8.2 billion (18.3 percent) increase reflected $7.3 billion of net investment purchases, the consolidation of $.6 billion of held-to-maturity securities held in a VIE due to the adoption of new authoritative accounting guidance effective January 1, 2010, and a $.3 billion favorable change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities.
Average investment securities were $47.8 billion in 2010, compared with $42.8 billion in 2009. The weighted-average yield of the available-for-sale portfolio was 3.41 percent at December 31, 2010, compared with 4.00 percent at December 31, 2009. The average maturity of the available-for-sale portfolio was 7.4 years at December 31, 2010, compared with 7.1 years at December 31, 2009. Investment securities by type are shown in Table 11.
The Company conducts a regular assessment of its investment portfolio to determine whether any securities are other-than-temporarily impaired. At December 31, 2010, the Company’s net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities was $346 million, compared with $635 million at December 31, 2009. The favorable change in net unrealized gains (losses) was primarily due to increases in the fair value of agency and certain non-agency mortgage-backed securities, partially offset by decreases in the fair value of obligations of state and political subdivisions securities as a result of market interest rate increases near the end of 2010. Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position totaled $1.2 billion at December 31, 2010, compared with $1.3 billion at December 31, 2009. When assessing unrealized losses for other-than-temporary impairment, the Company considers the nature of the investment, the financial condition of the issuer, the extent and duration of unrealized loss,

30   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
Table 11     INVESTMENT SECURITIES
 
                                                                 
    Available-for-Sale     Held-to-Maturity  
                Weighted-
                      Weighted-
       
                Average
    Weighted-
                Average
    Weighted-
 
    Amortized
    Fair
    Maturity in
    Average
    Amortized
    Fair
    Maturity in
    Average
 
December 31, 2010 (Dollars in Millions)   Cost     Value     Years     Yield (e)     Cost     Value     Years     Yield (e)  
U.S. Treasury and Agencies
                                                               
Maturing in one year or less
  $ 836     $ 838       .5       2.05 %   $     $             %
Maturing after one year through five years
    1,671       1,646       2.7       1.21       103       102       3.3       .88  
Maturing after five years through ten years
    33       35       6.9       4.86                          
Maturing after ten years
    19       18       12.3       3.66       62       62       11.1       1.75  
                                                                 
Total
  $ 2,559     $ 2,537       2.1       1.55 %   $ 165     $ 164       6.2       1.21 %
                                                                 
Mortgage-Backed Securities (a)
                                                               
Maturing in one year or less
  $ 695     $ 696       .6       2.11 %   $     $             %
Maturing after one year through five years
    19,023       19,310       3.6       3.18       206       199       3.7       2.15  
Maturing after five years through ten years
    17,451       17,421       6.0       2.80       554       552       6.1       3.10  
Maturing after ten years
    2,625       2,573       12.6       1.44       100       100       13.6       1.27  
                                                                 
Total
  $ 39,794     $ 40,000       5.2       2.88 %   $ 860     $ 851       6.4       2.66 %
                                                                 
Asset-Backed Securities (a)
                                                               
Maturing in one year or less
  $ 3     $ 11       .4       17.33 %   $ 100     $ 100       .3       .59 %
Maturing after one year through five years
    348       357       4.0       8.30       69       69       2.4       1.05  
Maturing after five years through ten years
    326       337       7.0       4.04       79       71       6.1       .91  
Maturing after ten years
    236       239       10.5       2.38       36       31       23.6       .79  
                                                                 
Total
  $ 913     $ 944       6.7       5.28 %   $ 284     $ 271       5.4       .81 %
                                                                 
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions (b) (c)
                                                               
Maturing in one year or less
  $ 4     $ 4       .1       6.48 %   $     $       .7       6.99 %
Maturing after one year through five years
    835       831       3.8       5.94       6       7       3.9       8.09  
Maturing after five years through ten years
    836       819       6.4       6.70       6       6       6.3       6.46  
Maturing after ten years
    5,160       4,763       20.9       6.83       15       14       16.1       5.52  
                                                                 
Total
  $ 6,835     $ 6,417       17.1       6.71 %   $ 27     $ 27       11.0       6.32 %
                                                                 
Other Debt Securities
                                                               
Maturing in one year or less
  $ 6     $ 6       .9       1.39 %   $     $             %
Maturing after one year through five years
    92       82       1.4       6.61       15       12       2.5       1.24  
Maturing after five years through ten years
    31       29       6.8       6.33       118       94       7.8       1.14  
Maturing after ten years
    1,306       1,136       31.4       4.11                          
                                                                 
Total
  $ 1,435     $ 1,253       28.8       4.30 %   $ 133     $ 106       7.2       1.15 %
                                                                 
Other Investments
  $ 319     $ 358       18.0       4.14 %   $     $             %
                                                                 
Total investment securities (d)
  $ 51,855     $ 51,509       7.4       3.41 %   $ 1,469     $ 1,419       6.3       2.07 %
                                                                 
                                                                 
 
(a) Information related to asset and mortgage-backed securities included above is presented based upon weighted-average maturities anticipating future prepayments.
(b) Information related to obligations of state and political subdivisions is presented based upon yield to first optional call date if the security is purchased at a premium, yield to maturity if purchased at par or a discount.
(c) Maturity calculations for obligations of state and political subdivisions are based on the first optional call date for securities with a fair value above par and contractual maturity for securities with a fair value equal to or below par.
(d) The weighted-average maturity of the available-for-sale investment securities was 7.1 years at December 31, 2009, with a corresponding weighted-average yield of 4.00 percent. The weighted-average maturity of the held-to-maturity investment securities was 8.4 years at December 31, 2009, with a corresponding weighted-average yield of 5.10 percent.
(e) Average yields are presented on a fully-taxable equivalent basis under a tax rate of 35 percent. Yields on available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities are computed based on historical cost balances. Average yield and maturity calculations exclude equity securities that have no stated yield or maturity.
 
                                 
    2010     2009  
    Amortized
    Percent
    Amortized
    Percent
 
December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   Cost     of Total     Cost     of Total  
U.S. Treasury and agencies
  $ 2,724       5.1 %   $ 3,415       7.5 %
Mortgage-backed securities
    40,654       76.2       32,289       71.1  
Asset-backed securities
    1,197       2.3       559       1.2  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    6,862       12.9       6,854       15.1  
Other debt securities and investments
    1,887       3.5       2,286       5.1  
                                 
Total investment securities
  $ 53,324       100.0 %   $ 45,403       100.0 %
                                 
                                 

U.S. BANCORP   31


Table of Contents

 
Table 12     DEPOSITS
 
The composition of deposits was as follows:
 
                                                                                         
    2010       2009       2008       2007       2006  
          Percent
            Percent
            Percent
            Percent
            Percent
 
December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   Amount     of Total       Amount     of Total       Amount     of Total       Amount     of Total       Amount     of Total  
Noninterest-bearing deposits
  $ 45,314       22.2 %     $ 38,186       20.8 %     $ 37,494       23.5 %     $ 33,334       25.4 %     $ 32,128       25.7 %
Interest-bearing deposits
                                                                                       
Interest checking
    43,183       21.2         38,436       21.0         32,254       20.2         28,996       22.1         24,937       20.0  
Money market savings
    46,855       22.9         40,848       22.3         26,137       16.4         24,301       18.5         26,220       21.0  
Savings accounts
    24,260       11.9         16,885       9.2         9,070       5.7         5,001       3.8         5,314       4.2  
                                                                                         
Total of savings deposits
    114,298       56.0         96,169       52.5         67,461       42.3         58,298       44.4         56,471       45.2  
Time certificates of deposit less than $100,000
    15,083       7.4         18,966       10.4         18,425       11.7         14,160       10.8         13,859       11.1  
Time deposits greater than $100,000
                                                                                       
Domestic
    12,330       6.0         16,858       9.2         20,791       13.0         15,351       11.7         14,868       11.9  
Foreign
    17,227       8.4         13,063       7.1         15,179       9.5         10,302       7.8         7,556       6.1  
                                                                                         
Total interest-bearing deposits
    158,938       77.8         145,056       79.2         121,856       76.5         98,111       74.6         92,754       74.3  
                                                                                         
Total deposits
  $ 204,252       100.0 %     $ 183,242       100.0 %     $ 159,350       100.0 %     $ 131,445       100.0 %     $ 124,882       100.0 %
                                                                                         
                                                                                         
 
The maturity of time deposits was as follows:
                         
          Time Deposits
       
    Certificates
    Greater Than
       
December 31, 2010 (Dollars in Millions)   Less Than $100,000     $100,000     Total  
   
 
Three months or less
    $  1,790       $  19,625       $  21,415  
Three months through six months
    1,597       1,309       2,906  
Six months through one year
    3,095       1,609       4,704  
2012
    4,239       2,745       6,984  
2013
    1,704       1,239       2,943  
2014
    1,546       1,359       2,905  
2015
    1,107       1,367       2,474  
Thereafter
    5       304       309  
     
     
Total
    $  15,083       $  29,557       $  44,640  
 
 

expected cash flows of underlying collateral or assets and market conditions. At December 31, 2010, the Company had no plans to sell securities with unrealized losses and believes it is more likely than not it would not be required to sell such securities before recovery of their amortized cost.
There is limited market activity for structured investment-related and non-agency mortgage-backed securities held by the Company. As a result, the Company estimates the fair value of these securities using estimates of expected cash flows, discount rates and management’s assessment of various other market factors, which are judgmental in nature. The Company recorded $91 million of impairment charges in earnings during 2010, predominately on non-agency mortgage-backed and structured investment-related securities. These impairment charges were due to changes in expected cash flows resulting from increases in defaults in the underlying mortgage pools and regulatory actions in the first quarter of 2010 related to an insurer of some of the securities. Further adverse changes in market conditions may result in additional impairment charges in future periods.
During 2009, the Company recognized impairment charges in earnings of $223 million related to perpetual preferred securities, primarily issued by financial institutions, and $363 million on non-agency mortgage-backed and structured investment-related securities.
Refer to Notes 5 and 21 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on investment securities.
 
Deposits Total deposits were $204.3 billion at December 31, 2010, compared with $183.2 billion at December 31, 2009. The $21.0 billion (11.5 percent) increase in total deposits reflected organic growth in core deposits and balances from the securitization trust administration acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2010. Average total deposits increased $16.9 billion (10.1 percent) over 2009, reflecting increases in noninterest-bearing and

32   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

savings account balances, partially offset by a decrease in interest-bearing time deposits.
Noninterest-bearing deposits at December 31, 2010, increased $7.1 billion (18.7 percent) over December 31, 2009. Average noninterest-bearing deposits increased $2.3 billion (6.1 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009. The increase was due primarily to growth in Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate, Consumer and Small Business Banking and corporate trust balances.
Interest-bearing savings deposits increased $18.1 billion (18.9 percent) at December 31, 2010, compared with December 31, 2009. Excluding acquisitions, interest-bearing savings deposits increased $11.8 billion (12.3 percent) at December 31, 2010, compared with December 31, 2009. The increase in these deposit balances was related to increases in all major savings deposit categories. The $7.4 billion (43.7 percent) increase in savings account balances reflected growth in Consumer and Small Business Banking balances. The $6.0 billion (14.7 percent) increase in money market savings account balances principally reflected acquisition-related growth in corporate trust balances. The $4.7 billion (12.4 percent) increase in interest checking account balances was due primarily to higher broker-dealer balances. Average interest-bearing savings deposits in 2010 increased $19.0 billion (23.2 percent), compared with 2009, driven by higher money market savings account balances of $7.9 billion (24.8 percent), savings account balances of $7.8 billion (59.5 percent) and interest checking account balances of $3.3 billion (9.0 percent).
Interest-bearing time deposits at December 31, 2010, decreased $4.2 billion (8.7 percent), compared with December 31, 2009, driven by decreases in both time certificates of deposit less than $100,000 and time deposits greater than $100,000. Excluding the trust administration acquisition, interest-bearing time deposits decreased $6.1 billion (12.4 percent) at December 31, 2010, compared with December 31, 2009. Time certificates of deposit less than $100,000 decreased $3.9 billion (20.5 percent) at December 31, 2010, compared with December 31, 2009, as a result of expected decreases in acquired certificates of deposit and decreases in Consumer and Small Business Banking balances. Average time certificates of deposit less than $100,000 in 2010 decreased $1.3 billion (7.0 percent), compared with 2009, reflecting maturities and lower renewals given the current interest rate environment. Time deposits greater than $100,000 decreased $364 million (1.2 percent) at December 31, 2010, compared with December 31, 2009. Average time deposits greater than $100,000 in 2010 decreased $3.1 billion (10.3 percent), compared with 2009. Time deposits greater than $100,000 are managed as an alternative to other funding sources, such as wholesale borrowing, based largely on relative pricing.
During 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was signed into law, resulting in a permanent increase in the statutory standard maximum deposit insurance amount for domestic deposits to $250,000 per depositor. Domestic time deposits greater than $250,000 were $5.4 billion at December 31, 2010, compared with $7.1 billion at December 31, 2009.
 
Borrowings The Company utilizes both short-term and long-term borrowings as part of its asset/liability management and funding strategies. Short-term borrowings, which include federal funds purchased, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, borrowings secured by high-grade assets and other short-term borrowings, were $32.6 billion at December 31, 2010, compared with $31.3 billion at December 31, 2009. The $1.3 billion (4.0 percent) increase in short-term borrowings reflected wholesale funding associated with the Company’s asset growth and asset/liability management activities.
Long-term debt was $31.5 billion at December 31, 2010, compared with $32.6 billion at December 31, 2009, reflecting a $2.6 billion net decrease in Federal Home Loan Bank advances, $5.7 billion of medium-term note maturities and repayments and the extinguishment of $.6 billion of junior subordinated debentures in connection with the ITS exchange, partially offset by $5.7 billion of medium-term note and subordinated debt issuances and the consolidation of $2.3 billion of long-term debt related to certain VIEs at December 31, 2010. Refer to Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding long-term debt and the “Liquidity Risk Management” section for discussion of liquidity management of the Company.
 
 
CORPORATE RISK PROFILE
 
Overview Managing risks is an essential part of successfully operating a financial services company. The most prominent risk exposures are credit, residual value, operational, interest rate, market and liquidity risk. Credit risk is the risk of not collecting the interest and/or the principal balance of a loan, investment or derivative contract when it is due. Residual value risk is the potential reduction in the end-of-term value of leased assets. Operational risk includes risks related to fraud, legal and compliance, processing errors, technology, breaches of internal controls and business continuation and disaster recovery. Interest rate risk is the potential reduction

U.S. BANCORP   33


Table of Contents

of net interest income as a result of changes in interest rates, which can affect the re-pricing of assets and liabilities differently. Market risk arises from fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, and security prices that may result in changes in the values of financial instruments, such as trading and available-for-sale securities and derivatives that are accounted for on a fair value basis. Liquidity risk is the possible inability to fund obligations to depositors, investors or borrowers. In addition, corporate strategic decisions, as well as the risks described above, could give rise to reputation risk. Reputation risk is the risk that negative publicity or press, whether true or not, could result in costly litigation or cause a decline in the Company’s stock value, customer base, funding sources or revenue.
 
Credit Risk Management The Company’s strategy for credit risk management includes well-defined, centralized credit policies, uniform underwriting criteria, and ongoing risk monitoring and review processes for all commercial and consumer credit exposures. The strategy also emphasizes diversification on a geographic, industry and customer level, regular credit examinations and management reviews of loans exhibiting deterioration of credit quality. The credit risk management strategy also includes a credit risk assessment process, independent of business line managers, that performs assessments of compliance with commercial and consumer credit policies, risk ratings, and other critical credit information. The Company strives to identify potential problem loans early, record any necessary charge-offs promptly and maintain appropriate reserve levels for probable incurred loan losses. Commercial banking operations rely on prudent credit policies and procedures and individual lender and business line manager accountability. Lenders are assigned lending authority based on their level of experience and customer service requirements. Credit officers reporting to an independent credit administration function have higher levels of lending authority and support the business units in their credit decision process. Loan decisions are documented with respect to the borrower’s business, purpose of the loan, evaluation of the repayment source and the associated risks, evaluation of collateral, covenants and monitoring requirements, and risk rating rationale. The Company classifies commercial loans by credit quality ratings that it defines, including: pass, special mention and classified, and utilizes a credit risk rating system to measure the credit quality of individual commercial loans. This risk rating system includes estimates about the likelihood of default by borrowers and the severity of loss in the event of default. The Company uses the risk rating system for on-going management of the portfolio, regulatory reporting, determining the frequency of review of the credit exposures, and evaluation and determination of the specific allowance for commercial credit losses. The Company regularly forecasts potential changes in risk ratings, nonperforming status and potential for loss and the estimated impact on the allowance for credit losses. The Company classifies loans by the same credit quality ratings in its retail banking operations, primarily driven by delinquency status. In addition, standard credit scoring systems are used to assess credit risks of consumer, small business and small-ticket leasing customers and to price products accordingly. The Company conducts the underwriting and collections of its retail products in loan underwriting and servicing centers specializing in certain retail products. Forecasts of delinquency levels, bankruptcies and losses in conjunction with projection of estimated losses by delinquency categories and vintage information are regularly prepared and are used to evaluate underwriting and collection and determine the specific allowance for credit losses for these products. Because business processes and credit risks associated with unfunded credit commitments are essentially the same as for loans, the Company utilizes similar processes to estimate its liability for unfunded credit commitments. The Company also engages in non-lending activities that may give rise to credit risk, including interest rate swap and option contracts for balance sheet hedging purposes, foreign exchange transactions, deposit overdrafts and interest rate swap contracts for customers, and settlement risk, including Automated Clearing House transactions, and the processing of credit card transactions for merchants. These activities are also subject to credit review, analysis and approval processes.
 
Economic and Other Factors In evaluating its credit risk, the Company considers changes, if any, in underwriting activities, the loan portfolio composition (including product mix and geographic, industry or customer-specific concentrations), trends in loan performance, the level of allowance coverage relative to similar banking institutions and macroeconomic factors, such as changes in unemployment rates, gross domestic product and consumer bankruptcy filings.
Beginning in late 2007, financial markets suffered significant disruptions, leading to and exacerbated by declining real estate values and subsequent economic challenges, both domestically and globally. Median home prices, which peaked in 2006, declined across most domestic markets with severe price reductions in California and some parts of the Southwest, Northeast and Southeast regions.

34   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

The decline in residential home values has had a significant adverse impact on residential mortgage loans. Residential mortgage delinquencies, which increased dramatically in 2007 for sub-prime borrowers, also increased throughout 2008 and 2009 for other classes of borrowers. High unemployment levels throughout 2009 and 2010 further increased losses in prime-based residential portfolios and credit cards.
Economic conditions began to stabilize in late 2009 and throughout 2010, though unemployment and under-employment continue to be elevated, consumer confidence and spending remain lower, and many borrowers continue to have difficulty meeting their commitments. Credit costs peaked for the Company in late 2009 and trended downward thereafter, but remain at elevated levels. The Company recorded provision for credit losses in excess of net charge-offs during 2010, 2009 and 2008 of $175 million, $1.7 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively, as the result of these economic and environmental factors. The decrease in the provision for credit losses in excess of net charge-offs for 2010, compared with 2009, reflected the stabilization of economic conditions throughout 2010 and the improving underlying risk profile of the loan portfolio.
 
Credit Diversification The Company manages its credit risk, in part, through diversification of its loan portfolio and limit setting by product type criteria and concentrations. As part of its normal business activities, the Company offers a broad array of traditional commercial lending products and specialized products such as asset-based lending, commercial lease financing, agricultural credit, warehouse mortgage lending, commercial real estate, health care and correspondent banking. The Company also offers an array of retail lending products, including residential mortgages, credit cards, retail leases, home equity, revolving credit, lending to students and other consumer loans. These retail credit products are primarily offered through the branch office network, home mortgage and loan production offices, indirect distribution channels, such as automobile dealers, and a consumer finance division. The Company monitors and manages the portfolio diversification by industry, customer and geography. Table 6 provides information with respect to the overall product diversification and changes in the mix during 2010.
The commercial portfolio reflects the Company’s focus on serving small business customers, middle market and larger corporate businesses throughout its Consumer and Small Business Banking markets, as well as large national customers. The commercial loan portfolio is diversified among various industries with somewhat higher concentrations in consumer products and services, financial services, healthcare, commercial services and supplies, capital goods (including manufacturing and commercial construction-related businesses), property management and development and agricultural industries. Additionally, the commercial portfolio is diversified across the Company’s geographical markets with 69.2 percent of total commercial loans, excluding covered loans, within the Company’s Consumer and Small Business Banking markets. Credit relationships outside of the Company’s Consumer and Small Business Banking markets are reflected within the corporate banking, mortgage banking, auto dealer and leasing businesses focusing on large national customers and specifically targeted industries. Loans to mortgage banking customers are primarily warehouse lines which are collateralized with the underlying mortgages. The Company regularly monitors its mortgage collateral position to manage its risk exposure. Table 7 provides a summary of significant industry groups and geographical locations of commercial loans outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
The commercial real estate portfolio reflects the Company’s focus on serving business owners within its geographic footprint as well as regional and national investment-based real estate owners and builders. At December 31, 2010, the Company had commercial real estate loans of $34.7 billion, or 17.6 percent of total loans, compared with $34.1 billion at December 31, 2009. Within commercial real estate loans, different property types have varying degrees of credit risk. Table 8 provides a summary of the significant property types and geographical locations of commercial real estate loans outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009. At December 31, 2010, approximately 32.9 percent of the commercial real estate loan portfolio represented business owner-occupied properties that tend to exhibit credit risk characteristics similar to the middle market commercial loan portfolio. Generally, the investment-based real estate mortgages are diversified among various property types with somewhat higher concentrations in office and retail properties. During 2010, the Company continued to reduce its level of exposure to homebuilders, given the stress in the homebuilding industry sector. From a geographical perspective, the Company’s commercial real estate portfolio is generally well diversified. However, at December 31, 2010, 21.6 percent of the Company’s commercial real estate portfolio, excluding covered assets, was secured by collateral in California, which has experienced higher delinquency levels and credit quality deterioration due to excess home inventory levels and declining valuations. During 2010, the Company recorded $845 million of net charge-offs in the total commercial real estate portfolio. Included in commercial real

U.S. BANCORP   35


Table of Contents

estate at year-end 2010 was approximately $1.2 billion in loans related to land held for development and $1.8 billion of loans related to residential and commercial acquisition and development properties. These loans are subject to quarterly monitoring for changes in local market conditions due to a higher credit risk profile. The commercial real estate portfolio is diversified across the Company’s geographical markets with 86.4 percent of total commercial real estate loans outstanding at December 31, 2010, within the Company’s Consumer and Small Business Banking markets.
The assets acquired from the FDIC assisted acquisitions of Downey, PFF and FBOP included nonperforming loans and other loans with characteristics indicative of a high credit risk profile, including a substantial concentration in California, loans with negative-amortization payment options, and homebuilder and other construction finance loans. Because most of these loans are covered under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, the Company’s financial exposure to losses from these assets is substantially reduced. To the extent actual losses exceed the Company’s estimates at acquisition, the Company’s financial risk would only be its share of those losses under the loss sharing agreements.
The Company’s retail lending business utilizes several distinct business processes and channels to originate retail credit, including traditional branch lending, indirect lending, portfolio acquisitions and a consumer finance division. Each distinct underwriting and origination activity manages unique credit risk characteristics and prices its loan production commensurate with the differing risk profiles. Within Consumer and Small Business Banking, the consumer finance division specializes in serving channel-specific and alternative lending markets in residential mortgages, home equity and installment loan financing. The consumer finance division manages loans originated through a broker network, correspondent relationships and U.S. Bank branch offices. Generally, loans managed by the Company’s consumer finance division exhibit higher credit risk characteristics, but are priced commensurate with the differing risk profile.
Residential mortgages represent an important financial product for consumer customers of the Company and are originated through the Company’s branches, loan production offices, a wholesale network of originators and the consumer finance division. With respect to residential mortgages originated through these channels, the Company may either retain the loans on its balance sheet or sell its interest in the balances into the secondary market while retaining the servicing rights and customer relationships. Utilizing the secondary markets enables the Company to effectively reduce its credit and other asset/liability risks. For residential mortgages that are retained in the Company’s portfolio and for home equity and second mortgages, credit risk is also diversified by geography and managed by adherence to loan-to-value and borrower credit criteria during the underwriting process.
 
The following tables provide summary information of the loan-to-values of residential mortgages and home equity and second mortgages by distribution channel and type at December 31, 2010 (excluding covered loans):
                                 
Residential mortgages
  Interest
                Percent
 
(Dollars in Millions)   Only     Amortizing     Total     of Total  
   
 
Consumer Finance
                               
Less than or equal to 80%
  $ 1,393     $ 4,772     $ 6,165       53.5 %
Over 80% through 90%
    494       2,356       2,850       24.7  
Over 90% through 100%
    457       1,912       2,369       20.5  
Over 100%
          147       147       1.3  
     
     
Total
  $ 2,344     $ 9,187     $ 11,531       100.0 %
Other Retail
                               
Less than or equal to 80%
  $ 1,911     $ 15,870     $ 17,781       92.6 %
Over 80% through 90%
    56       656       712       3.7  
Over 90% through 100%
    71       637       708       3.7  
Over 100%
                       
     
     
Total
  $ 2,038     $ 17,163     $ 19,201       100.0 %
Total Company
                               
Less than or equal to 80%
  $ 3,304     $ 20,642     $ 23,946       77.9 %
Over 80% through 90%
    550       3,012       3,562       11.6  
Over 90% through 100%
    528       2,549       3,077       10.0  
Over 100%
          147       147       .5  
     
     
Total
  $ 4,382     $ 26,350     $ 30,732       100.0 %
 
 
Note: loan-to-values determined as of the date of origination and adjusted for cumulative principal payments, and consider mortgage insurance, as applicable.

36   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

                                 
Home equity and second mortgages
                    Percent
 
(Dollars in Millions)   Lines     Loans     Total     of Total  
   
 
Consumer Finance (a)
                               
Less than or equal to 80%
  $ 1,059     $ 197     $ 1,256       49.7 %
Over 80% through 90%
    440       148       588       23.3  
Over 90% through 100%
    328       237       565       22.4  
Over 100%
    52       65       117       4.6  
     
     
Total
  $ 1,879     $ 647     $ 2,526       100.0 %
Other Retail
                               
Less than or equal to 80%
  $ 11,623     $ 1,202     $ 12,825       78.1 %
Over 80% through 90%
    2,054       447       2,501       15.2  
Over 90% through 100%
    665       359       1,024       6.3  
Over 100%
    39       25       64       .4  
     
     
Total
  $ 14,381     $ 2,033     $ 16,414       100.0 %
Total Company
                               
Less than or equal to 80%
  $ 12,682     $ 1,399     $ 14,081       74.3 %
Over 80% through 90%
    2,494       595       3,089       16.3  
Over 90% through 100%
    993       596       1,589       8.4  
Over 100%
    91       90       181       1.0  
     
     
Total
  $ 16,260     $ 2,680     $ 18,940       100.0 %
 
 
(a) Consumer finance category includes credit originated and managed by the consumer finance division, as well as the majority of home equity and second mortgages with a loan-to-value greater than 100 percent that were originated in the branches.
Note: Loan-to-values determined using the original appraisal value of collateral and the current amortized loan balance, or maximum of current commitment or current balance on lines.
Within the consumer finance division at December 31, 2010, approximately $2.1 billion of residential mortgages were to customers that may be defined as sub-prime borrowers based on credit scores from independent credit rating agencies at loan origination, compared with $2.5 billion at December 31, 2009.
 
The following table provides further information on the loan-to-values of residential mortgages specifically for the consumer finance division at December 31, 2010:
                                 
    Interest
                Percent of
 
(Dollars in Millions)   Only     Amortizing     Total     Division  
   
 
Sub-Prime Borrowers
                               
Less than or equal to 80%
  $ 5     $ 958     $ 963       8.4 %
Over 80% through 90%
    3       489       492       4.3  
Over 90% through 100%
    13       612       625       5.4  
Over 100%
          49       49       .4  
     
     
Total
  $ 21     $ 2,108     $ 2,129       18.5 %
Other Borrowers
                               
Less than or equal to 80%
  $ 1,388     $ 3,814     $ 5,202       45.1 %
Over 80% through 90%
    491       1,867       2,358       20.5  
Over 90% through 100%
    444       1,300       1,744       15.1  
Over 100%
          98       98       .8  
     
     
Total
  $ 2,323     $ 7,079     $ 9,402       81.5 %
     
     
Total Consumer Finance
  $ 2,344     $ 9,187     $ 11,531       100.0 %
 
 
 
In addition to residential mortgages, at December 31, 2010, the consumer finance division had $.5 billion of home equity and second mortgage loans to customers that may be defined as sub-prime borrowers, compared with $.6 billion at December 31, 2009.
 
The following table provides further information on the loan-to-values of home equity and second mortgages specifically for the consumer finance division at December 31, 2010:
                                 
                      Percent
 
(Dollars in Millions)   Lines     Loans     Total     of Total  
   
 
Sub-Prime Borrowers
                               
Less than or equal to 80%
  $ 64     $ 117     $ 181       7.2 %
Over 80% through 90%
    43       84       127       5.0  
Over 90% through 100%
    7       144       151       6.0  
Over 100%
    34       52       86       3.4  
     
     
Total
  $ 148     $ 397     $ 545       21.6 %
Other Borrowers
                               
Less than or equal to 80%
  $ 995     $ 80     $ 1,075       42.6 %
Over 80% through 90%
    397       64       461       18.2  
Over 90% through 100%
    321       93       414       16.4  
Over 100%
    18       13       31       1.2  
     
     
Total
  $ 1,731     $ 250     $ 1,981       78.4 %
     
     
Total Consumer Finance
  $ 1,879     $ 647     $ 2,526       100.0 %
 
 
The total amount of residential mortgage, home equity and second mortgage loans, other than covered loans, to customers that may be defined as sub-prime borrowers represented only .9 percent of total assets at December 31, 2010, compared with 1.1 percent at December 31, 2009. Covered loans include $1.6 billion in loans with negative-amortization payment options at December 31, 2010, compared with $2.2 billion at December 31, 2009. Other than covered loans, the Company does not have any residential mortgages with payment schedules that would cause balances to increase over time.
The retail loan portfolio principally reflects the Company’s focus on consumers within its geographical footprint of branches and certain niche lending activities that are nationally focused. Within the Company’s retail loan portfolio, approximately 76.0 percent of the credit card balances relate to cards originated through the bank branches or co-branded and affinity programs that generally experience better credit quality performance than portfolios generated through other channels.
Table 9 provides a geographical summary of the residential mortgage and retail loan portfolios.
 
Loan Delinquencies Trends in delinquency ratios are an indicator, among other considerations, of credit risk within the Company’s loan portfolios. The entire balance of an account is considered delinquent if the minimum payment contractually required to be made is not received by the specified date on the billing statement. The Company

U.S. BANCORP   37


Table of Contents

 
Table 13      DELINQUENT LOAN RATIOS AS A PERCENT OF ENDING LOAN BALANCES
 
                                         
At December 31
                             
90 days or more past due excluding nonperforming loans   2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
   
 
Commercial
                                       
Commercial
    .15 %     .25 %     .15 %     .08 %     .06 %
Lease financing
    .02                          
     
     
Total commercial
    .13       .22       .13       .07       .05  
Commercial Real Estate
                                       
Commercial mortgages
                      .02       .01  
Construction and development
    .01       .07       .36       .02       .01  
     
     
Total commercial real estate
          .02       .11       .02       .01  
Residential Mortgages
    1.63       2.80       1.55       .86       .42  
Retail
                                       
Credit card
    1.86       2.59       2.20       1.94       1.75  
Retail leasing
    .05       .11       .16       .10       .03  
Other retail
    .49       .57       .45       .37       .24  
     
     
Total retail
    .81       1.07       .82       .68       .49  
     
     
Total loans, excluding covered loans
    .61       .88       .56       .38       .24  
     
     
Covered Loans
    6.04       3.59       5.25              
     
     
Total loans
    1.11 %     1.19 %     .84 %     .38 %     .24 %
 
 
At December 31
90 days or more past due including nonperforming loans
    2010       2009       2008       2007       2006  
 
 
Commercial
    1.37 %     2.25 %     .82 %     .43 %     .57 %
Commercial real estate
    3.73       5.22       3.34       1.02       .53  
Residential mortgages (a)
    3.70       4.59       2.44       1.10       .59  
Retail (b)
    1.26       1.39       .97       .73       .59  
     
     
Total loans, excluding covered loans
    2.19       2.87       1.57       .74       .57  
     
     
Covered loans
    12.94       9.76       8.55              
     
     
Total loans
    3.17 %     3.64 %     2.00 %     .74 %     .57 %
 
 
 
(a) Delinquent loan ratios exclude loans purchased from Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. Including the guaranteed amounts, the ratio of residential mortgages 90 days or more past due including nonperforming loans was 12.28 percent, 12.86 percent, 6.95 percent, 3.78 percent, and 3.08 percent at December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
(b) Beginning in 2008, delinquent loan ratios exclude student loans that are guaranteed by the federal government. Including the guaranteed amounts, the ratio of retail loans 90 days or more past due including nonperforming loans was 1.60 percent, 1.57 percent, and 1.10 percent at December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

measures delinquencies, both including and excluding nonperforming loans, to enable comparability with other companies. Delinquent loans purchased from Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) mortgage pools, for which repayments of principal and interest are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs, are excluded from delinquency statistics. In addition, in certain situations, a retail customer’s account may be re-aged to remove it from delinquent status. Generally, the purpose of re-aging accounts is to assist customers who have recently overcome temporary financial difficulties, and have demonstrated both the ability and willingness to resume regular payments. To qualify for re-aging, the account must have been open for at least nine months and cannot have been re-aged during the preceding 365 days. An account may not be re-aged more than two times in a five-year period. To qualify for re-aging, the customer must also have made three regular minimum monthly payments within the last 90 days. In addition, the Company may re-age the retail account of a customer who has experienced longer-term financial difficulties and apply modified, concessionary terms and conditions to the account. Such additional re-ages are limited to one in a five-year period and must meet the qualifications for re-aging described above. All re-aging strategies must be independently approved by the Company’s credit administration function. Commercial loans are not subject to re-aging policies.
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due totaled $2.2 billion ($1.1 billion excluding covered loans) at December 31, 2010, compared with $2.3 billion ($1.5 billion excluding covered loans) at December 31, 2009, and $1.6 billion ($967 million excluding covered loans) at December 31, 2008. The $431 million (28.3 percent) decrease, excluding covered loans, reflected a moderation in the level of stress in economic conditions during 2010. These loans are not included in nonperforming assets and continue to accrue interest because they are adequately secured by collateral, are in the process of collection and are reasonably expected to result in repayment or restoration to current status, or are managed in homogeneous portfolios with specified charge-off

38   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

timeframes adhering to regulatory guidelines. The ratio of accruing loans 90 days or more past due to total loans was 1.11 percent (.61 percent excluding covered loans) at December 31, 2010, compared with 1.19 percent (.88 percent excluding covered loans) at December 31, 2009, and .84 percent (.56 percent excluding covered loans) at December 31, 2008.
 
The following table provides summary delinquency information for residential mortgages and retail loans, excluding covered loans:
 
                                   
            As a Percent of
 
            Ending
 
    Amount       Loan Balances  
December 31
    
              
       
(Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009       2010     2009  
Residential mortgages
                                 
30-89 days
  $ 456     $ 615         1.48 %     2.36 %
90 days or more
    500       729         1.63       2.80  
Nonperforming
    636       467         2.07       1.79  
                                   
Total
  $ 1,592     $ 1,811         5.18 %     6.95 %
                                   
                                   
Retail
                                 
Credit card
                                 
30-89 days
  $ 269     $ 400         1.60 %     2.38 %
90 days or more
    313       435         1.86       2.59  
Nonperforming
    228       142         1.36       .84  
                                   
Total
  $ 810     $ 977         4.82 %     5.81 %
Retail leasing
                                 
30-89 days
  $ 17     $ 34         .37 %     .74 %
90 days or more
    2       5         .05       .11  
Nonperforming
                         
                                   
Total
  $ 19     $ 39         .42 %     .85 %
Home equity and second mortgages
                                 
30-89 days
  $ 175     $ 181         .93 %     .93 %
90 days or more
    148       152         .78       .78  
Nonperforming
    36       32         .19       .17  
                                   
Total
  $ 359     $ 365         1.90 %     1.88 %
Other retail
                                 
30-89 days
  $ 212     $ 256         .85 %     1.10 %
90 days or more
    66       92         .26       .40  
Nonperforming
    29       30         .12       .13  
                                   
Total
  $ 307     $ 378         1.23 %     1.63 %
                                   
                                   
 
The following table provides information on delinquent and nonperforming loans, excluding covered loans, as a percent of ending loan balances, by channel:
 
                                   
    Consumer
         
    Finance (a)       Other Retail  
December 31   2010     2009       2010     2009  
Residential mortgages
                                 
30-89 days
    2.38 %     3.99 %       .95 %     1.30 %
90 days or more
    2.26       4.00         1.24       2.02  
Nonperforming
    2.99       3.04         1.52       .98  
                                   
Total
    7.63 %     11.03 %       3.71 %     4.30 %
                                   
                                   
Retail
                                 
Credit card
                                 
30-89 days
    %     %       1.60 %     2.38 %
90 days or more
                  1.86       2.59  
Nonperforming
                  1.36       .84  
                                   
Total
    %     %       4.82 %     5.81 %
Retail leasing
                                 
30-89 days
    %     %       .37 %     .74 %
90 days or more
                  .05       .11  
Nonperforming
                         
                                   
Total
    %     %       .42 %     .85 %
Home equity and second mortgages
                                 
30-89 days
    1.98 %     2.54 %       .76 %     .70 %
90 days or more
    1.82       2.02         .62       .60  
Nonperforming
    .20       .20         .19       .16  
                                   
Total
    4.00 %     4.76 %       1.57 %     1.46 %
Other retail
                                 
30-89 days
    4.42 %     5.17 %       .77 %     1.00 %
90 days or more
    .68       1.17         .25       .37  
Nonperforming
          .16         .12       .13  
                                   
Total
    5.10 %     6.50 %       1.14 %     1.50 %
                                   
                                   
(a) Consumer finance category includes credit originated and managed by the consumer finance division, as well as the majority of home equity and second mortgages with a loan-to-value greater than 100 percent that were originated in the branches.
Within the consumer finance division at December 31, 2010, approximately $412 million and $75 million of these delinquent and nonperforming residential mortgages and other retail loans, respectively, were to customers that may be defined as sub-prime borrowers, compared with $557 million and $98 million, respectively at December 31, 2009.

U.S. BANCORP   39


Table of Contents

The following table provides summary delinquency information for covered loans:
 
                                   
            As a Percent of
 
                  Ending
 
    Amount       Loan Balances  
December 31
     
(Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009       2010     2009  
30-89 days
  $ 757     $ 1,195         4.19 %     5.46 %
90 days or more
    1,090       784         6.04       3.59  
Nonperforming
    1,244       1,350         6.90       6.18  
                                   
Total
  $ 3,091     $ 3,329         17.13 %     15.23 %
                                   
                                   
 
Restructured Loans In certain circumstances, the Company may modify the terms of a loan to maximize the collection of amounts due when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties or is expected to experience difficulties in the near-term. In most cases the modification is either a concessionary reduction in interest rate, extension of the maturity date or reduction in the principal balance that would otherwise not be considered. Concessionary modifications are classified as troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) unless the modification is short-term, or results in only an insignificant delay or shortfall in the payments to be received. TDRs accrue interest if the borrower complies with the revised terms and conditions and has demonstrated repayment performance at a level commensurate with the modified terms over several payment cycles.
 
Short-Term Modifications The Company makes short-term modifications to assist borrowers experiencing temporary hardships. Consumer programs include short-term interest rate reductions (three months or less for residential mortgages and twelve months or less for credit cards), deferrals of up to three past due payments, and the ability to return to current status if the borrower makes required payments during the short-term modification period. At December 31, 2010, loans modified under these programs, excluding loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs, represented less than 1.0 percent of total residential mortgage loan balances and 1.9 percent of credit card receivable balances. Because these changes have an insignificant impact on the economic return on the loan, the Company does not consider loans modified under these hardship programs to be TDRs. The Company determines applicable allowances for loan losses for these loans in a manner consistent with other homogeneous loan portfolios.
The Company may also modify commercial loans on a short-term basis, with the most common modification being an extension of the maturity date of twelve months or less. Such extensions generally are used when the maturity date is imminent and the borrower is experiencing some level of financial stress but the Company believes the borrower will ultimately pay all contractual amounts owed. These extended loans represented approximately 1.1 percent of total commercial and commercial real estate loan balances at December 31, 2010. Because interest is charged during the extension period (at the original contractual rate or, in many cases, a higher rate), the extension has an insignificant impact on the economic return on the loan. Therefore, the Company does not consider such extensions to be TDRs. The Company determines the applicable allowance for loan losses on these loans in a manner consistent with other commercial loans.
 
Troubled Debt Restructurings Many of the Company’s TDRs are determined on a case-by-case basis in connection with ongoing loan collection processes. However, the Company has also implemented certain restructuring programs that may result in TDRs. The consumer finance division has a mortgage loan restructuring program where certain qualifying borrowers facing an interest rate reset who are current in their repayment status, are allowed to retain the lower of their existing interest rate or the market interest rate as of their interest reset date. The Company also participates in the U.S. Department of the Treasury Home Affordable Modification Program (“HAMP”). HAMP gives qualifying homeowners an opportunity to refinance into more affordable monthly payments, with the U.S. Department of the Treasury compensating the Company for a portion of the reduction in monthly amounts due from borrowers participating in this program. Both the consumer finance division modification program and the HAMP program require the customer to complete a trial period, where the loan modification is contingent on the customer satisfactorily completing the trial period and the loan documents are not modified until that time. The Company reports loans that are modified following the satisfactory completion of the trial period as TDRs. Loans in the pre-modification trial phase represented less than 1.0 percent of residential mortgage loan balances at December 31, 2010.
In addition, the Company has also modified certain mortgage loans according to provisions in FDIC-assisted transaction loss sharing agreements. Losses associated with modifications on these loans, including the economic impact of interest rate reductions, are generally eligible for reimbursement under the loss sharing agreements.
Acquired loans restructured after acquisition are not considered TDRs for purposes of the Company’s accounting and disclosure if the loans evidenced credit deterioration as of the acquisition date and are accounted for in pools.
 

40   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

The following table provides a summary of TDRs by loan type, including the delinquency status for TDRs that continue to accrue interest and TDRs included in nonperforming assets (excluding covered loans):
                                               
              As a Percent of Performing TDRs                
December 31, 2010
    Performing
      30-89 Days
    90 Days or more
      Nonperforming
    Total
 
(Dollars in Millions)     TDRs       Past Due     Past Due       TDRs     TDRs  
Commercial
    $ 77         6.7 %     2.8 %     $ 62 (b)   $ 139  
Commercial real estate
      15                       199 (b)     214  
Residential mortgages (a)
      1,804         6.7       6.3         153       1,957  
Credit card
      224         10.9       7.7         228 (c)     452  
Other retail
      87         9.9       6.0         27       114  
                                               
Total
    $ 2,207         7.2 %     6.3 %     $ 669     $ 2,876  
 
 
(a) Excludes loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs, and loans in the trial period under HAMP or the Company’s program where a legal modification of the loan is contingent on the customer successfully completing the trial modification period.
(b) Primarily represents loans less than six months from the modification date that have not met the performance period required to return to accrual status (generally six months) and, for commercial, small business credit cards with a modified rate equal to 0 percent.
(c) Represents consumer credit cards with a modified rate equal to 0 percent.
 
The following table provides a summary of TDRs, excluding covered loans, that are performing in accordance with the modified terms, and therefore continue to accrue interest:
                                   
            As a Percent of Ending
 
    Amount       Loan Balances  
December 31
    
                     
(Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009       2010     2009  
Commercial
  $ 77     $ 35         .16 %     .07 %
Commercial real estate
    15       110         .04       .32  
Residential mortgages (a)
    1,804       1,354         5.87       5.20  
Credit card
    224       221         1.33       1.31  
Other retail
    87       74         .18       .16  
                                   
Total
  $ 2,207     $ 1,794         1.12 %     .92 %
                                   
                                   
(a) Excludes loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs, and loans in the trial period under HAMP or the Company’s program where a legal modification of the loan is contingent on the customer successfully completing the trial modification period.
TDRs, excluding covered loans, that are performing in accordance with modified terms were $413 million higher at December 31, 2010, than at December 31, 2009, primarily reflecting loan modifications for certain residential mortgage and consumer credit card customers in light of current economic conditions. The Company continues to work with customers to modify loans for borrowers who are having financial difficulties, including those acquired through FDIC-assisted bank acquisitions, but expects the overall level of loan modifications to moderate during the first quarter of 2011.
 
Nonperforming Assets The level of nonperforming assets represents another indicator of the potential for future credit losses. Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans, restructured loans not performing in accordance with modified terms, other real estate and other nonperforming assets owned by the Company. Interest payments collected from assets on nonaccrual status are typically applied against the principal balance and not recorded as income.
At December 31, 2010, total nonperforming assets were $5.0 billion, compared with $5.9 billion at December 31, 2009 and $2.6 billion at December 31, 2008. Excluding covered assets, nonperforming assets were $3.4 billion at December 31, 2010, compared with $3.9 billion at December 31, 2009 and $2.0 billion at December 31, 2008. The $553 million (14.2 percent) decrease in nonperforming assets, excluding covered assets, from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010, was principally in the construction and land development portfolios, as the Company continued to resolve and reduce the exposure to these assets. There was also an improvement in other commercial portfolios, reflecting the stabilizing economy. However, stress continued in the residential mortgage portfolio and foreclosed properties increased due to the overall duration of the economic slowdown. Nonperforming covered assets at December 31, 2010 were $1.7 billion, compared with $2.0 billion at December 31, 2009 and $643 million at December 31, 2008. These assets are covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC that substantially reduce the risk of credit losses to the Company. In addition, the majority of the nonperforming covered assets were considered credit-impaired at acquisition and recorded at their estimated fair value at acquisition. The ratio of total nonperforming assets to total loans and other real estate was 2.55 percent (1.87 percent excluding covered assets) at December 31, 2010, compared with 3.02 percent (2.25 percent excluding covered assets) at December 31, 2009 and 1.42 percent (1.14 percent excluding covered assets) at December 31, 2008.

U.S. BANCORP   41


Table of Contents

Table 14     NONPERFORMING ASSETS(a)
 
 
                                         
At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
   
 
Commercial
                                       
Commercial
  $ 519     $ 866     $ 290     $ 128     $ 196  
Lease financing
    78       125       102       53       40  
     
     
Total commercial
    597       991       392       181       236  
Commercial Real Estate
                                       
Commercial mortgages
    545       581       294       84       112  
Construction and development
    748       1,192       780       209       38  
     
     
Total commercial real estate
    1,293       1,773       1,074       293       150  
Residential Mortgages
    636       467       210       54       36  
Retail
                                       
Credit card
    228       142       67       14       31  
Retail leasing
                             
Other retail
    65       62       25       15       17  
     
     
Total retail
    293       204       92       29       48  
     
     
Total nonperforming loans, excluding covered loans
    2,819       3,435       1,768       557       470  
Covered Loans
    1,244       1,350       369              
     
     
Total nonperforming loans
    4,063       4,785       2,137       557       470  
Other Real Estate (b)(c)
    511       437       190       111       95  
Covered Other Real Estate (c)
    453       653       274              
Other Assets
    21       32       23       22       22  
     
     
Total nonperforming assets
  $ 5,048     $ 5,907     $ 2,624     $ 690     $ 587  
     
     
Total nonperforming assets, excluding covered assets
  $ 3,351     $ 3,904     $ 1,981     $ 690     $ 587  
     
     
Excluding covered assets:
                                       
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due
  $ 1,094     $ 1,525     $ 967     $ 584     $ 349  
Nonperforming loans to total loans
    1.57 %     1.99 %     1.02 %     .36 %     .33 %
Nonperforming assets to total loans plus other real estate (b)
    1.87 %     2.25 %     1.14 %     .45 %     .41 %
Including covered assets:
                                       
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due
  $ 2,184     $ 2,309     $ 1,554     $ 584     $ 349  
Nonperforming loans to total loans
    2.06 %     2.46 %     1.16 %     .36 %     .33 %
Nonperforming assets to total loans plus other real estate (b)
    2.55 %     3.02 %     1.42 %     .45 %     .41 %
Net interest foregone on nonperforming loans
  $ 123     $ 169     $ 80     $ 41     $ 39  
 
 
 
Changes in Nonperforming Assets
                         
    Commercial and
    Retail and
       
    Commercial
    Residential
       
(Dollars in Millions)   Real Estate     Mortgages (e)     Total  
   
 
Balance December 31, 2009
  $ 4,727     $ 1,180     $ 5,907  
Additions to nonperforming assets
                       
New nonaccrual loans and foreclosed properties
    3,654       1,112       4,766  
Advances on loans
    193             193  
     
     
Total additions
    3,847       1,112       4,959  
Reductions in nonperforming assets
                       
Paydowns, payoffs
    (2,254 )     (191 )     (2,445 )
Net sales
    (616 )     (378 )     (994 )
Return to performing status
    (529 )     (39 )     (568 )
Charge-offs (d)
    (1,579 )     (232 )     (1,811 )
     
     
Total reductions
    (4,978 )     (840 )     (5,818 )
     
     
Net additions to (reductions in) nonperforming assets
    (1,131 )     272       (859 )
     
     
Balance December 31, 2010
  $ 3,596     $ 1,452     $ 5,048  
 
 
 
(a) Throughout this document, nonperforming assets and related ratios do not include accruing loans 90 days or more past due.
(b) Excludes $575 million, $359 million, $209 million, $102 million and $83 million at December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, of foreclosed GNMA loans which continue to accrue interest.
(c) Includes equity investments in entities whose only assets are other real estate owned.
(d) Charge-offs exclude actions for certain card products and loan sales that were not classified as nonperforming at the time the charge-off occurred.
(e) Residential mortgage information excludes changes related to residential mortgages serviced by others.

42   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
Table 15     NET CHARGE-OFFS AS A PERCENT OF AVERAGE LOANS OUTSTANDING
 
                                         
Year Ended December 31   2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
   
 
Commercial
                                       
Commercial
    1.80 %     1.60 %     .53 %     .24 %     .15 %
Lease financing
    1.47       2.82       1.36       .61       .46  
     
     
Total commercial
    1.76       1.75       .63       .29       .18  
Commercial Real Estate
                                       
Commercial mortgages
    1.23       .42       .15       .06       .01  
Construction and development
    6.32       5.35       1.48       .11       .01  
     
     
Total commercial real estate
    2.47       1.82       .55       .08       .01  
Residential Mortgages
    1.97       2.00       1.01       .28       .19  
Retail
                                       
Credit card (a)
    7.32       6.90       4.73       3.34       2.88  
Retail leasing
    .27       .74       .65       .25       .20  
Home equity and second mortgages
    1.72       1.75       1.01       .46       .33  
Other retail
    1.68       1.85       1.39       .96       .85  
     
     
Total retail
    3.03       2.95       1.92       1.17       .92  
     
     
Total loans, excluding covered loans
    2.41       2.23       1.10       .54       .39  
Covered Loans
    .09       .09       .38              
     
     
Total loans
    2.17 %     2.08 %     1.10 %     .54 %     .39 %
 
 
 
(a) Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans outstanding, excluding portfolio purchases where the acquired loans were recorded at fair value at the purchase date, were 7.99 percent and 7.14 percent for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Company expects nonperforming assets, excluding covered assets and assets acquired in the January 2011 FCB transaction, to trend lower in the first quarter of 2011.
Other real estate, excluding covered assets, was $511 million at December 31, 2010, compared with $437 million at December 31, 2009, and was primarily related to foreclosed properties that previously secured loan balances. The increase in other real estate assets reflected continuing stress in residential construction and related supplier industries.
The following table provides an analysis of OREO, excluding covered assets, as a percent of their related loan balances, including geographical location detail for residential (residential mortgage, home equity and second mortgage) and commercial (commercial and commercial real estate) loan balances:
                                   
            As a Percent of Ending
 
    Amount       Loan Balances  
December 31
    
                     
(Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009       2010     2009  
Residential
                                 
Minnesota
  $ 28     $ 27         .53 %     .49 %
California
    21       15         .34       .27  
Illinois
    16       8         .57       .29  
Nevada
    11       3         1.49       .37  
Missouri
    10       7         .39       .26  
All other states
    132       113         .41       .40  
                                   
Total residential
    218       173         .44       .38  
Commercial
                                 
Nevada
    58       73         3.93       3.57  
Oregon
    26       28         .74       .81  
California
    23       43         .18       .30  
Virginia
    22       8         3.41       1.21  
Ohio
    20               .48        
All other states
    144       112         .24       .19  
                                   
Total commercial
    293       264         .35       .32  
                                   
Total OREO
  $ 511     $ 437         .29 %     .25 %
                                   
                                   

U.S. BANCORP   43


Table of Contents

Analysis of Loan Net Charge-Offs Total loan net charge-offs were $4.2 billion in 2010, compared with $3.9 billion in 2009 and $1.8 billion in 2008. The ratio of total loan net charge-offs to average loans was 2.17 percent in 2010, compared with 2.08 percent in 2009 and 1.10 percent in 2008. The increase in total net charge-offs in 2010, compared with 2009, and the increase in 2009, compared with 2008, was driven by the weakening economy and rising unemployment affecting the residential housing markets, including homebuilding and related industries, commercial real estate properties and credit card and other consumer and commercial loans. Total net charge-offs peaked for the Company in the first quarter of 2010 and have since trended lower as the economy has begun to stabilize. The Company expects the level of net charge-offs to continue to trend lower in the first quarter of 2011.
Commercial and commercial real estate loan net charge-offs for 2010 were $1.7 billion (2.06 percent of average loans outstanding), compared with $1.5 billion (1.78 percent of average loans outstanding) in 2009 and $514 million (.60 percent of average loans outstanding) in 2008. The increase in net charge-offs in 2010, compared with 2009 and the increase in 2009, compared with 2008, reflected the weakening economy and rising unemployment throughout most of 2009, affecting the residential housing markets, including homebuilding and related industries, commercial real estate properties and other commercial loans.
Residential mortgage loan net charge-offs for 2010 were $546 million (1.97 percent of average loans outstanding), compared with $489 million (2.00 percent of average loans outstanding) in 2009 and $234 million (1.01 percent of average loans outstanding) in 2008. Retail loan net charge-offs for 2010 were $1.9 billion (3.03 percent of average loans outstanding), compared with $1.8 billion (2.95 percent of average loans outstanding) in 2009 and $1.1 billion (1.92 percent of average loans outstanding) in 2008. The retail loan net charge-offs percentage was impacted by credit card portfolio purchases recorded at fair value beginning in the second quarter of 2009. The increases in residential mortgage and retail loan net charge-offs in 2010, compared with 2009 and the increases in 2009, compared with 2008, reflected the adverse impact of economic conditions on consumers, as higher unemployment levels increased losses in the prime-based residential mortgage and credit card portfolios.
 
The following table provides an analysis of net charge-offs as a percent of average loans outstanding managed by the consumer finance division, compared with other retail loans:
                                   
            Percent of
 
    Average Loans       Average Loans  
Year Ended December 31
    
                     
(Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009       2010     2009  
Consumer Finance (a)
                                 
Residential mortgages
  $ 10,739     $ 9,973          3.63 %      3.80 %
Home equity and second mortgages
    2,479       2,457         5.28       6.43  
Other retail
    603       571         3.65       5.78  
Other Retail
                                 
Residential mortgages
  $ 16,965     $ 14,508         .92 %     .76 %
Home equity and second mortgages
    16,806       16,878         1.19       1.07  
Other retail
    23,393       22,285         1.62       1.75  
Total Company
                                 
Residential mortgages
  $ 27,704     $ 24,481         1.97 %     2.00 %
Home equity and second mortgages
    19,285       19,335         1.72       1.75  
Other retail
    23,996       22,856         1.68       1.85  
                                   
                                   
(a) Consumer finance category included credit originated and managed by the consumer finance division, as well as the majority of home equity and second mortgages with a loan-to-value greater than 100 percent that were originated in the branches.
 
The following table provides further information on net charge-offs as a percent of average loans outstanding for the consumer finance division:
                                   
            Percent of
 
    Average Loans       Average Loans  
Year Ended December 31
    
                     
(Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009       2010     2009  
Residential mortgages
                                 
Sub-prime borrowers
  $ 2,300     $  2,674          6.39 %     6.02 %
Other borrowers
    8,439       7,299         2.88       2.99  
                                   
Total
  $ 10,739     $ 9,973         3.63 %     3.80 %
Home equity and second mortgages
                                 
Sub-prime borrowers
  $ 575     $ 670         10.26 %     11.79 %
Other borrowers
    1,904       1,787         3.78       4.42  
                                   
Total
  $ 2,479     $ 2,457         5.28 %     6.43 %
                                   
                                   
 
Analysis and Determination of the Allowance for Credit Losses The allowance for credit losses reserves for probable and estimable losses incurred in the Company’s loan and lease portfolio, and includes certain amounts that do not represent loss exposure to the Company because those losses are recoverable under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC. Management evaluates the allowance each quarter to ensure it appropriately reserves for incurred losses. The evaluation of each element and the overall allowance is based on a continuing assessment of problem loans, recent loss experience and other factors, including regulatory guidance and economic conditions. Because business processes and credit risks associated with unfunded credit

44   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

commitments are essentially the same as for loans, the Company utilizes similar processes to estimate its liability for unfunded credit commitments, which is included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Both the allowance for loan losses and the liability for unfunded credit commitments are included in the Company’s analysis of credit losses and reported reserve ratios.
At December 31, 2010, the allowance for credit losses was $5.5 billion (2.81 percent of total loans and 3.03 percent of loans excluding covered loans), compared with an allowance of $5.3 billion (2.70 percent of total loans and 3.04 percent of loans excluding covered loans) at December 31, 2009, and $3.6 billion (1.97 percent of total loans and 2.09 percent of loans excluding covered loans) at December 31, 2008. During 2010, the Company increased the allowance for credit losses by $92 million to reflect covered loan losses reimbursable by the FDIC. The ratio of the allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans was 136 percent (192 percent excluding covered loans) at December 31, 2010, compared with 110 percent (153 percent excluding covered loans) at December 31, 2009 and 170 percent (206 percent excluding covered loans) at December 31, 2008. The ratio of the allowance for credit losses to annual loan net charge-offs at December 31, 2010, was 132 percent, compared with 136 percent and 200 percent at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Management determined the allowance for credit losses was appropriate at December 31, 2010.
Several factors were taken into consideration in evaluating the allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2010, including the risk profile of the portfolios, loan net charge-offs during the period, the level of nonperforming assets, accruing loans 90 days or more past due, delinquency ratios and changes in TDR loan balances. Management also considered the uncertainty related to certain industry sectors, and the extent of credit exposure to specific borrowers within the portfolio. In addition, concentration risks associated with commercial real estate and the mix of loans, including credit cards, loans originated through the consumer finance division and residential mortgage balances, and their relative credit risks, were evaluated. Finally, the Company considered current economic conditions that might impact the portfolio. Management determines the allowance that is required for specific loan categories based on relative risk characteristics of the loan portfolio. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its methods for determining the allowance for each element of the portfolio and makes enhancements considered appropriate. Table 17 shows the amount of the allowance for credit losses by portfolio category.
Regardless of the extent of the Company’s analysis of customer performance, portfolio trends or risk management processes, certain incurred but undetected losses are probable within the loan portfolios. This is due to several factors, including inherent delays in obtaining information regarding a customer’s financial condition or changes in its unique business conditions, the judgmental nature of individual loan evaluations, collateral assessments and the interpretation of economic trends. Volatility of economic or customer-specific conditions affecting the identification and estimation of losses from larger non-homogeneous credits and the sensitivity of assumptions utilized to establish allowances for homogeneous groups of loans, loan portfolio concentrations, and additional subjective considerations are among other factors. Because of these subjective factors, the process utilized to determine each element of the allowance for credit losses by specific loan category has some imprecision. As a result, the Company estimates a range of incurred losses in the portfolio based on statistical analyses and management judgment. A statistical analysis attempts to measure the extent of imprecision and other uncertainty by determining the volatility of losses over time, across loan categories. Also, management judgmentally considers loan concentrations, risks associated with specific industries, the stage of the business cycle, economic conditions and other qualitative factors. Beginning in 2007, the Company assigned this element of the allowance to each portfolio type to better reflect the Company’s risk in the specific portfolios. In years prior to 2007, this element of the allowance was separately categorized as “available for other factors”.
The allowance recorded for commercial and commercial real estate loans is based, in part, on a regular review of individual credit relationships. The Company’s risk rating process is an integral component of the methodology utilized to determine these elements of the allowance for credit losses. An allowance for credit losses is established for pools of commercial and commercial real estate loans and unfunded commitments based on the risk ratings assigned. An analysis of the migration of commercial and commercial real estate loans and actual loss experience is conducted quarterly to assess the exposure for credits with similar risk characteristics. In addition to its risk rating process, the Company separately analyzes the carrying value of impaired loans to determine whether the carrying value is less than or equal to the appraised collateral value or the present value of expected cash flows. Based on this analysis, an allowance for credit losses may be specifically established for impaired loans. The allowance established for commercial and commercial real estate loan portfolios, including impaired commercial and commercial real estate

U.S. BANCORP   45


Table of Contents

 
Table 16     SUMMARY OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
                                         
(Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
   
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 5,264     $ 3,639     $ 2,260     $ 2,256     $ 2,251  
Charge-Offs
                                       
Commercial
                                       
Commercial
    784       769       282       154       121  
Lease financing
    134       227       113       63       51  
     
     
Total commercial
    918       996       395       217       172  
Commercial real estate
                                       
Commercial mortgages
    333       103       34       16       11  
Construction and development
    538       516       139       10       1  
     
     
Total commercial real estate
    871       619       173       26       12  
Residential mortgages
    554       493       236       63       43  
Retail
                                       
Credit card
    1,270       1,093       630       389       256  
Retail leasing
    25       47       41       23       25  
Home equity and second mortgages
    348       347       185       82       62  
Other retail
    490       504       344       232       193  
     
     
Total retail
    2,133       1,991       1,200       726       536  
     
     
Covered loans (a)
    20       12       5              
     
     
Total charge-offs
    4,496       4,111       2,009       1,032       763  
Recoveries
                                       
Commercial
                                       
Commercial
    48       30       27       52       61  
Lease financing
    43       40       26       28       27  
     
     
Total commercial
    91       70       53       80       88  
Commercial real estate
                                       
Commercial mortgages
    13       2       1       4       8  
Construction and development
    13       3                    
     
     
Total commercial real estate
    26       5       1       4       8  
Residential mortgages
    8       4       2       2       2  
Retail
                                       
Credit card
    70       62       65       69       36  
Retail leasing
    13       11       6       7       11  
Home equity and second mortgages
    17       9       7       8       12  
Other retail
    88       81       56       70       62  
     
     
Total retail
    188       163       134       154       121  
     
     
Covered loans (a)
    2       1                    
     
     
Total recoveries
    315       243       190       240       219  
Net Charge-Offs
                                       
Commercial
                                       
Commercial
    736       739       255       102       60  
Lease financing
    91       187       87       35       24  
     
     
Total commercial
    827       926       342       137       84  
Commercial real estate
                                       
Commercial mortgages
    320       101       33       12       3  
Construction and development
    525       513       139       10       1  
     
     
Total commercial real estate
    845       614       172       22       4  
Residential mortgages
    546       489       234       61       41  
Retail
                                       
Credit card
    1,200       1,031       565       320       220  
Retail leasing
    12       36       35       16       14  
Home equity and second mortgages
    331       338       178       74       50  
Other retail
    402       423       288       162       131  
     
     
Total retail
    1,945       1,828       1,066       572       415  
     
     
Covered loans (a)
    18       11       5              
     
     
Total net charge-offs
    4,181       3,868       1,819       792       544  
     
     
Provision for credit losses
    4,356       5,557       3,096       792       544  
Net change for credit losses to be reimbursed by the FDIC
    92                          
Acquisitions and other changes
          (64 )     102       4       5  
     
     
Balance at end of year
  $ 5,531     $ 5,264     $ 3,639     $ 2,260     $ 2,256  
     
     
Components
                                       
Allowance for loan losses, excluding losses to be reimbursed by the FDIC
  $ 5,218     $ 5,079     $ 3,514     $ 2,058     $ 2,022  
Allowance for credit losses to be reimbursed by the FDIC
    92                          
Liability for unfunded credit commitments
    221       185       125       202       234  
     
     
Total allowance for credit losses
  $ 5,531     $ 5,264     $ 3,639     $ 2,260     $ 2,256  
     
     
Allowance for Credit Losses as a Percentage of
                                       
Period-end loans, excluding covered loans
    3.03 %     3.04 %     2.09 %     1.47 %     1.57 %
Nonperforming loans, excluding covered loans
    192       153       206       406       480  
Nonperforming assets, excluding covered assets
    162       135       184       328       384  
Net charge-offs, excluding covered loans
    130       136       201       285       415  
                                         
Period-end loans
    2.81 %     2.70 %     1.97 %     1.47 %     1.57 %
Nonperforming loans
    136       110       170       406       480  
Nonperforming assets
    110       89       139       328       384  
Net charge-offs
    132       136       200       285       415  
 
 
 
Note: At December 31, 2010, $2.2 billion of the total allowance for credit losses related to incurred losses on retail loans.
(a) Relates to covered loan charge-offs and recoveries not reimbursable by the FDIC.

46   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
Table 17      ELEMENTS OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
 
                                                                                   
    Allowance Amount       Allowance as a Percent of Loans  
December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     2008     2007     2006       2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
Commercial
                                                                                 
Commercial
  $ 992     $ 1,026     $ 782     $ 860     $ 665         2.35 %     2.43 %     1.57 %     1.92 %     1.64 %
Lease financing
    112       182       208       146       90         1.83       2.78       3.03       2.34       1.62  
                                                                                   
Total commercial
    1,104       1,208       990       1,006       755         2.28       2.48       1.75       1.97       1.63  
Commercial Real Estate
                                                                                 
Commercial mortgages
    929       548       258       150       126         3.41       2.17       1.10       .74       .64  
Construction and development
    362       453       191       108       74         4.86       5.16       1.95       1.19       .83  
                                                                                   
Total commercial real estate
    1,291       1,001       449       258       200         3.72       2.94       1.35       .88       .70  
Residential Mortgage
    820       672       524       131       58         2.67       2.58       2.22       .58       .27  
Retail
                                                                                 
Credit card
    1,395       1,495       926       487       298         8.30       8.89       6.85       4.45       3.44  
Retail leasing
    11       30       49       17       15         .24       .66       .96       .28       .22  
Home equity and second mortgages
    411       374       255       114       52         2.17       1.92       1.33       .69       .33  
Other retail
    385       467       372       247       177         1.55       2.02       1.65       1.42       1.08  
                                                                                   
Total retail
    2,202       2,366       1,602       865       542         3.38       3.70       2.65       1.70       1.14  
Covered loans
    114       17       74                     .63       .08       .66              
                                                                                   
Total allocated allowance
    5,531       5,264       3,639       2,260       1,555         2.81       2.70       1.97       1.47       1.08  
Available for other factors
                            701                                 .49  
                                                                                   
Total allowance
  $ 5,531     $ 5,264     $ 3,639     $ 2,260     $ 2,256         2.81 %     2.70 %     1.97 %     1.47 %     1.57 %
                                                                                   
                                                                                   

loans, was $2.4 billion at December 31, 2010, compared with $2.2 billion at December 31, 2009, and $1.4 billion at December 31, 2008. The increase in the allowance for commercial and commercial real estate loans of $186 million at December 31, 2010, compared with December 31, 2009, reflected continuing stress in commercial real estate and residential housing, especially residential homebuilding and related industry sectors, along with the impact of the current economic conditions on the commercial loan portfolios.
The allowance recorded for the residential mortgages and retail loan portfolios is based on an analysis of product mix, credit scoring and risk composition of the portfolio, loss and bankruptcy experiences, economic conditions and historical and expected delinquency and charge-off statistics for each homogenous group of loans. Based on this information and analysis, an allowance was established approximating a twelve-month estimate of net charge-offs. For homogenous loans modified under a TDR, an allowance was established for any impairment to the recorded investment in the loan. The allowance established for residential mortgages was $820 million at December 31, 2010, compared with $672 million and $524 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The increase in the allowance for the residential mortgage portfolio in 2010 reflected continued stress in the portfolio, due to continued declining valuations in the underlying properties securing those loans. The allowance established for retail loans was $2.2 billion at December 31, 2010, compared with $2.4 billion and $1.6 billion at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The decrease in the allowance for the retail portfolio in 2010 reflected a moderation in the level of stress in economic conditions throughout 2010.
The evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses for purchased non-impaired loans acquired on or after January 1, 2009 considers credit discounts recorded as a part of the initial determination of the fair value of the loans. For these loans, no allowance for credit losses is recorded at the purchase date. Credit discounts representing the principal losses expected over the life of the loans are a component of the initial fair value. Subsequent to the purchase date, the methods utilized to estimate the required allowance for credit losses for these loans is similar to originated loans; however, the Company records a provision for credit losses only when the required allowance, net of any expected reimbursement under any loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, exceeds any remaining credit discounts.
The evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses for purchased impaired loans considers the expected cash flows to be collected from the borrower. These loans are initially recorded at fair value and therefore no allowance for credit losses is recorded at the purchase date. Subsequent to the purchase date, the expected cash

U.S. BANCORP   47


Table of Contents

flows of the impaired loans are subject to evaluation. Decreases in the present value of expected cash flows are recognized by recording an allowance for credit losses.
Although the Company determines the amount of each element of the allowance separately and considers this process to be an important credit management tool, the entire allowance for credit losses is available for the entire loan portfolio. The actual amount of losses incurred can vary significantly from the estimated amounts.
 
Residual Value Risk Management The Company manages its risk to changes in the residual value of leased assets through disciplined residual valuation setting at the inception of a lease, diversification of its leased assets, regular residual asset valuation reviews and monitoring of residual value gains or losses upon the disposition of assets. Commercial lease originations are subject to the same well-defined underwriting standards referred to in the “Credit Risk Management” section which includes an evaluation of the residual value risk. Retail lease residual value risk is mitigated further by originating longer-term vehicle leases and effective end-of-term marketing of off-lease vehicles.
Included in the retail leasing portfolio was approximately $2.9 billion of retail leasing residuals at December 31, 2010, unchanged from December 31, 2009. The Company monitors concentrations of leases by manufacturer and vehicle “make and model.” As of December 31, 2010, vehicle lease residuals related to sport utility vehicles were 48.2 percent of the portfolio while upscale and mid-range vehicle classes represented approximately 22.4 percent and 14.2 percent of the portfolio, respectively. At year-end 2010, the largest vehicle-type concentration represented approximately 5 percent of the aggregate residual value of the vehicles in the portfolio.
Because retail residual valuations tend to be less volatile for longer-term leases, relative to the estimated residual at inception of the lease, the Company actively manages lease origination production to achieve a longer-term portfolio. At December 31, 2010, the weighted-average origination term of the portfolio was 44 months, compared with 45 months at December 31, 2009. In 2008, sales of used vehicles softened from prior years, due to the overall weakening of the economy. As a result, the Company’s portfolio experienced deterioration in residual values in 2008 in all categories; most notably sport utility vehicles and luxury models, as a result of higher fuel prices and weak economic conditions. Used vehicle prices increased substantially during 2009, as sales of vehicles were affected by the financial condition of the automobile manufacturers and various government programs and involvement with the manufacturers. The used vehicle market continued to recover in 2010, and reached record high levels as a higher percentage of consumers purchased used, instead of new, vehicles due to uncertainty about the economy.
At December 31, 2010, the commercial leasing portfolio had $661 million of residuals, compared with $701 million at December 31, 2009. At year-end 2010, lease residuals related to trucks and other transportation equipment were 31.7 percent of the total residual portfolio. Business and office equipment represented 20.8 percent of the aggregate portfolio, while railcars represented 12.3 percent. No other concentrations of more than 10 percent existed at December 31, 2010.
 
Operational Risk Management Operational risk represents the risk of loss resulting from the Company’s operations, including, but not limited to, the risk of fraud by employees or persons outside the Company, the execution of unauthorized transactions by employees, errors relating to transaction processing and technology, breaches of the internal control system and compliance requirements, and business continuation and disaster recovery. This risk of loss also includes the potential legal actions that could arise as a result of an operational deficiency or as a result of noncompliance with applicable regulatory standards, adverse business decisions or their implementation, and customer attrition due to potential negative publicity.
The Company operates in many different businesses in diverse markets and relies on the ability of its employees and systems to process a high number of transactions. Operational risk is inherent in all business activities, and the management of this risk is important to the achievement of the Company’s objectives. In the event of a breakdown in the internal control system, improper operation of systems or improper employees’ actions, the Company could suffer financial loss, face regulatory action and suffer damage to its reputation.
The Company manages operational risk through a risk management framework and its internal control processes. Within this framework, the Risk Management Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors provides oversight and assesses the most significant operational risks facing the Company within its business lines. Under the guidance of the Risk Management Committee, enterprise risk management personnel establish policies and interact with business lines to monitor significant operating risks on a regular basis. Business lines have direct and primary responsibility and accountability for identifying, controlling, and monitoring operational risks embedded in their business activities. Business managers maintain a system of controls with the objective of providing proper transaction authorization and execution, proper system

48   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

operations, safeguarding of assets from misuse or theft, and ensuring the reliability of financial and other data. Business managers ensure that the controls are appropriate and are implemented as designed.
Each business line within the Company has designated risk managers. These risk managers are responsible for, among other things, coordinating the completion of ongoing risk assessments and ensuring that operational risk management is integrated into business decision-making activities. The Company’s internal audit function validates the system of internal controls through regular and ongoing risk-based audit procedures and reports on the effectiveness of internal controls to executive management and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. Management also provides various operational risk related reporting to the Risk Management Committee of the Board of Directors.
Customer-related business conditions may also increase operational risk, or the level of operational losses in certain transaction processing business units, including merchant processing activities. Ongoing risk monitoring of customer activities and their financial condition and operational processes serve to mitigate customer-related operational risk. Refer to Note 22 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on merchant processing. Business continuation and disaster recovery planning is also critical to effectively managing operational risks. Each business unit of the Company is required to develop, maintain and test these plans at least annually to ensure that recovery activities, if needed, can support mission critical functions, including technology, networks and data centers supporting customer applications and business operations.
While the Company believes that it has designed effective methods to minimize operational risks, there is no absolute assurance that business disruption or operational losses would not occur in the event of a disaster. On an ongoing basis, management makes process changes and investments to enhance its systems of internal controls and business continuity and disaster recovery plans.
 
Interest Rate Risk Management In the banking industry, changes in interest rates are a significant risk that can impact earnings, market valuations and safety and soundness of an entity. To minimize the volatility of net interest income and the market value of assets and liabilities, the Company manages its exposure to changes in interest rates through asset and liability management activities within guidelines established by its Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”) and approved by the Board of Directors. The ALCO has the responsibility for approving and ensuring compliance with the ALCO management policies, including interest rate risk exposure. The Company uses net interest income simulation analysis and market value of equity modeling for measuring and analyzing consolidated interest rate risk.
 
Net Interest Income Simulation Analysis One of the primary tools used to measure interest rate risk and the effect of interest rate changes on net interest income is simulation analysis. The monthly analysis incorporates substantially all of the Company’s assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments, together with forecasted changes in the balance sheet and assumptions that reflect the current interest rate environment. Through this simulation, management estimates the impact on net interest income of a 200 basis point (“bps”) upward or downward gradual change of market interest rates over a one-year period. The simulation also estimates the effect of immediate and sustained parallel shifts in the yield curve of 50 bps as well as the effect of immediate and sustained flattening or steepening of the yield curve. This simulation includes assumptions about how the balance sheet is likely to be affected by changes in loan and deposit growth. Assumptions are made to project interest rates for new loans and deposits based on historical analysis, management’s outlook and re-pricing strategies. These assumptions are validated on a periodic basis. A sensitivity analysis is provided for key variables of the simulation. The results are reviewed by the ALCO monthly and are used to guide asset/liability management strategies.
The table below summarizes the projected impact to net interest income over the next 12 months of various potential interest rate changes. The Company manages its interest rate risk position by holding assets on the balance sheet with desired interest rate risk characteristics, implementing certain pricing strategies for loans and deposits and through the selection of derivatives and various funding and investment portfolio strategies. The Company manages the overall interest rate risk profile within policy limits. The ALCO policy limits the

 
SENSITIVITY OF NET INTEREST INCOME
 
                                                                   
    December 31, 2010       December 31, 2009  
                Down 200
                        Down 200
       
    Down 50 bps
    Up 50 bps
    bps
    Up 200 bps
      Down 50 bps
    Up 50 bps
    bps
    Up 200 bps
 
    Immediate     Immediate     Gradual*     Gradual       Immediate     Immediate     Gradual*     Gradual  
Net interest income
       *     1.64 %        *     3.14 %          *     .43 %        *     1.00 %
                                                                   
                                                                   
 
* Given the current level of interest rates, a downward rate scenario can not be computed.

U.S. BANCORP   49


Table of Contents

estimated change in net interest income in a gradual 200 bps rate change scenario to a 4.0 percent decline of forecasted net interest income over the next 12 months. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company was within this policy.
 
Market Value of Equity Modeling The Company also manages interest rate sensitivity by utilizing market value of equity modeling, which measures the degree to which the market values of the Company’s assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments will change given a change in interest rates. Management measures the impact of changes in market interest rates under a number of scenarios, including immediate and sustained parallel shifts, and flattening or steepening of the yield curve. The ALCO policy limits the change in the market value of equity in a 200 bps parallel rate shock to a 15.0 percent decline. A 200 bps increase would have resulted in a 3.6 percent decrease in the market value of equity at December 31, 2010, compared with a 4.3 percent decrease at December 31, 2009. A 200 bps decrease, where possible given current rates, would have resulted in a 5.2 percent decrease in the market value of equity at December 31, 2010, compared with a 2.8 percent decrease at December 31, 2009.
The valuation analysis is dependent upon certain key assumptions about the nature of assets and liabilities with non-contractual maturities. Management estimates the average life and rate characteristics of asset and liability accounts based upon historical analysis and management’s expectation of rate behavior. These assumptions are validated on a periodic basis. A sensitivity analysis of key variables of the valuation analysis is provided to the ALCO monthly and is used to guide asset/liability management strategies.
 
Use of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate and Other Risks To reduce the sensitivity of earnings to interest rate, prepayment, credit, price and foreign currency fluctuations (“asset and liability management positions”), the Company enters into derivative transactions. The Company uses derivatives for asset and liability management purposes primarily in the following ways:
 
•  To convert fixed-rate debt, issued to finance the Company, from fixed-rate payments to floating-rate payments;
 
•  To convert the cash flows associated with floating-rate debt, issued to finance the Company, from floating-rate payments to fixed-rate payments; and
 
•  To mitigate changes in value of the Company’s mortgage origination pipeline, funded mortgage loans held for sale and MSRs.
To manage these risks, the Company may enter into exchange-traded and over-the-counter derivative contracts including interest rate swaps, swaptions, futures, forwards and options. In addition, the Company enters into interest rate and foreign exchange derivative contracts to accommodate the business requirements of its customers (“customer-related positions”). The Company minimizes the market and liquidity risks of customer-related positions by entering into similar offsetting positions with broker-dealers. The Company does not utilize derivatives for speculative purposes.
The Company does not designate all of the derivatives that it enters into for risk management purposes as accounting hedges because of the inefficiency of applying the accounting requirements, and may instead elect fair value accounting for the related hedged items. In particular, the Company enters into U.S. Treasury futures, options on U.S. Treasury futures contracts, interest rate swaps and forward commitments to buy residential mortgage loans to mitigate fluctuations in the value of its MSRs, but does not designate those derivatives as accounting hedges.
Additionally, the Company uses forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans at specified prices to economically hedge the interest rate risk in its residential mortgage loan production activities. At December 31, 2010, the Company had $15.1 billion of forward commitments to sell mortgage loans hedging $8.1 billion of mortgage loans held for sale and $9.6 billion of unfunded mortgage loan commitments. The forward commitments to sell and the unfunded mortgage loan commitments are considered derivatives under the accounting guidance related to accounting for derivative instruments and hedge activities, and the Company has elected the fair value option for the mortgage loans held for sale.
Derivatives are subject to credit risk associated with counterparties to the contracts. Credit risk associated with derivatives is measured by the Company based on the probability of counterparty default. The Company manages the credit risk of its derivative positions by diversifying its positions among various counterparties, entering into master netting agreements where possible with its counterparties, requiring collateral agreements with credit-rating thresholds and, in certain cases, though insignificant, transferring the counterparty credit risk related to interest rate swaps to third-parties through the use of risk participation agreements.
For additional information on derivatives and hedging activities, refer to Note 20 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

50   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
Table 18     DEBT RATINGS
 
                                 
                      Dominion
 
          Standard &
          Bond
 
    Moody’s     Poor’s     Fitch     Rating Service  
   
U.S. Bancorp
                               
Short-term borrowings
                    F1+       R-1 (middle )
Senior debt and medium-term notes
    Aa3       A+       AA-       AA  
Subordinated debt
    A1       A       A+       AA (low )
Preferred stock
    A3       BBB+       A       A  
Commercial paper
    P-1       A-1       F1+       R-1 (middle )
U.S. Bank National Association
                               
Short-term time deposits
    P-1       A-1+       F1+       R-1 (high )
Long-term time deposits
    Aa2       AA-       AA       AA (high )
Bank notes
    Aa2/P-1       AA-/A-1+       AA-/F1+       AA (high )
Subordinated debt
    Aa3       A+       A+       AA  
Senior unsecured debt
    Aa2       AA-       AA-       AA (high )
Commercial paper
    P-1       A-1+       F1+       R-1 (high )
 
 

 
Market Risk Management In addition to interest rate risk, the Company is exposed to other forms of market risk, principally related to trading activities which support customers’ strategies to manage their own foreign currency, interest rate risks and funding activities. The ALCO established the Market Risk Committee (“MRC”), which oversees market risk management. The MRC monitors and reviews the Company’s trading positions and establishes policies for market risk management, including exposure limits for each portfolio. The Company also manages market risk of non-trading business activities, including its MSRs and loans held for sale. The Company uses a Value at Risk (“VaR”) approach to measure general market risk. Theoretically, VaR represents the amount the Company has at risk of loss to adverse market movements over a 1-day time horizon. The Company measures VaR at the ninety-ninth percentile using distributions derived from past market data. On average, the Company expects the one day VaR to be exceeded two to three times per year. The Company monitors the effectiveness of its risk program by back-testing the performance of its VaR models, regularly updating the historical data used by the VaR models and stress testing. The Company’s trading VaR did not exceed $5 million during 2010 and $4 million during 2009.
 
Liquidity Risk Management The ALCO establishes policies and guidelines, as well as analyzes and manages liquidity, to ensure adequate funds are available to meet normal operating requirements, and unexpected customer demands for funds, such as high levels of deposit withdrawals or loan demand, in a timely and cost-effective manner. Liquidity management is viewed from long-term and short-term perspectives, including various stress scenarios, as well as from an asset and liability perspective. Management monitors liquidity through a regular review of maturity profiles, funding sources, and loan and deposit forecasts to minimize funding risk.
Since 2008, the financial markets have been challenging for many financial institutions. As a result of these financial market conditions, many banks experienced liquidity constraints, substantially increased pricing to retain deposits or utilized the Federal Reserve System discount window to secure adequate funding. The Company’s profitable operations, sound credit quality and strong capital position have enabled it to develop a large and reliable base of core deposit funding within its market areas and in domestic and global capital markets. This has allowed the Company to maintain a strong liquidity position, as depositors and investors in the wholesale funding markets seek stable financial institutions.
The ALCO reviews the Company’s ability to meet funding requirements due to adverse business or market events. The Company regularly projects its liquidity position under various stress scenarios and maintains contingency plans that reflect its access to diversified funding sources. Historically, a significant amount of the Company’s available liquidity has been provided by its ability, through its subsidiaries, to borrow against its assets at various Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLB”) and the Federal Reserve System. In response to recent regulatory proposals, the Company has begun to acquire U.S. Government and agency securities as an additional source of available liquidity. The Company expects to continue to increase its U.S. Government and agency securities holdings to meet these liquidity objectives. The Company’s liquidity policies require diversification of wholesale funding sources to avoid maturity, name and market concentrations. The Company maintains a Grand

U.S. BANCORP   51


Table of Contents

 
Table 19     CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
 
                                         
    Payments Due By Period  
          Over One
    Over Three
             
    One Year
    Through
    Through
    Over Five
       
December 31, 2010 (Dollars in Millions)   or Less     Three Years     Five Years     Years     Total  
   
 
Contractual Obligations (a)
                                       
Long-term debt (b)(c)
  $ 1,949     $ 10,369     $ 7,345     $ 11,874     $ 31,537  
Operating leases
    199       367       266       455       1,287  
Purchase obligations
    182       213       119       34       548  
Benefit obligations (d)
    40       81       85       220       426  
     
     
Total
  $ 2,370     $ 11,030     $ 7,815     $ 12,583     $ 33,798  
 
 
 
(a) Unrecognized tax positions of $532 million at December 31, 2010, are excluded as the Company cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate of the period of cash settlement with the respective taxing authority.
(b) In the banking industry, interest-bearing obligations are principally utilized to fund interest-bearing assets. As such, interest charges on related contractual obligations were excluded from reported amounts as the potential cash outflows would have corresponding cash inflows from interest-bearing assets.
(c) Includes obligations under capital leases.
(d) Amounts only include obligations related to the unfunded non-qualified pension plans and post-retirement medical plan.

Cayman branch for issuing eurodollar time deposits. In addition, the Company establishes relationships with dealers to issue national market retail and institutional savings certificates and short-term and medium-term bank notes. The Company’s subsidiary banks also have significant correspondent banking networks and relationships. Accordingly, the Company has access to national fed funds, funding through repurchase agreements and sources of stable, regionally-based certificates of deposit and commercial paper.
The Company’s ability to raise negotiated funding at competitive prices is influenced by rating agencies’ views of the Company’s credit quality, liquidity, capital and earnings. Table 18 details the rating agencies’ most recent assessments.
The parent company’s routine funding requirements consist primarily of operating expenses, dividends paid to shareholders, debt service, repurchases of common stock and funds used for acquisitions. The parent company obtains funding to meet its obligations from dividends collected from its subsidiaries and the issuance of debt securities.
Under United States Securities and Exchange Commission rules, the parent company is classified as a “well-known seasoned issuer,” which allows it to file a registration statement that does not have a limit on issuance capacity. “Well-known seasoned issuers” generally include those companies with outstanding common securities with a market value of at least $700 million held by non-affiliated parties or those companies that have issued at least $1 billion in aggregate principal amount of non-convertible securities, other than common equity, in the last three years. However, the parent company’s ability to issue debt and other securities under a registration statement filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under these rules is limited by the debt issuance authority granted by the Company’s Board of Directors and/or the ALCO policy.
At December 31, 2010, parent company long-term debt outstanding was $13.0 billion, compared with $14.5 billion at December 31, 2009. The $1.5 billion decrease was primarily due to repayments and maturities of $5.2 billion of medium-term notes and the extinguishment of $.6 billion of junior subordinated debentures in connection with the ITS exchange, partially offset by $4.2 billion of medium-term note issuances. As of December 31, 2010, there was $3 million of parent company debt scheduled to mature in 2011. Future debt obligations may be met through medium-term note and capital security issuances and dividends from subsidiaries, as well as from parent company cash and cash equivalents.
Federal banking laws regulate the amount of dividends that may be paid by banking subsidiaries without prior approval. The amount of dividends available to the parent company from its banking subsidiaries after meeting the regulatory capital requirements for well-capitalized banks was approximately $5.8 billion at December 31, 2010. For further information, see Note 23 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements Off-balance sheet arrangements include any contractual arrangement to which an unconsolidated entity is a party, under which the Company has an obligation to provide credit or liquidity enhancements or market risk support. Off-balance sheet arrangements also include any obligation under a variable interest held by an unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, credit enhancement or market risk support.
In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into an array of commitments to extend credit, letters of credit and various forms of guarantees that may be considered off-balance sheet arrangements. The nature and extent of these arrangements are described in Note 22 of the

52   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
Table 20     REGULATORY CAPITAL RATIOS
 
                 
At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009  
   
 
U.S. Bancorp
               
Tier 1 capital
  $ 25,947     $ 22,610  
As a percent of risk-weighted assets
    10.5 %     9.6 %
As a percent of adjusted quarterly average assets (leverage ratio)
    9.1 %     8.5 %
Total risk-based capital
  $ 33,033     $ 30,458  
As a percent of risk-weighted assets
    13.3 %     12.9 %
Bank Subsidiaries
               
U.S. Bank National Association
               
Tier 1 capital
    9.0 %     7.2 %
Total risk-based capital
    12.4       11.2  
Leverage
    7.7       6.3  
U.S. Bank National Association ND
               
Tier 1 capital
    14.1 %     13.2 %
Total risk-based capital
    17.2       16.5  
Leverage
    13.7       12.8  
                 
                 
                 
          Well-
 
Bank Regulatory Capital Requirements   Minimum     Capitalized  
       
Tier 1 capital
    4.0 %     6.0 %
Total risk-based capital
    8.0       10.0  
Leverage
    4.0       5.0  
 
 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company has not significantly utilized asset securitizations or conduits as a source of funding.
 
Capital Management The Company is committed to managing capital to maintain strong protection for depositors and creditors and for maximum shareholder benefit. The Company continually assesses its business risks and capital position. The Company also manages its capital to exceed regulatory capital requirements for well-capitalized bank holding companies. To achieve these capital goals, the Company employs a variety of capital management tools, including dividends, common share repurchases, and the issuance of subordinated debt, common stock and other capital instruments.
The Company repurchased approximately 1 million shares of its common stock in 2010, compared with an immaterial amount in 2009, related to employee stock plan activity under various authorizations approved by its Board of Directors. The average price paid for the shares repurchased in 2010 was $23.88 per share, compared with $14.02 per share in 2009. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had approximately 20 million shares that may yet be purchased under the current Board of Director approved authorization. For a more complete analysis of activities impacting shareholders’ equity and capital management programs, refer to Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders’ equity was $29.5 billion at December 31, 2010, compared with $26.0 billion at December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily the result of corporate earnings, the issuance of $.4 billion of perpetual preferred stock in connection with the ITS exchange, and changes in unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investment securities included in other comprehensive income, partially offset by dividends.
Banking regulators define minimum capital requirements for banks and financial services holding companies. These requirements are expressed in the form of a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio, total risk-based capital ratio, and Tier 1 leverage ratio. The minimum required level for these ratios is 4.0 percent, 8.0 percent, and 4.0 percent, respectively. The Company targets its regulatory capital levels, at both the bank and bank holding company level, to exceed the “well-capitalized” threshold for these ratios of 6.0 percent, 10.0 percent, and 5.0 percent, respectively. The most recent notification from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency categorized each of the Company’s banks as “well-capitalized”, under the FDIC Improvement Act prompt corrective action provisions applicable to all banks. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the risk-based category of any covered subsidiary banks.
As an approved mortgage seller and servicer, U.S. Bank National Association, through its mortgage banking division, is required to maintain various levels of shareholders’ equity,

U.S. BANCORP   53


Table of Contents

as specified by various agencies, including the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, Government National Mortgage Association, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and the Federal National Mortgage Association. At December 31, 2010, U.S. Bank National Association met these requirements.
Table 20 provides a summary of capital ratios as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, including Tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios, as defined by the regulatory agencies.
The Company believes certain capital ratios in addition to regulatory capital ratios are useful in evaluating its capital adequacy. The Company’s Tier 1 common (using Basel I definition) and tangible common equity, as a percent of risk-weighted assets, were 7.8 percent and 7.2 percent, respectively, at December 31, 2010, compared with 6.8 percent and 6.1 percent, respectively, at December 31, 2009. The Company’s tangible common equity divided by tangible assets was 6.0 percent at December 31, 2010, compared with 5.3 percent at December 31, 2009. Refer to “Non-Regulatory Capital Ratios” for further information regarding the calculation of these measures.
 
FOURTH QUARTER SUMMARY
 
The Company reported net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp of $974 million for the fourth quarter of 2010, or $.49 per diluted common share, compared with $602 million, or $.30 per diluted common share, for the fourth quarter of 2009. Return on average assets and return on average common equity were 1.31 percent and 13.7 percent, respectively, for the fourth quarter of 2010, compared with returns of .86 percent and 9.6 percent, respectively, for the fourth quarter of 2009. Included in the fourth quarter 2010 results was the $103 million ($41 million after tax) Nuveen Gain, a provision for credit losses less than net charge-offs by $25 million and net securities losses of $14 million. Significant items in the fourth quarter of 2009 that impact the comparison of results included a provision for credit losses in excess of net charge-offs of $278 million and net securities losses of $158 million.
Total net revenue, on a taxable-equivalent basis for the fourth quarter of 2010, was $345 million (7.9 percent) higher than the fourth quarter of 2009, reflecting a 5.9 percent increase in net interest income and a 10.2 percent increase in total noninterest income. The increase in net interest income from 2009 was largely the result of an increase in average earning assets and continued growth in lower cost core

 
Table 21     FOURTH QUARTER RESULTS
 
                 
    Three Months Ended December 31  
       
(Dollars and Shares in Millions, Except Per Share Data)   2010     2009  
   
 
Condensed Income Statement
               
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis) (a)
  $ 2,499     $ 2,360  
Noninterest income
    2,236       2,174  
Securities gains (losses), net
    (14 )     (158 )
     
     
Total net revenue
    4,721       4,376  
Noninterest expense
    2,485       2,228  
Provision for credit losses
    912       1,388  
     
     
Income before taxes
    1,324       760  
Taxable-equivalent adjustment
    53       50  
Applicable income taxes
    315       108  
     
     
Net income
    956       602  
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
    18        
     
     
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp
  $ 974     $ 602  
     
     
Net income applicable to U.S. Bancorp common shareholders
  $ 951     $ 580  
     
     
                 
Per Common Share
               
Earnings per share
  $ .50     $ .30  
Diluted earnings per share
  $ .49     $ .30  
Dividends declared per share
  $ .05     $ .05  
Average common shares outstanding
    1,914       1,908  
Average diluted common shares outstanding
    1,922       1,917  
                 
Financial Ratios
               
Return on average assets
    1.31 %     .86 %
Return on average common equity
    13.7       9.6  
Net interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis) (a)
    3.83       3.83  
Efficiency ratio
    52.5       49.1  
 
 
 
(a) Interest and rates are presented on a fully taxable-equivalent basis utilizing a tax rate of 35 percent.

54   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

deposit funding. Noninterest income increased over a year ago, primarily due to higher payments-related revenue, commercial products revenue, mortgage banking revenue, other income and lower securities losses.
Fourth quarter 2010 net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis was $2.5 billion, compared with $2.4 billion in the fourth quarter of 2009. The $139 million (5.9 percent) increase was principally the result of growth in average earning assets. Average earning assets for the fourth quarter of 2010 increased over the fourth quarter of 2009 by $14.5 billion (5.9 percent), driven by increases of $3.8 billion (2.0 percent) in average loans and $5.6 billion (12.8 percent) in average investment securities. The net interest margin in the fourth quarter of 2010 was 3.83 percent, unchanged from the fourth quarter of 2009, as the impact of favorable funding rates was offset by a reduction in the yield on residential mortgages and investment securities.
Noninterest income in the fourth quarter of 2010 was $2.2 billion, compared with $2.0 billion in the same period of 2009, an increase of $206 million (10.2 percent). The increase was due to higher payments-related revenues of $38 million (5.1 percent), largely due to increased transaction volumes and business expansion, an increase in commercial products revenue of $23 million (12.4 percent), attributable to higher standby letters of credit fees, commercial loan and syndication fees and other capital markets revenue. Additionally, mortgage banking revenue was higher than the fourth quarter of 2009 by $32 million (14.7 percent), driven by higher origination and sales and servicing revenue, partially offset by a lower net valuation of MSRs. Total noninterest income was also favorably impacted by a decrease in net securities losses of $144 million (91.1 percent). Other income increased $50 million (20.4 percent), principally due to the fourth quarter 2010 Nuveen Gain and a gain related to the Company’s investment in Visa Inc., partially offset by the fourth quarter 2009 payments-related contract termination gain, lower customer derivative revenue and lower retail lease residual valuation income. Offsetting these positive variances was a decrease of deposit service charges of $94 million (39.5 percent) as a result of revised overdraft fee policies, partially offset by core account growth.
Noninterest expense was $2.5 billion in the fourth quarter of 2010, an increase of $257 million (11.5 percent) from the fourth quarter of 2009. The increase was principally due to the impact of acquisitions and increased total compensation and employee benefits expense. Total compensation and employee benefits expense increased $209 million (21.7 percent), reflecting acquisitions, branch expansion and other business initiatives, higher incentive compensation costs related to the Company’s improved financial results and merit increases. Net occupancy and equipment expense increased $23 million (10.7 percent), principally due to acquisitions and other business expansion and technology initiatives. Professional services expense was $16 million (19.8 percent) higher, due to technology-related projects and other projects across multiple business lines. Postage, printing and supplies expense increased $8 million (11.4 percent), principally due to payments-related business initiatives. Other expense increased $17 million (3.4 percent), largely due to costs associated with OREO, acquisition integration, insurance and litigation matters. Other intangibles expense decreased $18 million (16.8 percent) due to the declining level or completion of scheduled amortization of certain intangibles.
The provision for credit losses for the fourth quarter of 2010 was $912 million, a decrease of $476 million (34.3 percent) from the same period of 2009. Net charge-offs decreased $173 million (15.6 percent) in the fourth quarter of 2010, compared with the fourth quarter of 2009, principally due to improvement in the commercial, credit card and other retail portfolios. The provision for credit losses was $25 million lower than net charge-offs in the fourth quarter of 2010, but exceeded net charge-offs by $278 million in the fourth quarter of 2009.
The provision for income taxes for the fourth quarter of 2010 resulted in an effective tax rate of 24.8 percent, compared with an effective tax rate of 15.2 percent in the fourth quarter of 2009. The increase in the effective rate for the fourth quarter of 2010, compared with the same period of the prior year, principally reflected the marginal impact of higher pre-tax earnings year-over-year and the Nuveen Gain in the fourth quarter of 2010.
 
LINE OF BUSINESS FINANCIAL REVIEW
 
The Company’s major lines of business are Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate, Consumer and Small Business Banking, Wealth Management and Securities Services, Payment Services, and Treasury and Corporate Support. These operating segments are components of the Company about which financial information is prepared and is evaluated regularly by management in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance.
 
Basis for Financial Presentation Business line results are derived from the Company’s business unit profitability reporting systems by specifically attributing managed

U.S. BANCORP   55


Table of Contents

balance sheet assets, deposits and other liabilities and their related income or expense. Goodwill and other intangible assets are assigned to the lines of business based on the mix of business of the acquired entity. Within the Company, capital levels are evaluated and managed centrally; however, capital is allocated to the operating segments to support evaluation of business performance. Business lines are allocated capital on a risk-adjusted basis considering economic and regulatory capital requirements. Generally, the determination of the amount of capital allocated to each business line includes credit and operational capital allocations following a Basel II regulatory framework. Interest income and expense is determined based on the assets and liabilities managed by the business line. Because funding and asset liability management is a central function, funds transfer-pricing methodologies are utilized to allocate a cost of funds used or credit for funds provided to all business line assets and liabilities, respectively, using a matched funding concept. Also, each business unit is allocated the taxable-equivalent benefit of tax-exempt products. The residual effect on net interest income of asset/liability management activities is included in Treasury and Corporate Support. Noninterest income and expenses directly managed by each business line, including fees, service charges, salaries and benefits, and other direct revenues and costs are accounted for within each segment’s

 
Table 22     LINE OF BUSINESS FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
 
                                                 
    Wholesale Banking and
    Consumer and Small
 
    Commercial Real Estate     Business Banking  
Year Ended December 31
              Percent
                Percent
 
(Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     Change     2010     2009     Change  
Condensed Income Statement
                                               
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis)
  $ 2,089     $ 1,997       4.6 %   $ 4,309     $ 4,009       7.5 %
Noninterest income
    1,151       984       17.0       2,738       2,962       (7.6 )
Securities gains (losses), net
    (1 )     (3 )     66.7                    
                                                 
Total net revenue
    3,239       2,978       8.8       7,047       6,971       1.1  
Noninterest expense
    1,261       1,093       15.4       4,179       3,616       15.6  
Other intangibles
    16       25       (36.0 )     97       95       2.1  
                                                 
Total noninterest expense
    1,277       1,118       14.2       4,276       3,711       15.2  
                                                 
Income before provision and income taxes
    1,962       1,860       5.5       2,771       3,260       (15.0 )
Provision for credit losses
    1,322       1,632       (19.0 )     1,620       1,877       (13.7 )
                                                 
Income before income taxes
    640       228       *       1,151       1,383       (16.8 )
Income taxes and taxable-equivalent adjustment
    233       84       *       419       505       (17.0 )
                                                 
Net income
    407       144       *       732       878       (16.6 )
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
    1             *       (3 )           *  
                                                 
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp
  $ 408     $ 144       *     $ 729     $ 878       (17.0 )
                                                 
                                                 
Average Balance Sheet
                                               
Commercial
  $ 34,193     $ 39,415       (13.2 )%   $ 6,402     $ 6,604       (3.1 )%
Commercial real estate
    21,744       21,504       1.1       11,638       11,430       1.8  
Residential mortgages
    69       81       (14.8 )     27,256       23,993       13.6  
Retail
    33       53       (37.7 )     44,996       44,402       1.3  
                                                 
Total loans, excluding covered loans
    56,039       61,053       (8.2 )     90,292       86,429       4.5  
Covered loans
    1,966       317       *       9,534       10,124       (5.8 )
                                                 
Total loans
    58,005       61,370       (5.5 )     99,826       96,553       3.4  
Goodwill
    1,607       1,506       6.7       3,538       3,240       9.2  
Other intangible assets
    69       90       (23.3 )     1,907       1,677       13.7  
Assets
    63,187       66,238       (4.6 )     114,272       110,203       3.7  
Noninterest-bearing deposits
    18,279       17,451       4.7       15,540       14,249       9.1  
Interest checking
    11,295       11,840       (4.6 )     23,772       21,017       13.1  
Savings products
    10,114       9,261       9.2       35,894       27,061       32.6  
Time deposits
    11,426       13,044       (12.4 )     25,816       26,648       (3.1 )
                                                 
Total deposits
    51,114       51,596       (.9 )     101,022       88,975       13.5  
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders’ equity
    5,477       4,940       10.9       8,513       7,400       15.0  
                                                 
                                                 
 
* Not meaningful

56   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

financial results in a manner similar to the consolidated financial statements. Occupancy costs are allocated based on utilization of facilities by the lines of business. Generally, operating losses are charged to the line of business when the loss event is realized in a manner similar to a loan charge-off. Noninterest expenses incurred by centrally managed operations or business lines that directly support another business line’s operations are charged to the applicable business line based on its utilization of those services, primarily measured by the volume of customer activities, number of employees or other relevant factors. These allocated expenses are reported as net shared services expense within noninterest expense. Certain activities that do not directly support the operations of the lines of business or for which the lines of business are not considered financially accountable in evaluating their performance are not charged to the lines of business. The income or expenses associated with these corporate activities is reported within the Treasury and Corporate Support line of business. Income taxes are assessed to each line of business at a standard tax rate with the residual tax expense or benefit to arrive at the consolidated effective tax rate included in Treasury and Corporate Support.

 
    
 
                                                                                                 
    Wealth Management and
    Payment
    Treasury and
    Consolidated
 
    Securities Services     Services     Corporate Support     Company  
                Percent
                Percent
                Percent
                Percent
 
    2010     2009     Change     2010     2009     Change     2010     2009     Change     2010     2009     Change  
                                                                                                 
    $ 320     $ 302       6.0 %   $ 1,339     $ 1,170       14.4 %   $ 1,731     $ 1,238       39.8 %   $ 9,788     $ 8,716       12.3 %
      1,101       1,187       (7.2 )     3,152       3,006       4.9       296       264       12.1       8,438       8,403       .4  
                                          (77 )     (448 )     82.8       (78 )     (451 )     82.7  
                                                                                                 
      1,421       1,489       (4.6 )     4,491       4,176       7.5       1,950       1,054       85.0       18,148       16,668       8.9  
      1,000       867       15.3       1,695       1,508       12.4       881       810       8.8       9,016       7,894       14.2  
      53       68       (22.1 )     201       199       1.0                         367       387       (5.2 )
                                                                                                 
      1,053       935       12.6       1,896       1,707       11.1       881       810       8.8       9,383       8,281       13.3  
                                                                                                 
      368       554       (33.6 )     2,595       2,469       5.1       1,069       244       *       8,765       8,387       4.5  
      22       29       (24.1 )     1,334       1,994       (33.1 )     58       25       *       4,356       5,557       (21.6 )
                                                                                                 
      346       525       (34.1 )     1,261       475       *       1,011       219       *       4,409       2,830       55.8  
      126       191       (34.0 )     458       172       *       (92 )     (359 )     74.4       1,144       593       92.9  
                                                                                                 
      220       334       (34.1 )     803       303       *       1,103       578       90.8       3,265       2,237       46.0  
                        (30 )     (25 )     (20.0 )     84       (7 )     *       52       (32 )     *  
                                                                                                 
    $ 220     $ 334       (34.1 )   $ 773     $ 278       *     $ 1,187     $ 571       *     $ 3,317     $ 2,205       50.4  
                                                                                                 
                                                                                                 
                                                                                                 
    $ 1,040     $ 1,188       (12.5 )%   $ 5,212     $ 4,677       11.4 %   $ 181     $ 943       (80.8 )%   $ 47,028     $ 52,827       (11.0 )%
      581       570       1.9                         306       247       23.9       34,269       33,751       1.5  
      372       387       (3.9 )                       7       20       (65.0 )     27,704       24,481       13.2  
      1,640       1,537       6.7       17,406       16,017       8.7       14       14             64,089       62,023       3.3  
                                                                                                 
      3,633       3,682       (1.3 )     22,618       20,694       9.3       508       1,224       (58.5 )     173,090       173,082        
      14             *                         8,418       2,282       *       19,932       12,723       56.7  
                                                                                                 
      3,647       3,682       (1.0 )     22,618       20,694       9.3       8,926       3,506       *       193,022       185,805       3.9  
      1,516       1,513       .2       2,348       2,354       (.3 )           (1 )     *       9,009       8,612       4.6  
      201       258       (22.1 )     943       935       .9       7       5       40.0       3,127       2,965       5.5  
      5,860       5,988       (2.1 )     27,309       24,864       9.8       75,233       61,067       23.2       285,861       268,360       6.5  
      5,501       5,308       3.6       634       539       17.6       208       309       (32.7 )     40,162       37,856       6.1  
      4,983       3,914       27.3       119       84       41.7       15       11       36.4       40,184       36,866       9.0  
      14,327       8,397       70.6       23       19       21.1       224       166       34.9       60,582       44,904       34.9  
      6,146       5,904       4.1       1       1             404       2,578       (84.3 )     43,793       48,175       (9.1 )
                                                                                                 
      30,957       23,523       31.6       777       643       20.8       851       3,064       (72.2 )     184,721       167,801       10.1  
      2,109       2,061       2.3       5,310       4,772       11.3       6,640       7,134       (6.9 )     28,049       26,307       6.6  
                                                                                                 
                                                                                                 
 

U.S. BANCORP   57


Table of Contents

Designations, assignments and allocations change from time to time as management systems are enhanced, methods of evaluating performance or product lines change or business segments are realigned to better respond to the Company’s diverse customer base. During 2010, certain organization and methodology changes were made and, accordingly, 2009 results were restated and presented on a comparable basis.
 
Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate offers lending, equipment finance and small-ticket leasing, depository, treasury management, capital markets, foreign exchange, international trade services and other financial services to middle market, large corporate, commercial real estate, financial institution and public sector clients. Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate contributed $408 million of the Company’s net income in 2010, or an increase of $264 million compared with 2009. The increase was primarily driven by higher net revenue and lower provision for credit losses expense, partially offset by higher noninterest expense.
Total net revenue increased $261 million (8.8 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009. Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, increased $92 million (4.6 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009, driven by improved spreads on loans, partially offset by a decrease in total average loans and the impact of declining rates on the margin benefit of deposits. Total noninterest income increased $169 million (17.2 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009. The increase
was mainly due to strong growth in commercial products revenue, including standby letters of credit, commercial loan and capital markets fees and higher equity investment income, partially offset by lower commercial leasing revenue.
Total noninterest expense increased $159 million (14.2 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009, primarily due to higher total compensation and employee benefits expense and increased costs related to OREO. The provision for credit losses decreased $310 million (19.0 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009. The favorable change was primarily due to a decrease in the reserve allocation, partially offset by higher net charge-offs. Nonperforming assets were $1.7 billion at December 31, 2010, compared with $2.6 billion at December 31, 2009. Nonperforming assets as a percentage of period-end loans were 2.97 percent at December 31, 2010, compared with 4.44 percent at December 31, 2009. Refer to the “Corporate Risk Profile” section for further information on factors impacting the credit quality of the loan portfolios.
 
Consumer and Small Business Banking Consumer and Small Business Banking delivers products and services through banking offices, telephone servicing and sales, on-line services, direct mail and ATM processing. It encompasses community banking, metropolitan banking, in-store banking, small business banking, consumer lending, mortgage banking, consumer finance, workplace banking, student banking and 24-hour banking. Consumer and Small Business Banking contributed $729 million of the Company’s net income in 2010, or a decrease of $149 million (17.0 percent), compared with 2009. Within Consumer and Small Business Banking, the retail banking division contributed $162 million of the total net income in 2010, or a decrease of $163 million (50.2 percent) from the prior year. Mortgage banking contributed $567 million of the business line’s net income in 2010, or an increase of $14 million (2.5 percent) over the prior year.
Total net revenue increased $76 million (1.1 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009. Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, increased $300 million (7.5 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009. The year-over-year increase in net interest income was due to improved loan spreads, higher deposit volumes and loan fees, partially offset by a decline in the margin benefit of deposits. Total noninterest income decreased $224 million (7.6 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009. The year-over-year decrease in total noninterest income was driven by lower deposit service charges, principally due to the impact of Company-initiated and regulatory revisions to overdraft fee policies and lower overdraft incidences, and lower mortgage origination and sales revenue. These decreases were partially offset by improvement in retail lease end-of-term results and higher ATM processing servicing fees.
Total noninterest expense increased $565 million (15.2 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009. The increase reflected higher total compensation and employee benefits expense, higher processing costs and net occupancy and equipment expenses related to business expansion, including the impact of the FBOP acquisition.
The provision for credit losses decreased $257 million (13.7 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009, as stress within the installment and other consumer loan portfolios moderated. As a percentage of average loans outstanding, net charge-offs decreased to 1.48 percent in 2010, compared with 1.50 percent in 2009. Nonperforming assets were

58   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

$1.4 billion at December 31, 2010, compared with $1.3 billion at December 31, 2009. Nonperforming assets as a percentage of period-end loans were 1.34 percent at December 31, 2010, compared with 1.35 percent at December 31, 2009. Refer to the “Corporate Risk Profile” section for further information on factors impacting the credit quality of the loan portfolios.
 
Wealth Management and Securities Services Wealth Management and Securities Services provides private banking, financial advisory services, investment management, retail brokerage services, insurance, trust, custody and fund servicing through five businesses: Wealth Management, Corporate Trust Services, U.S. Bancorp Asset Management, Institutional Trust & Custody and Fund Services. Wealth Management and Securities Services contributed $220 million of the Company’s net income in 2010, a decrease of $114 million (34.1 percent), compared with 2009.
Total net revenue decreased $68 million (4.6 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009, driven by adverse capital markets. Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, increased $18 million (6.0 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to higher deposit volumes as customers migrated from money market funds to deposit products, partially offset by a decline in the related margin benefit. Noninterest income decreased $86 million (7.2 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009, as low interest rates negatively impacted money market investment fees and lower money market fund balances led to a decline in account-level fees.
Total noninterest expense increased $118 million (12.6 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009. The increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to higher total compensation, employee benefits expense and FDIC insurance assessments.
 
Payment Services Payment Services includes consumer and business credit cards, stored-value cards, debit cards, corporate and purchasing card services, consumer lines of credit and merchant processing. Payment Services contributed $773 million of the Company’s net income in 2010, or an increase of $495 million compared with 2009. The increase was primarily due to an increase in total net revenue and a decrease in the provision for credit losses, partially offset by higher noninterest expense.
Total net revenue increased $315 million (7.5 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009. Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, increased $169 million (14.4 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009, primarily due to strong growth in credit card loan balances and improved loan spreads, partially offset by the cost of rebates on the government card program, as well as reduced loan fees from the implementation of the Credit Card Accountability, Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009 beginning in the second quarter of 2010. Noninterest income increased $146 million (4.9 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009, driven by higher transaction volumes across all products, partially offset by a fourth quarter of 2009 contract termination gain.
Total noninterest expense increased $189 million (11.1 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009, due to higher total compensation, employee benefits and professional services expense, partially offset by lower marketing and business development expense.
The provision for credit losses decreased $660 million (33.1 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009, primarily due to a reduction in the reserve allocation, as the level of stress in economic conditions moderated. As a percentage of average loans outstanding, net charge-offs were 6.31 percent in 2010, compared with 6.16 percent in 2009.
 
Treasury and Corporate Support Treasury and Corporate Support includes the Company’s investment portfolios, most covered commercial and commercial real estate loans and related OREO, funding, capital management, asset securitization, interest rate risk management, the net effect of transfer pricing related to average balances and the residual aggregate of expenses associated with corporate activities that are managed on a consolidated basis. Treasury and Corporate Support recorded net income of $1.2 billion in 2010, compared with $571 million in 2009.
Total net revenue increased $896 million (85.0 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009. Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, increased $493 million (39.8 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009, reflecting the impact of the FBOP acquisition, the current interest rate environment, wholesale funding decisions and the Company’s asset/liability position. Total noninterest income increased $403 million in 2010, compared with 2009, primarily due to lower net securities losses, the 2010 Nuveen Gain and higher gains on the Company’s investment in Visa Inc., partially offset by a gain on a corporate real estate transaction recognized in the first quarter of 2009.
Total noninterest expense increased $71 million (8.8 percent) in 2010, compared with 2009. The increase in noninterest expense was driven by higher total compensation and employee benefits expense, increased costs related to affordable housing and other tax advantaged projects and

U.S. BANCORP   59


Table of Contents

higher litigation-related expenses, partially offset by the FDIC special assessment in 2009.
Income taxes are assessed to each line of business at a managerial tax rate of 36.4 percent with the residual tax expense or benefit to arrive at the consolidated effective tax rate included in Treasury and Corporate Support.
 
NON-REGULATORY CAPITAL RATIOS
 
In addition to capital ratios defined by banking regulators, the Company considers various other measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy, including:
 
•  Tangible common equity to tangible assets,
 
•  Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets, and
 
•  Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets.
 
These non-regulatory capital ratios are viewed by management as useful additional methods of reflecting the level of capital available to withstand unexpected market conditions. Additionally, presentation of these ratios allows
readers to compare the Company’s capitalization to other financial services companies. These ratios differ from capital ratios defined by banking regulators principally in that the numerator excludes trust preferred securities and preferred stock, the nature and extent of which varies among different financial services companies. These ratios are not defined in generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) or federal banking regulations. As a result, these non-regulatory capital ratios disclosed by the Company may be considered non-GAAP financial measures.
Because there are no standardized definitions for these non-regulatory capital ratios, the Company’s calculation methods may differ from those used by other financial services companies. Also, there may be limits in the usefulness of these measures to investors. As a result, the Company encourages readers to consider the consolidated financial statements and other financial information contained in this report in their entirety, and not to rely on any single financial measure.

 
The following table shows the Company’s calculation of the non-regulatory capital ratios:
 
                                         
December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
   
Total equity
  $ 30,322     $ 26,661     $ 27,033     $ 21,826     $ 21,919  
Preferred stock
    (1,930 )     (1,500 )     (7,931 )     (1,000 )     (1,000 )
Noncontrolling interests
    (803 )     (698 )     (733 )     (780 )     (722 )
Goodwill (net of deferred tax liability)
    (8,337 )     (8,482 )     (8,153 )     (7,534 )     (7,423 )
Intangible assets, other than mortgage servicing rights
    (1,376 )     (1,657 )     (1,640 )     (1,581 )     (1,800 )
     
     
Tangible common equity (a)
    17,876       14,324       8,576       10,931       10,974  
Tier 1 capital, determined in accordance with prescribed regulatory requirements
    25,947       22,610       24,426       17,539       17,036  
Trust preferred securities
    (3,949 )     (4,524 )     (4,024 )     (4,024 )     (3,639 )
Preferred stock
    (1,930 )     (1,500 )     (7,931 )     (1,000 )     (1,000 )
Noncontrolling interests, less preferred stock not eligible for Tier 1 capital
    (692 )     (692 )     (693 )     (695 )     (694 )
     
     
Tier 1 common equity (b)
    19,376       15,894       11,778       11,820       11,703  
Total assets
    307,786       281,176       265,912       237,615       219,232  
Goodwill (net of deferred tax liability)
    (8,337 )     (8,482 )     (8,153 )     (7,534 )     (7,423 )
Intangible assets, other than mortgage servicing rights
    (1,376 )     (1,657 )     (1,640 )     (1,581 )     (1,800 )
     
     
Tangible assets (c)
    298,073       271,037       256,119       228,500       210,009  
Risk-weighted assets, determined in accordance with prescribed regulatory requirements (d)
    247,619       235,233       230,628       212,592       194,659  
Ratios
                                       
Tangible common equity to tangible assets (a)/(c)
    6.0 %     5.3 %     3.3 %     4.8 %     5.2 %
Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets (b)/(d)
    7.8       6.8       5.1       5.6       6.0  
Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets (a)/(d)
    7.2       6.1       3.7       5.1       5.6  
 
 
 
Note: Tier 1 capital and Tier 1 common equity amounts are presented using qualifying capital elements as specified in current regulatory guidance (“Basel I”) and do not reflect adjustments for changes to those elements proposed in December 2010.

60   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

ACCOUNTING CHANGES
 
Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements discusses accounting standards adopted in 2010, as well as accounting standards recently issued but not yet required to be adopted and the expected impact of these changes in accounting standards. To the extent the adoption of new accounting standards materially affects the Company’s financial condition or results of operations, the impacts are discussed in the applicable section(s) of the Management’s Discussion and Analysis and the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
The accounting and reporting policies of the Company comply with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and conform to general practices within the banking industry. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions. The Company’s financial position and results of operations can be affected by these estimates and assumptions, which are integral to understanding the Company’s financial statements. Critical accounting policies are those policies management believes are the most important to the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition and results, and require management to make estimates that are difficult, subjective or complex. Most accounting policies are not considered by management to be critical accounting policies. Several factors are considered in determining whether or not a policy is critical in the preparation of financial statements. These factors include, among other things, whether the estimates are significant to the financial statements, the nature of the estimates, the ability to readily validate the estimates with other information (including third-parties sources or available prices), and sensitivity of the estimates to changes in economic conditions and whether alternative accounting methods may be utilized under GAAP. Management has discussed the development and the selection of critical accounting policies with the Company’s Audit Committee.
Significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Those policies considered to be critical accounting policies are described below.
 
Allowance for Credit Losses The allowance for credit losses is established to provide for probable losses incurred in the Company’s credit portfolio. The methods utilized to estimate the allowance for credit losses, key assumptions and quantitative and qualitative information considered by management in determining the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses are discussed in the “Credit Risk Management” section.
Management’s evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses is often the most critical of accounting estimates for a banking institution. It is an inherently subjective process impacted by many factors as discussed throughout the Management’s Discussion and Analysis section of the Annual Report. Although risk management practices, methodologies and other tools are utilized to determine each element of the allowance, degrees of imprecision exist in these measurement tools due in part to subjective judgments involved and an inherent lagging of credit quality measurements relative to the stage of the business cycle. Even determining the stage of the business cycle is highly subjective. As discussed in the “Analysis and Determination of Allowance for Credit Losses” section, management considers the effect of imprecision and many other factors in determining the allowance for credit losses. If not considered, incurred losses in the portfolio related to imprecision and other subjective factors could have a dramatic adverse impact on the liquidity and financial viability of a bank.
Given the many subjective factors affecting the credit portfolio, changes in the allowance for credit losses may not directly coincide with changes in the risk ratings of the credit portfolio reflected in the risk rating process. This is in part due to the timing of the risk rating process in relation to changes in the business cycle, the exposure and mix of loans within risk rating categories, levels of nonperforming loans and the timing of charge-offs and recoveries. For example, the amount of loans within specific risk ratings may change, providing a leading indicator of improving credit quality, while nonperforming loans and net charge-offs continue at elevated levels. Also, inherent loss ratios, determined through migration analysis and historical loss performance over the estimated business cycle of a loan, may not change to the same degree as net charge-offs. Because risk ratings and inherent loss ratios primarily drive the allowance specifically allocated to commercial loans, the amount of the allowance for commercial and commercial real estate loans might decline; however, the degree of change differs somewhat from the level of changes in nonperforming loans and net charge-offs. Also, management would maintain an adequate allowance for credit losses by increasing the allowance during periods of economic uncertainty or changes in the business cycle.
Some factors considered in determining the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses are quantifiable while other

U.S. BANCORP   61


Table of Contents

factors require qualitative judgment. Management conducts an analysis with respect to the accuracy of risk ratings and the volatility of inherent losses, and utilizes this analysis along with qualitative factors, including uncertainty in the economy from changes in unemployment rates, the level of bankruptcies and concentration risks, including risks associated with the weakened housing market and highly leveraged enterprise-value credits, in determining the overall level of the allowance for credit losses. The Company’s determination of the allowance for commercial and commercial real estate loans is sensitive to the assigned credit risk ratings and inherent loss rates at December 31, 2010. In the event that 10 percent of loans within these portfolios experienced downgrades of two risk categories, the allowance for commercial and commercial real estate would increase by approximately $319 million at December 31, 2010. In the event that inherent loss or estimated loss rates for these portfolios increased by 10 percent, the allowance determined for commercial and commercial real estate would increase by approximately $198 million at December 31, 2010. The Company’s determination of the allowance for residential and retail loans is sensitive to changes in estimated loss rates. In the event that estimated loss rates increased by 10 percent, the allowance for residential mortgages and retail loans would increase by approximately $274 million at December 31, 2010. Because several quantitative and qualitative factors are considered in determining the allowance for credit losses, these sensitivity analyses do not necessarily reflect the nature and extent of future changes in the allowance for credit losses. They are intended to provide insights into the impact of adverse changes in risk rating and inherent losses and do not imply any expectation of future deterioration in the risk rating or loss rates. Given current processes employed by the Company, management believes the risk ratings and inherent loss rates currently assigned are appropriate. It is possible that others, given the same information, may at any point in time reach different reasonable conclusions that could be significant to the Company’s financial statements. Refer to the “Analysis and Determination of the Allowance for Credit Losses” section for further information.
 
Fair Value Estimates A portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities are carried at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, with changes in fair value recorded either through earnings or other comprehensive income (loss) in accordance with applicable accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. These include all of the Company’s available-for-sale securities, derivatives and other trading instruments, MSRs and certain mortgage loans held for sale. The estimation of fair value also affects other loans held for sale, which are recorded at the lower-of-cost-or-fair value. The determination of fair value is important for certain other assets that are periodically evaluated for impairment using fair value estimates, including goodwill and other intangible assets, assets acquired in business combinations, impaired loans, OREO and other repossessed assets.
Fair value is generally defined as the exit price at which an asset or liability could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing, unrelated parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. Fair value is based on quoted market prices in an active market, or if market prices are not available, is estimated using models employing techniques such as matrix pricing or discounting expected cash flows. The significant assumptions used in the models, which include assumptions for interest rates, discount rates, prepayments and credit losses, are independently verified against observable market data where possible. Where observable market data is not available, the estimate of fair value becomes more subjective and involves a high degree of judgment. In this circumstance, fair value is estimated based on management’s judgment regarding the value that market participants would assign to the asset or liability. This valuation process takes into consideration factors such as market illiquidity. Imprecision in estimating these factors can impact the amount recorded on the balance sheet for a particular asset or liability with related impacts to earnings or other comprehensive income (loss).
When available, trading and available-for-sale securities are valued based on quoted market prices. However, certain securities are traded less actively and therefore, may not be able to be valued based on quoted market prices. The determination of fair value may require benchmarking to similar instruments or performing a discounted cash flow analysis using estimates of future cash flows and prepayment, interest and default rates. An example is non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities. For more information on investment securities, refer to Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
As few derivative contracts are listed on an exchange, the majority of the Company’s derivative positions are valued using valuation techniques that use readily observable market parameters. Certain derivatives, however, must be valued using techniques that include unobservable parameters. For these instruments, the significant assumptions must be estimated and therefore, are subject to judgment. These instruments are normally traded less

62   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

actively. Note 20 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements provides a summary of the Company’s derivative positions.
Refer to Note 21 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding estimations of fair value.
 
Purchased Loans and Related Indemnification Assets In accordance with applicable authoritative accounting guidance effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2009, all purchased loans and related indemnification assets are recorded at fair value at date of purchase. The initial valuation of these loans and the related indemnification assets requires management to make subjective judgments concerning estimates about how the acquired loans will perform in the future using valuation methods including discounted cash flow analysis and independent third-party appraisals. Factors that may significantly affect the initial valuation include, among others, market-based and industry data related to expected changes in interest rates, assumptions related to probability and severity of credit losses, estimated timing of credit losses including the foreclosure and liquidation of collateral, expected prepayment rates, required or anticipated loan modifications, unfunded loan commitments, the specific terms and provisions of any loss sharing agreements, and specific industry and market conditions that may impact discount rates and independent third-party appraisals.
On an ongoing basis, the accounting for purchased loans and related indemnification assets follows applicable authoritative accounting guidance for purchased non-impaired loans and purchased impaired loans. Refer to Note 1 and Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. In addition, refer to the “Analysis and Determination of the Allowance for Credit Losses” section for information on the determination of the required allowance for credit losses, if any, for these loans.
 
Mortgage Servicing Rights MSRs are capitalized as separate assets when loans are sold and servicing is retained or may be purchased from others. MSRs are initially recorded at fair value and remeasured at each subsequent reporting date. Because MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices, the Company determines the fair value by estimating the present value of the asset’s future cash flows utilizing market-based prepayment rates, discount rates, and other assumptions validated through comparison to trade information, industry surveys and independent third-party valuations. Changes in the fair value of MSRs are recorded in earnings during the period in which they occur. Risks inherent in the MSRs’ valuation include higher than expected prepayment rates and/or delayed receipt of cash flows. The Company may utilize derivatives, including interest rate swaps, forward commitments to buy residential mortgage loans, and futures and options contracts, to mitigate the valuation risk. The estimated sensitivity to changes in interest rates of the fair value of the MSRs portfolio and the related derivative instruments at December 31, 2010, to an immediate 25 and 50 bps downward movement in interest rates would be a decrease of approximately $5 million and an increase of approximately $6 million, respectively. An upward movement in interest rates at December 31, 2010, of 25 and 50 bps would increase the value of the MSRs and related derivative instruments by approximately $5 million and $1 million, respectively. Refer to Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding MSRs.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangibles The Company records all assets and liabilities acquired in purchase acquisitions, including goodwill and other intangibles, at fair value. Goodwill and indefinite-lived assets are not amortized but are subject, at a minimum, to annual tests for impairment. In certain situations, interim impairment tests may be required if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting segment below its carrying amount. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives using straight-line and accelerated methods and are subject to impairment if events or circumstances indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying amount.
The initial recognition of goodwill and other intangible assets and subsequent impairment analysis require management to make subjective judgments concerning estimates of how the acquired assets will perform in the future using valuation methods including discounted cash flow analysis. Additionally, estimated cash flows may extend beyond ten years and, by their nature, are difficult to determine over an extended timeframe. Events and factors that may significantly affect the estimates include, among others, competitive forces, customer behaviors and attrition, changes in revenue growth trends, cost structures, technology, changes in discount rates and specific industry and market conditions. In determining the reasonableness of cash flow estimates, the Company reviews historical performance of the underlying assets or similar assets in an

U.S. BANCORP   63


Table of Contents

effort to assess and validate assumptions utilized in its estimates.
In assessing the fair value of reporting units, the Company may consider the stage of the current business cycle and potential changes in market conditions in estimating the timing and extent of future cash flows. Also, management often utilizes other information to validate the reasonableness of its valuations, including public market comparables, and multiples of recent mergers and acquisitions of similar businesses. Valuation multiples may be based on revenue, price-to-earnings and tangible capital ratios of comparable public companies and business segments. These multiples may be adjusted to consider competitive differences, including size, operating leverage and other factors. The carrying amount of a reporting unit is determined based on the capital required to support the reporting unit’s activities, including its tangible and intangible assets. The determination of a reporting unit’s capital allocation requires management judgment and considers many factors, including the regulatory capital regulations and capital characteristics of comparable public companies in relevant industry sectors. In certain circumstances, management will engage a third-party to independently validate its assessment of the fair value of its reporting units.
The Company’s annual assessment of potential goodwill impairment was completed during the second quarter of 2010. Based on the results of this assessment, no goodwill impairment was recognized. Because of current economic conditions the Company continues to monitor goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment indicators throughout the year. The Company does not expect recent legislation will result in goodwill impairment.
 
Income Taxes The Company estimates income tax expense based on amounts expected to be owed to various tax jurisdictions. Currently, the Company files tax returns in approximately 222 federal, state and local domestic jurisdictions and 13 foreign jurisdictions. The estimated income tax expense is reported in the Consolidated Statement of Income. Accrued taxes represent the net estimated amount due to or to be received from taxing jurisdictions either currently or in the future and are reported in other assets or other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. In estimating accrued taxes, the Company assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment considering statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance in the context of the tax position. Because of the complexity of tax laws and regulations, interpretation can be difficult and subject to legal judgment given specific facts and circumstances. It is possible that others, given the same information, may at any point in time reach different reasonable conclusions regarding the estimated amounts of accrued taxes.
Changes in the estimate of accrued taxes occur periodically due to changes in tax rates, interpretations of tax laws, the status of examinations being conducted by various taxing authorities, and newly enacted statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance that impacts the relative merits and risks of tax positions. These changes, when they occur, affect accrued taxes and can be significant to the operating results of the Company. Refer to Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding income taxes.
 
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Company has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)). Based upon this evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
During the most recently completed fiscal quarter, there was no change made in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
The annual report of the Company’s management on internal control over financial reporting is provided on page 65. The attestation report of Ernst & Young LLP, the Company’s independent accountants, regarding the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is provided on page 67.

64   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

Report of Management

 
Responsibility for the financial statements and other information presented throughout this Annual Report rests with the management of U.S. Bancorp. The Company believes the consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and present the substance of transactions based on the circumstances and management’s best estimates and judgment.
 
In meeting its responsibilities for the reliability of the financial statements, management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system of internal control over financial reporting as defined by Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company’s system of internal control is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of publicly filed financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
 
To test compliance, the Company carries out an extensive audit program. This program includes a review for compliance with written policies and procedures and a comprehensive review of the adequacy and effectiveness of the system of internal control. Although control procedures are designed and tested, it must be recognized that there are limits inherent in all systems of internal control and, therefore, errors and irregularities may nevertheless occur. Also, estimates and judgments are required to assess and balance the relative cost and expected benefits of the controls. Projection of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
The Board of Directors of the Company has an Audit Committee composed of directors who are independent of U.S. Bancorp. The committee meets periodically with management, the internal auditors and the independent accountants to consider audit results and to discuss internal accounting control, auditing and financial reporting matters.
 
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in its Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on our assessment and those criteria, management believes the Company designed and maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010.
 
The Company’s independent accountants, Ernst & Young LLP, have been engaged to render an independent professional opinion on the financial statements and issue an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Their opinion on the financial statements appearing on page 66 and their attestation on internal control over financial reporting appearing on page 67 are based on procedures conducted in accordance with auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).

U.S. BANCORP   65


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
on the Consolidated Financial Statements

 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of U.S. Bancorp:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of U.S. Bancorp as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of U.S. Bancorp’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of U.S. Bancorp at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), U.S. Bancorp’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 28, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
(ERNST AND YOUNG LLP)
 
Minneapolis, Minnesota
February 28, 2011

66   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of U.S. Bancorp:
 
We have audited U.S. Bancorp’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). U.S. Bancorp’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on U.S. Bancorp’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, U.S. Bancorp maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the COSO criteria .
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of U.S. Bancorp as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 and our report dated February 28, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
(ERNST AND YOUNG LLP)
 
Minneapolis, Minnesota
February 28, 2011

U.S. BANCORP   67


Table of Contents

U.S. Bancorp
Consolidated Balance Sheet

 
                 
At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009  
   
 
Assets
               
Cash and due from banks
  $ 14,487     $ 6,206  
Investment securities
               
Held-to-maturity (fair value $1,419 and $48, respectively)
    1,469       47  
Available-for-sale
    51,509       44,721  
Loans held for sale (included $8,100 and $4,327 of mortgage loans carried at fair value, respectively)
    8,371       4,772  
Loans
               
Commercial
    48,398       48,792  
Commercial real estate
    34,695       34,093  
Residential mortgages
    30,732       26,056  
Retail
    65,194       63,955  
     
     
Total loans, excluding covered loans
    179,019       172,896  
Covered loans
    18,042       21,859  
     
     
Total loans
    197,061       194,755  
Less allowance for loan losses
    (5,310 )     (5,079 )
     
     
Net loans
    191,751       189,676  
Premises and equipment
    2,487       2,263  
Goodwill
    8,954       9,011  
Other intangible assets
    3,213       3,406  
Other assets
    25,545       21,074  
     
     
Total assets
  $ 307,786     $ 281,176  
     
     
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
               
Deposits
               
Noninterest-bearing
  $ 45,314     $ 38,186  
Interest-bearing
    129,381       115,135  
Time deposits greater than $100,000
    29,557       29,921  
     
     
Total deposits
    204,252       183,242  
Short-term borrowings
    32,557       31,312  
Long-term debt
    31,537       32,580  
Other liabilities
    9,118       7,381  
     
     
Total liabilities
    277,464       254,515  
Shareholders’ equity
               
Preferred stock
    1,930       1,500  
Common stock, par value $0.01 a share — authorized: 4,000,000,000 shares;
               
issued: 2010 and 2009 — 2,125,725,742 shares
    21       21  
Capital surplus
    8,294       8,319  
Retained earnings
    27,005       24,116  
Less cost of common stock in treasury: 2010 — 204,822,330 shares; 2009 — 212,786,937 shares
    (6,262 )     (6,509 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    (1,469 )     (1,484 )
     
     
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders’ equity
    29,519       25,963  
Noncontrolling interests
    803       698  
     
     
Total equity
    30,322       26,661  
     
     
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 307,786     $ 281,176  
 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

68   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

U.S. Bancorp
Consolidated Statement of Income

 
                         
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars and Shares in Millions, Except Per Share Data)   2010     2009     2008  
   
 
Interest Income
                       
Loans
  $ 10,145     $ 9,564     $ 10,051  
Loans held for sale
    246       277       227  
Investment securities
    1,601       1,606       1,984  
Other interest income
    166       91       156  
     
     
Total interest income
    12,158       11,538       12,418  
Interest Expense
                       
Deposits
    928       1,202       1,881  
Short-term borrowings
    548       539       1,066  
Long-term debt
    1,103       1,279       1,739  
     
     
Total interest expense
    2,579       3,020       4,686  
     
     
Net interest income
    9,579       8,518       7,732  
Provision for credit losses
    4,356       5,557       3,096  
     
     
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
    5,223       2,961       4,636  
Noninterest Income
                       
Credit and debit card revenue
    1,091       1,055       1,039  
Corporate payment products revenue
    710       669       671  
Merchant processing services
    1,253       1,148       1,151  
ATM processing services
    423       410       366  
Trust and investment management fees
    1,080       1,168       1,314  
Deposit service charges
    710       970       1,081  
Treasury management fees
    555       552       517  
Commercial products revenue
    771       615       492  
Mortgage banking revenue
    1,003       1,035       270  
Investment products fees and commissions
    111       109       147  
Securities gains (losses), net
                       
Realized gains (losses), net
    13       147       42  
Total other-than-temporary impairment
    (157 )     (1,000 )     (1,020 )
Portion of other-than-temporary impairment recognized in other comprehensive income
    66       402        
     
     
Total securities gains (losses), net
    (78 )     (451 )     (978 )
Other
    731       672       741  
     
     
Total noninterest income
    8,360       7,952       6,811  
Noninterest Expense
                       
Compensation
    3,779       3,135       3,039  
Employee benefits
    694       574       515  
Net occupancy and equipment
    919       836       781  
Professional services
    306       255       240  
Marketing and business development
    360       378       310  
Technology and communications
    744       673       598  
Postage, printing and supplies
    301       288       294  
Other intangibles
    367       387       355  
Other
    1,913       1,755       1,216  
     
     
Total noninterest expense
    9,383       8,281       7,348  
     
     
Income before income taxes
    4,200       2,632       4,099  
Applicable income taxes
    935       395       1,087  
     
     
Net income
    3,265       2,237       3,012  
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
    52       (32 )     (66 )
     
     
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp
  $ 3,317     $ 2,205     $ 2,946  
     
     
Net income applicable to U.S. Bancorp common shareholders
  $ 3,332     $ 1,803     $ 2,819  
     
     
Earnings per common share
  $ 1.74     $ .97     $ 1.62  
Diluted earnings per common share
  $ 1.73     $ .97     $ 1.61  
Dividends declared per common share
  $ .20     $ .20     $ 1.70  
Average common shares outstanding
    1,912       1,851       1,742  
Average diluted common shares outstanding
    1,921       1,859       1,756  
 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

U.S. BANCORP   69


Table of Contents

U.S. Bancorp
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity

                                                                                 
    U.S. Bancorp Shareholders              
                                              Total
             
    Common
                                  Other
    U.S. Bancorp
             
    Shares
    Preferred
    Common
    Capital
    Retained
    Treasury
    Comprehensive
    Shareholders’
    Noncontrolling
    Total
 
(Dollars and Shares in Millions)   Outstanding     Stock     Stock     Surplus     Earnings     Stock     Income (Loss)     Equity     Interests     Equity  
   
 
Balance December 31, 2007
    1,728     $ 1,000     $ 20     $ 5,749     $ 22,693     $ (7,480 )   $ (936 )   $ 21,046     $ 780     $ 21,826  
Change in accounting principle
                                    (4 )             3       (1 )             (1 )
Net income
                                    2,946                       2,946       66       3,012  
Changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale
                                                    (2,729 )     (2,729 )             (2,729 )
Unrealized loss on derivative hedges
                                                    (722 )     (722 )             (722 )
Realized loss on derivative hedges
                                                    (15 )     (15 )             (15 )
Foreign currency translation
                                                    (117 )     (117 )             (117 )
Reclassification for realized losses
                                                    1,020       1,020               1,020  
Change in retirement obligation
                                                    (1,362 )     (1,362 )             (1,362 )
Income taxes
                                                    1,495       1,495               1,495  
                                                             
                                                             
Total comprehensive income (loss)
                                                            516       66       582  
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion
            4                       (123 )                     (119 )             (119 )
Common stock dividends
                                    (2,971 )                     (2,971 )             (2,971 )
Issuance of preferred stock and related warrant
            6,927               163                               7,090               7,090  
Issuance of common and treasury stock
    29                       (83 )             917               834               834  
Purchase of treasury stock
    (2 )                                     (91 )             (91 )             (91 )
Net other changes in noncontrolling interests
                                                                  (113 )     (113 )
Stock option and restricted stock grants
                            1                               1               1  
Shares reserved to meet deferred compensation obligations
                                            (5 )             (5 )             (5 )
     
     
Balance December 31, 2008
    1,755     $ 7,931     $ 20     $ 5,830     $ 22,541     $ (6,659 )   $ (3,363 )   $ 26,300     $ 733     $ 27,033  
 
 
Change in accounting principle
                                    141               (141 )                    
Net income
                                    2,205                       2,205       32       2,237  
Changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale
                                                    2,359       2,359               2,359  
Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities available-for-sale
                                                    (402 )     (402 )             (402 )
Unrealized gain on derivative hedges
                                                    516       516               516  
Foreign currency translation
                                                    40       40               40  
Reclassification for realized losses
                                                    456       456               456  
Change in retirement obligation
                                                    290       290               290  
Income taxes
                                                    (1,239 )     (1,239 )             (1,239 )
                                                             
                                                             
Total comprehensive income (loss)
                                                            4,225       32       4,257  
Redemption of preferred stock
            (6,599 )                                             (6,599 )             (6,599 )
Repurchase of common stock warrant
                            (139 )                             (139 )             (139 )
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion
            168                       (396 )                     (228 )             (228 )
Common stock dividends
                                    (375 )                     (375 )             (375 )
Issuance of common and treasury stock
    158               1       2,553               154               2,708               2,708  
Purchase of treasury stock
                                            (4 )             (4 )             (4 )
Distributions to noncontrolling interests
                                                                  (62 )     (62 )
Net other changes in noncontrolling interests
                                                                  (5 )     (5 )
Stock option and restricted stock grants
                            75                               75               75  
     
     
Balance December 31, 2009
    1,913     $ 1,500     $ 21     $ 8,319     $ 24,116     $ (6,509 )   $ (1,484 )   $ 25,963     $ 698     $ 26,661  
 
 
Change in accounting principle
                                    (72 )             (1 )     (73 )     (16 )     (89 )
Net income (loss)
                                    3,317                       3,317       (52 )     3,265  
Changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale
                                                    433       433               433  
Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities available-for-sale
                                                    (66 )     (66 )             (66 )
Unrealized loss on derivative hedges
                                                    (145 )     (145 )             (145 )
Foreign currency translation
                                                    24       24               24  
Reclassification for realized gains
                                                    (75 )     (75 )             (75 )
Change in retirement obligation
                                                    (150 )     (150 )             (150 )
Income taxes
                                                    (5 )     (5 )             (5 )
                                                             
                                                             
Total comprehensive income (loss)
                                                            3,333       (52 )     3,281  
Preferred stock dividends
                                    (89 )                     (89 )             (89 )
Common stock dividends
                                    (385 )                     (385 )             (385 )
Issuance of preferred stock
            430               10       118                       558               558  
Issuance of common and treasury stock
    9                       (134 )             263               129               129  
Purchase of treasury stock
    (1 )                                     (16 )             (16 )             (16 )
Distributions to noncontrolling interests
                                                                  (76 )     (76 )
Net other changes in noncontrolling interests
                                                                  249       249  
Stock option and restricted stock grants
                            99                               99               99  
     
     
Balance December 31, 2010
    1,921     $ 1,930     $ 21     $ 8,294     $ 27,005     $ (6,262 )   $ (1,469 )   $ 29,519     $ 803     $ 30,322  
 
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

70   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

U.S. Bancorp
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

                         
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     2008  
   
 
Operating Activities
                       
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp
  $ 3,317     $ 2,205     $ 2,946  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
                       
Provision for credit losses
    4,356       5,557       3,096  
Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment
    229       220       218  
Amortization of intangibles
    367       387       355  
Provision for deferred income taxes
    (370 )     (545 )     (1,045 )
Gain on sales of securities and other assets, net
    (2,023 )     (1,571 )     (804 )
Loans originated for sale in the secondary market, net of repayments
    (53,025 )     (52,720 )     (32,563 )
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale
    50,895       51,915       32,440  
Other, net
    1,495       2,152       664  
     
     
Net cash provided by operating activities
    5,241       7,600       5,307  
Investing Activities
                       
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale investment securities
    1,212       5,784       2,134  
Proceeds from maturities of held-to-maturity investment securities
    167       11       22  
Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale investment securities
    16,068       7,307       5,700  
Purchases of held-to-maturity investment securities
    (1,010 )     (5 )     (1 )
Purchases of available-for-sale investment securities
    (24,025 )     (15,119 )     (6,074 )
Net increase in loans outstanding
    (6,322 )     (106 )     (14,776 )
Proceeds from sales of loans
    1,829       2,741       123  
Purchases of loans
    (4,278 )     (4,332 )     (3,577 )
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    923       3,074       1,483  
Other, net
    (936 )     (74 )     (1,353 )
     
     
Net cash used in investing activities
    (16,372 )     (719 )     (16,319 )
Financing Activities
                       
Net increase in deposits
    20,527       7,949       13,139  
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings
    592       (4,448 )     (891 )
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
    7,044       6,040       8,534  
Principal payments or redemption of long-term debt
    (8,394 )     (11,740 )     (16,546 )
Fees paid on exchange of income trust securities for perpetual preferred stock
    (4 )            
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
                7,090  
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    119       2,703       688  
Redemption of preferred stock
          (6,599 )      
Repurchase of common stock warrant
          (139 )      
Cash dividends paid on preferred stock
    (89 )     (275 )     (68 )
Cash dividends paid on common stock
    (383 )     (1,025 )     (2,959 )
     
     
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    19,412       (7,534 )     8,987  
     
     
Change in cash and due from banks
    8,281       (653 )     (2,025 )
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year
    6,206       6,859       8,884  
     
     
Cash and due from banks at end of year
  $ 14,487     $ 6,206     $ 6,859  
 
 
Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosures
                       
Cash paid for income taxes
  $ 424     $ 344     $ 1,965  
Cash paid for interest
    2,631       3,153       4,891  
Net noncash transfers to foreclosed property
    1,384       600       307  
Acquisitions
                       
Assets (sold) acquired
  $ (14 )   $ 17,212     $ 19,474  
Liabilities sold (assumed)
    (907 )     (17,870 )     (18,824 )
     
     
Net
  $ (921 )   $ (658 )   $ 650  
 
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

U.S. BANCORP   71


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
 
Note 1     SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
U.S. Bancorp is a multi-state financial services holding company headquartered in Minneapolis, Minnesota. U.S. Bancorp and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) provide a full range of financial services, including lending and depository services through banking offices principally in the Midwest and West regions of the United States. The Company also engages in credit card, merchant, and ATM processing, mortgage banking, insurance, trust and investment management, brokerage, and leasing activities principally in domestic markets.
 
Basis of Presentation The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries and all variable interest entities (“VIEs”) for which the Company has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and the obligation to absorb losses or right to receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. Consolidation eliminates all significant intercompany accounts and transactions. Certain items in prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
 
Uses of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual experience could differ from those estimates.
 
BUSINESS SEGMENTS
 
Within the Company, financial performance is measured by major lines of business based on the products and services provided to customers through its distribution channels. The Company has five reportable operating segments:
 
Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate offers lending, equipment finance and small-ticket leasing, depository, treasury management, capital markets, foreign exchange, international trade services and other financial services to middle market, large corporate, commercial real estate, financial institution and public sector clients.
 
Consumer and Small Business Banking Consumer and Small Business Banking delivers products and services through banking offices, telephone servicing and sales, on-line services, direct mail and ATM processing. It encompasses community banking, metropolitan banking, in-store banking, small business banking, consumer lending, mortgage banking, consumer finance, workplace banking, student banking and 24-hour banking.
 
Wealth Management and Securities Services Wealth Management and Securities Services provides private banking, financial advisory services, investment management, retail brokerage services, insurance, trust, custody and mutual fund servicing through five businesses: Wealth Management, Corporate Trust Services, U.S. Bancorp Asset Management, Institutional Trust & Custody and Fund Services.
 
Payment Services Payment Services includes consumer and business credit cards, stored-value cards, debit cards, corporate and purchasing card services, consumer lines of credit and merchant processing.
 
Treasury and Corporate Support Treasury and Corporate Support includes the Company’s investment portfolios, covered commercial and commercial real estate credit-impaired loans and related other real estate (“OREO”), funding, capital management, asset securitization, interest rate risk management, the net effect of transfer pricing related to average balances and the residual aggregate of those expenses associated with corporate activities that are managed on a consolidated basis.
 
Segment Results Accounting policies for the lines of business are the same as those used in preparation of the consolidated financial statements with respect to activities specifically attributable to each business line. However, the preparation of business line results requires management to allocate funding costs and benefits, expenses and other financial elements to each line of business. For details of these methodologies and segment results, see “Basis for Financial Presentation” and Table 22 “Line of Business Financial Performance” included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
SECURITIES
 
Realized gains or losses on securities are determined on a trade date basis based on the specific amortized cost of the investments sold.
 
Trading Securities Debt and equity securities held for resale are classified as trading securities and reported at fair value.

72   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
Changes in fair value and realized gains or losses are reported in noninterest income.
 
Available-for-sale Securities These securities are not trading securities but may be sold before maturity in response to changes in the Company’s interest rate risk profile, funding needs, demand for collateralized deposits by public entities or other reasons. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value with unrealized net gains or losses reported within other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity. Declines in fair value related to other-than-temporary impairment, if any, are reported in noninterest income.
 
Held-to-maturity Securities Debt securities for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are reported at historical cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Declines in fair value related to other-than-temporary impairment, if any, are reported in noninterest income.
 
Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are accounted for as collateralized financing transactions and are recorded at the amounts at which the securities were acquired or sold, plus accrued interest. The fair value of collateral received is continually monitored and additional collateral is obtained or requested to be returned to the Company as deemed appropriate.
 
EQUITY INVESTMENTS IN OPERATING ENTITIES
 
Equity investments in public entities in which the Company’s ownership is less than 20 percent are accounted for as available-for-sale securities and are carried at fair value. Similar investments in private entities are accounted for using the cost method. Investments in entities where the Company has a significant influence (generally between 20 percent and 50 percent ownership) but does not control the entity are accounted for using the equity method. Investments in limited partnerships and limited liability companies where the Company’s ownership interest is greater than 5 percent are accounted for using the equity method. All equity investments are evaluated for impairment at least annually and more frequently if certain criteria are met.
 
LOANS
 
The Company’s accounting methods for loans differ depending on whether the loans are originated or purchased, and for purchased loans, whether the loans were acquired at a discount related to evidence of credit deterioration since date of origination.
 
Originated Loans Held for Investment Loans the Company originates are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income, net deferred loan fees or costs, and any direct principal charge-offs. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balances as earned. Loan and commitment fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and recognized over the life of the loan and/or commitment period as yield adjustments.
 
Purchased Loans All purchased loans (non-impaired and impaired) acquired on or after January 1, 2009 are initially measured at fair value as of the acquisition date in accordance with applicable authoritative accounting guidance. Credit discounts are included in the determination of fair value. An allowance for credit losses is not recorded at the acquisition date for loans purchased on or after January 1, 2009. In accordance with applicable authoritative accounting guidance, purchased non-impaired loans acquired in a business combination prior to January 1, 2009 were generally recorded at the predecessor’s carrying value including an allowance for credit losses.
In determining the acquisition date fair value of purchased impaired loans, and in subsequent accounting, the Company generally aggregates purchased consumer loans and certain smaller balance commercial loans into pools of loans with common risk characteristics, while accounting for larger balance commercial loans individually. Expected cash flows at the purchase date in excess of the fair value of loans are recorded as interest income over the life of the loans if the timing and amount of the future cash flows is reasonably estimable. Subsequent to the purchase date, increases in cash flows over those expected at the purchase date are recognized as interest income prospectively. The present value of any decreases in expected cash flows after the purchase date is recognized by recording an allowance for credit losses. Revolving loans, including lines of credit and credit cards loans, and leases are excluded from purchased impaired loans accounting.
For purchased loans acquired on or after January 1, 2009 that are not deemed impaired at acquisition, credit discounts representing the principal losses expected over the life of the loan are a component of the initial fair value. Subsequent to the purchase date, the methods utilized to estimate the required allowance for credit losses for these loans is similar to originated loans; however, the Company records a provision for credit losses only when the required allowance exceeds any remaining credit discounts. The remaining differences between

U.S. BANCORP   73


Table of Contents

 
the purchase price and the unpaid principal balance at the date of acquisition are recorded in interest income over the life of the loans.
 
Covered Assets Loans covered under loss sharing or similar credit protection agreements with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) are reported in loans along with the related indemnification asset. Foreclosed real estate covered under similar agreements is recorded in other assets. In accordance with applicable authoritative accounting guidance effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2009, all purchased loans and related indemnification assets are recorded at fair value at date of purchase.
 
Commitments to Extend Credit Unfunded residential mortgage loan commitments entered into in connection with mortgage banking activities intended to be held for sale are considered derivatives and recorded on the balance sheet at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in income. All other unfunded loan commitments are generally related to providing credit facilities to customers of the Company and are not considered derivatives. For loans purchased on or after January 1, 2009, the fair value of the unfunded credit commitments is considered in the determination of the fair value of the loans recorded at the date of acquisition. Reserves for credit exposure on all other unfunded credit commitments are recorded in other liabilities.
 
Credit Quality The quality of the Company’s loan portfolios is assessed as a function of net credit losses, levels of nonperforming assets and delinquencies, and credit quality ratings as defined by the Company. The Company classifies its loan portfolios by these credit quality ratings on a quarterly basis. These ratings include: pass, special mention and classified, and are an important part of the Company’s overall credit risk management process and evaluation of the allowance for credit losses. Loans with a pass rating represent those not classified on the Company’s rating scale for problem credits, as minimal credit risk has been identified. Special mention loans are those that have a potential weakness deserving management’s close attention. Classified loans are those where a well-defined weakness has been identified that may put full collection of contractual cash flows at risk. It is possible that others, given the same information, may reach different reasonable conclusions regarding the credit quality rating classification of specific loans.
 
Allowance for Credit Losses The allowance for credit losses reserves for probable and estimable losses incurred in the Company’s loan and lease portfolio and includes certain amounts that do not represent loss exposure to the Company because those losses are recoverable under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC. Management evaluates the allowance each quarter to ensure it appropriately reserves for incurred losses. Several factors are taken into consideration in evaluating the allowance for credit losses, including the risk profile of the portfolios, loan net charge-offs during the period, the level of nonperforming assets, accruing loans 90 days or more past due, delinquency ratios and changes in loan balances classified as troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). Management also considers the uncertainty related to certain industry sectors, and the extent of credit exposure to specific borrowers within the portfolio. In addition, concentration risks associated with commercial real estate and the mix of loans, including credit cards, loans originated through the consumer finance division and residential mortgage balances, and their relative credit risks, are evaluated. Finally, the Company considers current economic conditions that might impact the portfolio. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates, including amounts of future cash collections expected on nonaccrual loans, which may be susceptible to significant change. The allowance for credit losses relating to originated loans that have become impaired is based on expected cash flows discounted using the original effective interest rate, the observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral for certain collateral-dependent loans. To the extent credit deterioration occurs on purchased loans after the date of acquisition, the Company records an allowance for credit losses.
The Company determines the amount of the allowance required for certain sectors based on relative risk characteristics of the loan portfolio. The allowance recorded for commercial loans is generally based on quarterly reviews of individual credit relationships and an analysis of the migration of commercial loans and actual loss experience. The allowance recorded for homogeneous commercial and consumer loans is based on an analysis of product mix, risk characteristics of the portfolio, bankruptcy experiences, and historical losses, adjusted for current trends, for each homogenous category or group of loans. The allowance is increased through provisions charged to operating earnings and reduced by net charge-offs.
The Company also assesses the credit risk associated with off-balance sheet loan commitments, letters of credit, and derivatives. Credit risk associated with derivatives is reflected in the fair values recorded for those positions. The liability for off-balance sheet credit exposure related to loan commitments and other credit guarantees is included in

74   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
other liabilities. Because business processes and credit risks associated with unfunded credit commitments are essentially the same as for loans, the Company utilizes similar processes to estimate its liability for unfunded credit commitments.
 
Nonaccrual Loans and Loan Charge-Offs Generally, commercial loans (including impaired loans) are placed on nonaccrual status when the collection of interest or principal has become 90 days past due or is otherwise considered doubtful. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid accrued interest is reversed. Future interest payments are generally applied against principal. Commercial loans are generally fully or partially charged down to the fair value of collateral securing the loan, less costs to sell, when the loan is deemed to be uncollectible, repayment is deemed beyond reasonable time frames, the borrower has filed for bankruptcy, or the loan is unsecured and greater than six months past due. Loans secured by 1-4 family properties are generally charged down to fair value, less costs to sell, at 180 days past due, and placed on nonaccrual status in instances where a partial charge-off occurs. Revolving consumer lines and credit cards are charged off at 180 days past due and closed-end consumer loans, other than loans secured by 1-4 family properties, are charged off at 120 days past due and are, therefore, generally not placed on nonaccrual status. Certain retail customers having financial difficulties may have the terms of their credit card and other loan agreements modified to require only principal payments and, as such, are reported as nonaccrual.
Generally, purchased impaired loans are considered accruing loans. However, the timing and amount of future cash flows for some loans is not reasonably estimable. Those loans are classified as nonaccrual loans and interest income is not recognized until the timing and amount of the future cash flows can be reasonably estimated.
 
Restructured Loans In certain circumstances, the Company may modify the terms of a loan to maximize the collection of amounts due when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties or is expected to experience difficulties in the near-term. In most cases the modification is either a concessionary reduction in interest rate, extension of the maturity date or reduction in the principal balance that would otherwise not be considered. Concessionary modifications are classified as TDRs unless the modification is short-term, or results in only an insignificant delay or shortfall in the payments to be received. Many of the Company’s TDRs are determined on a case-by-case basis in connection with ongoing loan collection processes. However, the Company has also implemented certain restructuring programs that may result in TDRs. The consumer finance division has a mortgage loan restructuring program where certain qualifying borrowers facing an interest rate reset who are current in their repayment status, are allowed to retain the lower of their existing interest rate or the market interest rate as of their interest reset date. The Company also participates in the U.S. Department of the Treasury Home Affordable Modification Program (“HAMP”). HAMP gives qualifying homeowners an opportunity to refinance into more affordable monthly payments, with the U.S. Department of the Treasury compensating the Company for a portion of the reduction in monthly amounts due from borrowers participating in this program. For credit card loan agreements, such modifications may include canceling the customer’s available line of credit on the credit card, reducing the interest rate on the card, and placing the customer on a fixed payment plan not exceeding 60 months. The allowance for credit losses on TDRs is determined by discounting the restructured cash flows at the original effective rate of the loan before modification. Loans restructured at a rate equal to or greater than that of a new loan with comparable risk at the time the loan agreement is modified are excluded from TDR disclosures in years subsequent to the restructuring if the borrowers are in compliance with the modified terms.
Generally, a nonaccrual loan that is restructured remains on nonaccrual for a period of six months after the restructuring date to demonstrate the borrower can meet the restructured terms. However, performance prior to the restructuring, or significant events that coincide with the restructuring, are considered in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and in rare circumstances may result in the loan being returned to accrual status at the time of restructuring or after a shorter performance period. If the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is not reasonably assured, the loan remains classified as a nonaccrual loan.
 
Impaired Loans A loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due (both interest and principal) according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.
Impaired loans include certain nonaccrual commercial loans and loans for which a charge-off has been recorded based upon the fair value of the underlying collateral. Impaired loans also include loans that have been modified as TDRs as a concession to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. Interest income is recognized on impaired loans

U.S. BANCORP   75


Table of Contents

 
under the modified terms and conditions if the borrower has demonstrated repayment performance at a level commensurate with the modified terms over several payment cycles. Purchased credit impaired loans are not reported as impaired loans as long as they continue to perform at least as well as expected at acquisition.
 
Leases The Company’s lease portfolio consists of both direct financing and leveraged leases. The net investment in direct financing leases is the sum of all minimum lease payments and estimated residual values, less unearned income. Unearned income is recorded in interest income over the terms of the leases to produce a level yield.
The investment in leveraged leases is the sum of all lease payments, less nonrecourse debt payments, plus estimated residual values, less unearned income. Income from leveraged leases is recognized over the term of the leases based on the unrecovered equity investment.
Residual values on leased assets are reviewed regularly for other-than-temporary impairment. Residual valuations for retail automobile leases are based on independent assessments of expected used car sale prices at the end-of-term. Impairment tests are conducted based on these valuations considering the probability of the lessee returning the asset to the Company, re-marketing efforts, insurance coverage and ancillary fees and costs. Valuations for commercial leases are based upon external or internal management appraisals. When there is impairment of the Company’s interest in the residual value of a leased asset, the carrying value is reduced to the estimated fair value with the writedown recognized in the current period.
 
Other Real Estate OREO is included in other assets, and is property acquired through foreclosure or other proceedings on defaulted loans. OREO is initially recorded at fair value, less estimated selling costs. OREO is evaluated regularly and any decreases in value along with holding costs, such as taxes and insurance, are reported in noninterest expense.
 
LOANS HELD FOR SALE
 
Loans held for sale (“LHFS”) represent mortgage loan originations intended to be sold in the secondary market and other loans that management has an active plan to sell. LHFS are carried at the lower-of-cost-or-fair value as determined on an aggregate basis by type of loan with the exception of loans for which the Company has elected fair value accounting, which are carried at fair value. The credit component of any writedowns upon the transfer of loans to LHFS is reflected in loan charge-offs.
Where an election is made to subsequently carry the LHFS at fair value, any further decreases or subsequent increases in fair value are recognized in noninterest income. Where an election is made to subsequently carry LHFS at lower-of-cost-or-fair value, any further decreases are recognized in noninterest income and increases in fair value are not recognized until the loans are sold.
 
DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into derivative transactions to manage its interest rate, prepayment, credit, price and foreign currency risk and to accommodate the business requirements of its customers. Derivative instruments are reported in other assets or other liabilities at fair value. Changes in a derivative’s fair value are recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met.
All derivative instruments that qualify and are designated for hedge accounting are recorded at fair value and classified either as a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability (“fair value hedge”), a hedge of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability or a forecasted transaction (“cash flow hedge”), or a hedge of the volatility of an investment in foreign operations driven by changes in foreign currency exchange rates (“net investment hedge”). Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and designated as a fair value hedge, and the offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged item, are recorded in income. Effective changes in the fair value of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until cash flows of the hedged item are recognized in income. Any change in fair value resulting from hedge ineffectiveness is immediately recorded in noninterest income. The Company performs an assessment, both at the inception of a hedge and, at a minimum, on a quarterly basis thereafter, to determine whether derivatives designated as hedging instruments are highly effective in offsetting changes in the value of the hedged items.
If a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge is terminated or ceases to be highly effective, the gain or loss in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is amortized to earnings over the period the forecasted hedged transactions impact earnings. If a hedged forecasted transaction is no longer probable, hedge accounting is ceased and any gain or loss included in accumulated other

76   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
comprehensive income (loss) is reported in earnings immediately.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
The Company recognizes revenue as it is earned based on contractual terms, as transactions occur, or as services are provided and collectibility is reasonably assured. In certain circumstances, noninterest income is reported net of associated expenses that are directly related to variable volume-based sales or revenue sharing arrangements or when the Company acts on an agency basis for others. Certain specific policies include the following:
 
Credit and Debit Card Revenue Credit and debit card revenue includes interchange income from credit and debit cards, annual fees, and other transaction and account management fees. Interchange income is a fee paid by a merchant bank to the card-issuing bank through the interchange network. Interchange fees are set by the credit card companies and are based on cardholder purchase volumes. The Company records interchange income as transactions occur. Transaction and account management fees are recognized as transactions occur or services are provided, except for annual fees, which are recognized over the applicable period. Volume-related payments to partners and credit card companies and expenses for rewards programs are also recorded within credit and debit card revenue. Payments to partners and expenses related to rewards programs are recorded when earned by the partner or customer.
 
Merchant Processing Services Merchant processing services revenue consists principally of transaction and account management fees charged to merchants for the electronic processing of transactions, net of interchange fees paid to the credit card issuing bank, card company assessments, and revenue sharing amounts, and is recognized at the time the merchant’s transactions are processed or other services are performed. The Company may enter into revenue sharing agreements with referral partners or in connection with purchases of merchant contracts from sellers. The revenue sharing amounts are determined primarily on sales volume processed or revenue generated for a particular group of merchants. Merchant processing revenue also includes revenues related to point-of-sale equipment recorded as sales when the equipment is shipped or as earned for equipment rentals.
 
Trust and Investment Management Fees Trust and investment management fees are recognized over the period in which services are performed and are based on a percentage of the fair value of the assets under management or administration, fixed based on account type, or transaction-based fees.
 
Deposit Service Charges Service charges on deposit accounts are primarily monthly fees based on minimum balances or transaction-based fees. These fees are recognized as earned or as transactions occur and services are provided.
 
OTHER SIGNIFICANT POLICIES
 
Intangible Assets The price paid over the net fair value of acquired businesses (“goodwill”) is not amortized. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, using straight-line and accelerated methods. The recoverability of goodwill and other intangible assets is evaluated annually, at a minimum, or on an interim basis if events or circumstances indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying amount. The evaluation includes assessing the estimated fair value of the intangible asset based on market prices for similar assets, where available, and the present value of the estimated future cash flows associated with the intangible asset.
 
Income Taxes Deferred taxes are recorded to reflect the tax consequences on future years of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting carrying amounts.
 
Mortgage Servicing Rights Mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) are capitalized as separate assets when loans are sold and servicing is retained or if they are purchased from others. MSRs are recorded at fair value. The Company determines the fair value by estimating the present value of the asset’s future cash flows utilizing market-based prepayment rates, discount rates, and other assumptions validated through comparison to trade information, industry surveys and independent third-party valuations. Changes in the fair value of MSRs are recorded in earnings during the period in which they occur. Risks inherent in the MSRs valuation include higher than expected prepayment rates and/or delayed receipt of cash flows. The Company utilizes futures, forwards and options to mitigate MSR valuation risk. Fair value changes related to the MSRs and the futures, forwards and options, as well as servicing and other related fees, are recorded in mortgage banking revenue.
 
Pensions For purposes of its retirement plans, the Company utilizes its fiscal year-end as the measurement date. At the measurement date, plan assets are determined based on fair value, generally representing observable market prices. The

U.S. BANCORP   77


Table of Contents

 
actuarial cost method used to compute the pension liabilities and related expense is the projected unit credit method. The projected benefit obligation is principally determined based on the present value of projected benefit distributions at an assumed discount rate. The discount rate utilized is based on the investment yield of high quality corporate bonds available in the marketplace with maturities equal to projected cash flows of future benefit payments as of the measurement date. Periodic pension expense (or income) includes service costs, interest costs based on the assumed discount rate, the expected return on plan assets based on an actuarially derived market-related value and amortization of actuarial gains and losses. Pension accounting reflects the long-term nature of benefit obligations and the investment horizon of plan assets, and can have the effect of reducing earnings volatility related to short-term changes in interest rates and market valuations. Actuarial gains and losses include the impact of plan amendments and various unrecognized gains and losses which are deferred and amortized over the future service periods of active employees. The market-related value utilized to determine the expected return on plan assets is based on fair value adjusted for the difference between expected returns and actual performance of plan assets. The unrealized difference between actual experience and expected returns is included in expense over a twelve-year period. The overfunded or underfunded status of the plans is recorded as an asset or liability on the balance sheet, with changes in that status recognized through other comprehensive income (loss).
 
Premises and Equipment Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and depreciated primarily on a straight-line basis over the estimated life of the assets. Estimated useful lives range up to 40 years for newly constructed buildings and from 3 to 20 years for furniture and equipment.
Capitalized leases, less accumulated amortization, are included in premises and equipment. Capitalized lease obligations are included in long-term debt. Capitalized leases are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lease term and the amortization is included in depreciation expense.
 
Stock-Based Compensation The Company grants stock-based awards, including restricted stock, restricted stock units and options to purchase common stock of the Company. Stock option grants are for a fixed number of shares to employees and directors with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the shares at the date of grant. Stock-based compensation for awards is recognized in the Company’s results of operations on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The Company immediately recognizes compensation cost of awards to employees that meet retirement status, despite their continued active employment. The amortization of stock-based compensation reflects estimated forfeitures adjusted for actual forfeiture experience. As compensation expense is recognized, a deferred tax asset is recorded that represents an estimate of the future tax deduction from exercise or release of restrictions. At the time stock-based awards are exercised, cancelled, expire, or restrictions are released, the Company may be required to recognize an adjustment to tax expense, depending on the market price of the Company’s common stock at that time.
 
Per Share Calculations Earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income applicable to U.S. Bancorp common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per common share is calculated by adjusting income and outstanding shares, assuming conversion of all potentially dilutive securities.
 
Note 2     ACCOUNTING CHANGES
 
Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets Effective January 1, 2010, the Company adopted accounting guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) related to transfers of financial assets. This guidance removes the concept of qualifying special-purpose entities and the exception for guaranteed mortgage securitizations when a transferor had not surrendered control over the transferred financial assets. In addition, the guidance provides clarification of the requirements for isolation and limitations on sale accounting for portions of financial assets. The guidance also requires additional disclosure about transfers of financial assets and a transferor’s continuing involvement with transferred assets. The adoption of this guidance was not significant to the Company’s financial statements.
 
Variable Interest Entities Effective January 1, 2010, the Company adopted accounting guidance issued by the FASB related to VIEs. Generally, a VIE is an entity with insufficient equity requiring additional subordinated financial support, or an entity in which equity investors as a group, either (i) lack the power through voting or other similar rights, to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact its performance, (ii) lack the obligation to absorb the expected losses of the entity or (iii) lack the right to receive the expected residual returns of the entity.

78   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
The new guidance replaces the previous quantitative-based risks and rewards calculation for determining whether an entity must consolidate a VIE with an assessment of whether the entity has both (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. This guidance requires reconsideration of whether an entity is a VIE upon occurrence of certain events, as well as ongoing assessments of whether a variable interest holder is the primary beneficiary of a VIE. The Company consolidated approximately $1.6 billion of assets of previously unconsolidated entities, and deconsolidated approximately $84 million of assets of previously consolidated entities upon adoption of this guidance. Additionally, the adoption of this guidance reduced total equity by $89 million.
 
Note 3     BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND DIVESTITURES
 
In 2009, the Company acquired the banking operations of First Bank of Oak Park Corporation (“FBOP”) in an FDIC assisted transaction, and in 2008 the Company acquired the banking operations of Downey Savings and Loan Association, F.A. and PFF Bank and Trust (“Downey” and “PFF”, respectively) in FDIC assisted transactions. Through these acquisitions, the Company increased its deposit base and branch franchise. The Company acquired approximately $18.0 billion of assets in the FBOP acquisition and approximately $17.4 billion of assets in the Downey and PFF acquisitions, most of which are covered under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC. Under the terms of the loss sharing agreements, the FDIC will reimburse the Company for most of the losses on the covered assets.
In 2010, the Company acquired the securitization trust administration business of Bank of America, N.A. This transaction included the acquisition of $1.1 trillion of assets under administration and provided the Company with approximately $8 billion of deposits as of December 31, 2010.
During 2010, the Company exchanged the long-term asset management business of U.S. Bancorp Asset Management (formerly FAF Advisors, Inc.), an affiliate of the Company, for cash consideration and a 9.5 percent equity interest in Nuveen Investments. The Company recorded a $103 million gain ($41 million after tax) related to this transaction. The Company will retain all other products and services previously offered by U.S. Bancorp Asset Management.
 
Note 4     RESTRICTIONS ON CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS
 
The Federal Reserve Bank requires bank subsidiaries to maintain minimum average reserve balances. The amount of those reserve balances were approximately $1.2 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

U.S. BANCORP   79


Table of Contents

 
Note 5     INVESTMENT SECURITIES
 
The amortized cost, other-than-temporary impairment recorded in other comprehensive income (loss), gross unrealized holding gains and losses, and fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities at December 31 were as follows:
 
                                                                                   
    2010       2009  
                Unrealized Losses                         Unrealized Losses        
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Other-than-
          Fair
      Amortized
    Unrealized
    Other-than-
          Fair
 
(Dollars in Millions)   Cost     Gains     Temporary     Other     Value       Cost     Gains     Temporary     Other     Value  
Held-to-maturity (a)
                                                                                 
U.S. Treasury and agencies
  $ 165     $     $     $ (1 )   $ 164       $     $     $     $     $  
Mortgage-backed securities
                                                                                 
Residential
                                                                                 
Agency
    847                   (4 )     843         4                         4  
Non-agency
                                                                                 
Non-prime
    3                         3                                  
Commercial
                                                                                 
Non-agency
    10                   (5 )     5                                  
Asset-backed securities
                                                                                 
Collateralized debt obligations/Collaterized loan obligations
    157       13             (18 )     152                                  
Other
    127             (1 )     (7 )     119                                  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    27       1             (1 )     27         32       2             (1 )     33  
Obligations of foreign governments
    7                         7                                  
Other debt securities
    126                   (27 )     99         11                         11  
                                                                                   
Total held-to-maturity
  $ 1,469     $ 14     $ (1 )   $ (63 )   $ 1,419       $ 47     $ 2     $     $ (1 )   $ 48  
                                                                                   
                                                                                   
Available-for-sale (b)
                                                                                 
U.S. Treasury and agencies
  $ 2,559     $ 6     $     $ (28 )   $ 2,537       $ 3,415     $ 10     $     $ (21 )   $ 3,404  
Mortgage-backed securities
                                                                                 
Residential
                                                                                 
Agency
    37,144       718             (159 )     37,703         29,147       495             (47 )     29,595  
Non-agency
                                                                                 
Prime (c)
    1,216       12       (86 )     (39 )     1,103         1,624       8       (110 )     (93 )     1,429  
Non-prime
    1,193       15       (243 )     (18 )     947         1,359       11       (297 )     (105 )     968  
Commercial
                                                                                 
Agency
    194       5             (2 )     197         141       6                   147  
Non-agency
    47       3                   50         14             (1 )           13  
Asset-backed securities
                                                                                 
Collateralized debt obligations/Collaterized loan obligations
    204       23       (2 )     (1 )     224         199       11       (5 )           205  
Other
    709       23       (3 )     (9 )     720         360       12       (5 )     (10 )     357  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    6,835       3             (421 )     6,417         6,822       30             (159 )     6,693  
Obligations of foreign governments
    6                         6         6                         6  
Corporate debt securities
    1,109                   (151 )     958         1,179                   (301 )     878  
Perpetual preferred securities
    456       41             (49 )     448         483       30             (90 )     423  
Other investments (d)
    183       17             (1 )     199         607       9             (13 )     603  
                                                                                   
Total available-for-sale
  $ 51,855     $ 866     $ (334 )   $ (878 )   $ 51,509       $ 45,356     $ 622     $ (418 )   $ (839 )   $ 44,721  
                                                                                   
                                                                                   
 
(a) Held-to-maturity securities are carried at historical cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts and credit-related other-than-temporary impairment.
(b) Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value with unrealized net gains or losses reported within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity.
(c) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer or those with underlying asset characteristics and/or credit enhancements consistent with securities designated as prime.
(d) Includes securities covered under loss shaing agreements with the FDIC with a fair value of $231 million at December 31, 2009. No securities were covered under loss sharing agreements at December 31, 2010.
 
The weighted-average maturity of the available-for-sale investment securities was 7.4 years at December 31, 2010, compared with 7.1 years at December 31, 2009. The corresponding weighted-average yields were 3.41 percent and 4.00 percent, respectively. The weighted-average maturity of the held-to-maturity investment securities was 6.3 years at December 31, 2010, and 8.4 years at December 31, 2009. The corresponding weighted-average yields were 2.07 percent and 5.10 percent, respectively.
For amortized cost, fair value and yield by maturity date of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities outstanding at December 31, 2010, refer to Table 11 included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis which is

80   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Securities carried at $28.0 billion at December 31, 2010, and $37.4 billion at December 31, 2009, were pledged to secure public, private and trust deposits, repurchase agreements and for other purposes required by law. Included in these amounts were securities sold under agreements to repurchase where the buyer/lender has the right to sell or pledge the securities and which were collateralized by securities with a carrying amount of $9.3 billion at December 31, 2010, and $8.9 billion at December 31, 2009.
 
The following table provides information about the amount of interest income from taxable and non-taxable investment securities:
 
                         
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     2008  
Taxable
  $ 1,292     $ 1,295     $ 1,666  
Non-taxable
    309       311       318  
                         
Total interest income from investment securities
  $ 1,601     $ 1,606     $ 1,984  
 
 
 
The following table provides information about the amount of gross gains and losses realized through the sales of available-for-sale investment securities:
 
                         
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     2008  
Realized gains
  $ 21     $ 150     $ 43  
Realized losses
    (8 )     (3 )     (1 )
     
     
Net realized gains (losses)
  $ 13     $ 147     $ 42  
     
     
Income tax (benefit) on realized gains (losses)
  $ 5     $ 56     $ 16  
 
 
 
In 2007, the Company purchased certain structured investment securities (“SIVs”) from certain money market funds managed by an affiliate of the Company. Subsequent to the initial purchase, the Company exchanged its interest in the SIVs for a pro-rata portion of the underlying investment securities according to the applicable restructuring agreements. The SIVs and the investment securities received are collectively referred to as “SIV-related securities.”
Some of the SIV-related securities evidenced credit deterioration at the time of acquisition by the Company. Investment securities with evidence of credit deterioration at acquisition had an unpaid principal balance and fair value of $485 million and $173 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010, and $1.2 billion and $483 million, respectively, at December 31, 2009. Changes in the accretable balance for these securities were as follows:
 
                         
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     2008  
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 292     $ 349     $ 105  
Impact of other-than-temporary impairment accounting change
          (124 )      
     
     
Adjusted balance at beginning of period
    292       225       105  
Additions (a)
    66       127       261  
Disposals (b)
    (219 )           (286 )
Accretion
    (29 )     (6 )     (15 )
Other (c)
    29       (54 )     284  
     
     
Balance at end of period
  $ 139     $ 292     $ 349  
 
 
 
(a) Primarily resulted from the exchange of certain SIVs for the underlying investment securities.
(b) Primarily resulted from the sale of securities covered under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC and the exchange of certain SIVs for the underlying investment securities.
(c) Primarily represents changes in projected future cash flows on certain investment securities.
 
The Company conducts a regular assessment of its investment securities with unrealized losses to determine whether securities are other-than-temporarily impaired considering, among other factors, the nature of the securities, credit ratings or financial condition of the issuer, the extent and duration of the unrealized loss, expected cash flows of underlying collateral, market conditions and whether the Company intends to sell or it is more likely than not the Company will be required to sell the securities. To determine whether perpetual preferred securities are other-than-temporarily impaired, the Company considers the issuers’ credit ratings, historical financial performance and strength, the ability to sustain earnings, and other factors such as market presence and management experience.

U.S. BANCORP   81


Table of Contents

 
The following table summarizes other-than-temporary impairment by investment category:
 
                                                     
    2010       2009  
    Losses
    Other
            Losses
      Other
       
    Recorded in
    Gains
            Recorded in
      Gains
       
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   Earnings     (Losses)     Total       Earnings       (Losses)     Total  
Held-to-maturity
                                                   
Asset-backed securities
                                                   
Other
  $ (2 )   $     $ (2 )     $       $     $  
                                                     
Total held-to-maturity
  $ (2 )   $     $ (2 )     $       $     $  
                                                     
Available-for-sale
                                                   
Mortgage-backed securities
                                                   
Residential
                                                   
Non-agency
                                                   
Prime (a)
  $ (5 )   $ (10 )   $ (15 )     $ (13 )     $ (182 )   $ (195 )
Non-prime
    (63 )     (60 )     (123 )       (151 )       (304 )     (455 )
Commercial
                                                   
Non-agency
                        (1 )       (1 )     (2 )
Asset-backed securities
                                                   
Collateralized debt obligations/Collaterized loan obligations
    (6 )     (1 )     (7 )       (17 )       (3 )     (20 )
Other
    (13 )     4       (9 )       (186 )       88       (98 )
Corporate debt securities
                        (7 )             (7 )
Perpetual preferred securities
    (1 )           (1 )       (223 )             (223 )
Other investments
    (1 )     1                              
                                                     
Total available-for-sale
  $ (89 )   $ (66 )   $ (155 )     $ (598 )     $ (402 )   $ (1,000 )
                                                     
                                                     
(a) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer or those with underlying asset characteristics and/or credit enhancements consistent with securities designated as prime.
 
The Company determined the other-than-temporary impairment recorded in earnings for securities other than perpetual preferred securities by estimating the future cash flows of each individual security, using market information where available, and discounting the cash flows at the original effective rate of the security. Other-than-temporary impairment recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) was measured as the difference between that discounted amount and the fair value of each security. The following table includes the ranges for principal assumptions used at December 31, 2010 for those available-for-sale non-agency mortgage-backed securities determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired:
 
                                                   
    Prime       Non-Prime  
    Minimum     Maximum     Average       Minimum     Maximum     Average  
Estimated lifetime prepayment rates
    4 %     14 %     13 %       1 %     12 %     6 %
Lifetime probability of default rates
    3       9       3         1       20       8  
Lifetime loss severity rates
    40       55       41         37       71       55  
                                                   
                                                   
 
Changes in the credit losses on non-agency mortgage-backed securities, including SIV-related securities, and other debt securities are summarized as follows:
 
                 
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009  
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 335     $ 299  
Credit losses on securities not previously considered other-than-temporarily impaired
    19       94  
Decreases in expected cash flows on securities for which other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized
    72       148  
Increases in expected cash flows
    (26 )     (49 )
Realized losses
    (60 )     (30 )
Credit losses on security sales and securities expected to be sold
          (127 )
Other
    18        
                 
Balance at end of period
  $ 358     $ 335  
 
 

82   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
At December 31, 2010, certain investment securities had a fair value below amortized cost. The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Company’s investments with unrealized losses, aggregated by investment category and length of time the individual securities have been in continuous unrealized loss positions, at December 31, 2010:
 
                                                     
       Less Than 12 Months       12 Months or Greater       Total  
    Fair
    Unrealized
      Fair
    Unrealized
      Fair
    Unrealized
 
(Dollars in Millions)   Value     Losses       Value     Losses       Value     Losses  
Held-to-maturity
                                                   
U.S. Treasury and agencies
  $ 102     $ (1 )     $     $       $ 102     $ (1 )
Mortgage-backed securities
                                                   
Residential
                                                   
Agency
    516       (4 )                     516       (4 )
Non-agency
                                                   
Non-prime
                  3               3        
Commercial
                                                   
Non-agency
                  4       (5 )       4       (5 )
Asset-backed securities
                                                   
Collateralized debt obligations/Collaterized loan obligations
    5               70       (18 )       75       (18 )
Other
                  16       (8 )       16       (8 )
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    2               9       (1 )       11       (1 )
Other debt securities
                  99       (27 )       99       (27 )
                                                     
Total held-to-maturity
  $ 625     $ (5 )     $ 201     $ (59 )     $ 826     $ (64 )
                                                     
                                                     
Available-for-sale
                                                   
U.S. Treasury and agencies
  $ 1,549     $ (28 )     $     $       $ 1,549     $ (28 )
Mortgage-backed securities
                                                   
Residential
                                                   
Agency
    11,540       (159 )       11               11,551       (159 )
Non-agency
                                                   
Prime (a)
    23               933       (125 )       956       (125 )
Non-prime
    79       (8 )       737       (253 )       816       (261 )
Commercial
                                                   
Agency
    91       (2 )                     91       (2 )
Non-agency
    3               3               6        
Asset-backed securities
                                                   
Collateralized debt obligations/Collaterized loan obligations
    18       (1 )       11       (2 )       29       (3 )
Other
    113       (1 )       25       (11 )       138       (12 )
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    4,980       (271 )       1,040       (150 )       6,020       (421 )
Obligations of foreign governments
    6                             6        
Corporate debt securities
    15               937       (151 )       952       (151 )
Perpetual preferred securities
    71       (3 )       251       (46 )       322       (49 )
Other investments
                  4       (1 )       4       (1 )
                                                     
Total available-for-sale
  $ 18,488     $ (473 )     $ 3,952     $ (739 )     $ 22,440     $ (1,212 )
                                                     
                                                     
(a) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer or those with underlying asset characteristics and/or credit enhancements consistent with securities designated as prime.
 
The Company does not consider these unrealized losses to be credit-related. These unrealized losses primarily relate to changes in interest rates and market spreads subsequent to purchase. A substantial portion of securities that have unrealized losses are either corporate debt, obligations of state and political subdivisions or mortgage-backed securities issued with high investment grade credit ratings. In general, the issuers of the investment securities are contractually prohibited from prepayment at less than par, and the Company did not pay significant purchase premiums for these securities. At December 31, 2010, the Company had no plans to sell securities with unrealized losses and believes it is more likely than not it would not be required to sell such securities before recovery of their amortized cost.

U.S. BANCORP   83


Table of Contents

 
Note 6     LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
 
The composition of the loan portfolio at December 31 was as follows:
 
                 
(Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009  
Commercial
               
Commercial
  $ 42,272     $ 42,255  
Lease financing
    6,126       6,537  
                 
Total commercial
    48,398       48,792  
Commercial Real Estate
               
Commercial mortgages
    27,254       25,306  
Construction and development
    7,441       8,787  
                 
Total commercial real estate
    34,695       34,093  
Residential Mortgages
               
Residential mortgages
    24,315       20,581  
Home equity loans, first liens
    6,417       5,475  
                 
Total residential mortgages
    30,732       26,056  
Retail
               
Credit card
    16,803       16,814  
Retail leasing
    4,569       4,568  
Home equity and second mortgages
    18,940       19,439  
Other retail
               
Revolving credit
    3,472       3,506  
Installment
    5,459       5,455  
Automobile
    10,897       9,544  
Student
    5,054       4,629  
                 
Total other retail
    24,882       23,134  
                 
Total retail
    65,194       63,955  
                 
Total loans, excluding covered loans
    179,019       172,896  
Covered Loans
    18,042       21,859  
                 
Total loans
  $ 197,061     $ 194,755  
                 
                 
 
The Company had loans of $62.8 billion at December 31, 2010, and $55.6 billion at December 31, 2009, pledged at the Federal Home Loan Bank, and loans of $44.6 billion at December 31, 2010, and $44.2 billion at December 31, 2009, pledged at the Federal Reserve Bank.
The Company primarily lends to borrowers in the states in which it has Consumer and Small Business Banking offices. Collateral for commercial loans may include marketable securities, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment. For details of the Company’s commercial portfolio by industry group and geography as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, see Table 7 included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
For detail of the Company’s commercial real estate portfolio by property type and geography as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, see Table 8 included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Such loans are collateralized by the related property.
Originated loans are presented net of unearned interest and deferred fees and costs, which amounted to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. In accordance with applicable authoritative accounting guidance effective for the Company January 1, 2009, all purchased loans and related indemnification assets are recorded at fair value at the date of purchase. The Company evaluates purchased loans for impairment in accordance with applicable authoritative accounting guidance. Purchased loans with evidence of credit deterioration since origination for which it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be collected are considered impaired (“purchased impaired loans”). All other purchased loans are considered nonimpaired (“purchased nonimpaired loans”).

84   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
Covered assets represent loans and other assets acquired from the FDIC subject to loss sharing agreements and included expected reimbursements from the FDIC of approximately $3.1 billion at December 31, 2010, and $3.9 billion at December 31, 2009. The carrying amount of covered assets consisted of purchased impaired loans, purchased nonimpaired loans, and other assets as shown in the following table:
 
                                                                   
    2010       2009  
    Purchased
    Purchased
                  Purchased
    Purchased
             
    impaired
    nonimpaired
    Other
            impaired
    nonimpaired
    Other
       
December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   loans     loans     assets     Total       loans     loans     assets     Total  
Commercial loans
  $ 70     $ 260     $     $ 330       $ 86     $ 443     $     $ 529  
Commercial real estate loans
    2,254       5,952             8,206         3,035       6,724             9,759  
Residential mortgage loans
    3,819       1,620             5,439         4,712       1,918             6,630  
Retail loans
          930             930         30       978             1,008  
Losses reimbursable by the FDIC
                3,137       3,137                     3,933       3,933  
                                                                   
Covered loans
    6,143       8,762       3,137       18,042         7,863       10,063       3,933       21,859  
Foreclosed real estate
                453       453                     653       653  
                                                                   
Total covered assets
  $ 6,143     $ 8,762     $ 3,590     $ 18,495       $ 7,863     $ 10,063     $ 4,586     $ 22,512  
                                                                   
                                                                   
 
At December 31, 2010, $.5 billion of the purchased impaired loans included in covered loans were classified as nonperforming assets, compared with $1.1 billion at December 31, 2009, because the expected cash flows are primarily based on the liquidation of underlying collateral and the timing and amount of the cash flows could not be reasonably estimated. Interest income is recognized on other purchased impaired loans in covered loans through accretion of the difference between the carrying amount of those loans and their expected cash flows. The initial determination of the fair value of the purchased loans includes the impact of expected credit losses and, therefore, no allowance for credit losses is recorded at the purchase date. To the extent credit deterioration occurs after the date of acquisition, the Company records an allowance for credit losses.
 
Changes in the accretable balance for purchased impaired loans for the Downey, PFF and FBOP transactions were as follows:
 
                         
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     2008  
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 2,845     $ 2,719     $  
Purchases
          356       2,774  
Accretion
    (421 )     (358 )     (55 )
Disposals
    (27 )     (56 )      
Reclassifications (to)/from nonaccretable difference (a)
    536       384        
Other
    (43 )     (200 )      
                         
Balance at end of period
  $ 2,890     $ 2,845     $ 2,719  
 
 
 
(a) Primarily relates to improvements in expected credit performance and changes in variable rates.

U.S. BANCORP   85


Table of Contents

 
 
The allowance for credit losses reserves for probable and estimatable losses incurred in the Company’s loan and lease portfolio and includes certain amounts related to purchased loans that do not represent loss exposure to the Company, because those losses are recoverable under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC. Activity in the allowance for credit losses was as follows:
 
                         
(Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     2008  
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 5,264     $ 3,639     $ 2,260  
Add
                       
Provision for credit losses
    4,356       5,557       3,096  
Deduct
                       
Loans charged off
    4,496       4,111       2,009  
Less recoveries of loans charged off
    (315 )     (243 )     (190 )
                         
Net loans charged off
    4,181       3,868       1,819  
Net change for credit losses to be reimbursed by the FDIC
    92              
Acquisitions and other changes
          (64 )     102  
                         
Balance at end of year 
  $ 5,531     $ 5,264     $ 3,639  
 
 
Components
                       
Allowance for loan losses, excluding losses to be reimbursed by the FDIC
  $ 5,218     $ 5,079     $ 3,514  
Allowance for credit losses to be reimbursed by the FDIC
    92              
Liability for unfunded credit commitments
    221       185       125  
                         
Total allowance for credit losses
  $ 5,531     $ 5,264     $ 3,639  
 
 
 
Additional detail of the allowance for credit losses and related loan balances, by portfolio type, for the year ended December 31, 2010, was as follows:
 
                                                                   
                                    Total
             
          Commercial
                        Loans,
             
          Real
    Residential
    Credit
      Other
    Excluding
    Covered
    Total
 
(Dollars in Millions)   Commercial     Estate     Mortgages     Card       Retail     Covered Loans     Loans     Loans  
Allowance for credit losses:
                                                                 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 1,208     $ 1,001     $ 672     $ 1,495       $ 871     $ 5,247     $ 17     $ 5,264  
Add
                                                                 
Provision for credit losses
    723       1,135       694       1,100         681       4,333       23       4,356  
Deduct
                                                                 
Loans charged off
    918       871       554       1,270         863       4,476       20       4,496  
Less recoveries of loans charged off
    (91 )     (26 )     (8 )     (70 )       (118 )     (313 )     (2 )     (315 )
                                                                   
Net loans charged off
    827       845       546       1,200         745       4,163       18       4,181  
Net change for credit losses to be reimbursed by the FDIC
                                          92       92  
                                                                   
Balance at end of year
  $ 1,104     $ 1,291     $ 820     $ 1,395       $ 807     $ 5,417     $ 114     $ 5,531  
     
     
Allowance balance at end of year related to:
                                                                 
Loans individually evaluated for impairment (a)
  $ 38     $ 55     $     $       $     $ 93     $     $ 93  
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment
                320       223         30       573             573  
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment
    1,066       1,235       500       1,172         777       4,750       28       4,778  
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality
          1                           1       86       87  
                                                                   
Total allowance for credit losses
  $ 1,104     $ 1,291     $ 820     $ 1,395       $ 807     $ 5,417     $ 114     $ 5,531  
     
     
Loan balance at end of year:
                                                                 
Loans individually evaluated for impairment (a)
  $ 295     $ 801     $     $       $     $ 1,096     $     $ 1,096  
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment
                1,957       452         114       2,523             2,523  
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment
    48,103       33,834       28,775       16,351         48,277       175,340       11,899       187,239  
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality
          60                           60       6,143       6,203  
                                                                   
Total loans
  $ 48,398     $ 34,695     $ 30,732     $ 16,803       $ 48,391     $ 179,019     $ 18,042 (b)   $ 197,061  
 
 
(a) Represents commercial and commercial real estate loans that are greater than $5 million and are classified as nonperforming or TDRs.
(b) Includes expected reimbursements from the FDIC under loss sharing agreements.

86   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
 
Credit Quality The quality of the Company’s loan portfolios is assessed as a function of net credit losses, levels of nonperforming assets and delinquencies, and credit quality ratings as defined by the Company. These credit quality ratings are an important part of the Company’s overall credit risk management process and evaluation of its allowance for credit losses.
 
The following table provides a summary of loans by portfolio type, including the delinquency status of those loans that continue to accrue interest, and those loans that are nonperforming:
 
                                                 
    Accruing                  
            30-89 Days
      90 Days or
                 
December 31, 2010 (Dollars in Millions)   Current       Past Due       More Past Due       Nonperforming       Total  
   
 
Commercial
  $ 47,412       $ 325       $ 64       $ 597       $ 48,398  
Commercial real estate
    32,986         415         1         1,293         34,695  
Residential mortgages
    29,140         456         500         636         30,732  
Credit card
    15,993         269         313         228         16,803  
Other retail
    47,706         404         216         65         48,391  
     
     
Total loans, excluding covered loans
    173,237         1,869         1,094         2,819         179,019  
Covered loans
    14,951         757         1,090         1,244         18,042  
     
     
Total loans
  $ 188,188       $ 2,626       $ 2,184       $ 4,063       $ 197,061  
 
 
 
Total nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans, restructured loans not performing in accordance with modified terms, other real estate and other nonperforming assets owned by the Company. For details of the Company’s nonperforming assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, see Table 14 included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
The following table lists information related to nonperforming loans as of December 31:
 
                   
(Dollars in Millions)     2010     2009  
   
 
Loans on nonaccrual status
    $ 2,150     $ 2,943  
Restructured loans
      669       492  
       
       
Total nonperforming loans, excluding covered loans
      2,819       3,435  
Covered nonperforming loans
      1,244       1,350  
       
       
Total nonperforming loans
    $ 4,063     $ 4,785  
 
 
Interest income that would have been recognized at original contractual terms
    $ 176     $ 468  
Amount recognized as interest income
      53       299  
       
       
Forgone revenue
    $ 123     $ 169  
 
 
 
The Company classifies its loan portfolios using internal credit quality ratings, as discussed in the Company’s significant accounting policies in Note 1. The following table provides a summary of loans by portfolio type and the Company’s internal credit quality rating:
 
                                                 
            Criticized          
            Special
              Total
         
December 31, 2010 (Dollars in Millions)   Pass       Mention       Classified (a)       Criticized       Total  
   
 
Commercial
  $ 44,595       $ 1,545       $ 2,258       $ 3,803       $ 48,398  
Commercial real estate
    28,155         1,540         5,000         6,540         34,695  
Residential mortgages
    29,355         29         1,348         1,377         30,732  
Credit card
    16,262                 541         541         16,803  
Other retail
    47,906         70         415         485         48,391  
     
     
Total loans, excluding covered loans
    166,273         3,184         9,562         12,746         179,019  
Covered loans
    17,073         283         686         969         18,042  
     
     
Total loans
  $ 183,346       $ 3,467       $ 10,248       $ 13,715       $ 197,061  
     
     
Total outstanding commitments
  $ 370,031       $ 4,923       $ 11,576       $ 16,499       $ 386,530  
 
 
 
(a) Classified rating on consumer loans is primarily based on delinquency status.

U.S. BANCORP   87


Table of Contents

 
 
A loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current events or information, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due per the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans include certain nonaccrual commercial loans, loans for which a charge-off has been recorded based upon the fair value of the underlying collateral and loans modified as TDRs. Nonaccrual commercial lease financing loans of $78 million, $125 million and $102 million at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were excluded from impaired loans as commercial lease financing loans are accounted for under authoritative accounting guidance for leases, and are excluded from the definition of an impaired loan under loan impairment guidance. A summary of impaired loans, excluding covered loans, was as follows:
 
                                                       
    2010       2009       2008  
    Recorded
    Valuation
      Recorded
    Valuation
      Recorded
      Valuation
 
(Dollars in Millions)   Investment     Allowance       Investment     Allowance       Investment       Allowance  
Commercial and commercial real estate loans:
                                                     
Period-end recorded investment
                                                     
Nonaccrual
  $ 1,812     $ 172       $ 2,639     $ 203       $ 1,364       $ 104  
Restructured accruing
    92       5         145       2         152         10  
                                                       
Total
  $ 1,904     $ 177       $ 2,784     $ 205       $ 1,516       $ 114  
                                                       
Average recorded investment
  $ 2,294               $ 2,559               $ 992            
Interest income recognized
    10                 7                 5            
Commitments to lend additional funds
    97                 289                 107            
Residential mortgages and retail loans:
                                                     
Period-end recorded investment
                                                     
Nonaccrual
  $ 929     $ 112       $ 671     $ 72       $ 302       $ 29  
Restructured accruing
    2,115       472         1,649       339         1,072         208  
                                                       
Total
  $ 3,044     $ 584       $ 2,320     $ 411       $ 1,374       $ 237  
                                                       
Average recorded investment
  $ 2,865               $ 2,148               $ 993            
Interest income recognized
    89                 106                 67            
                                                       
                                                       
 
Note: At December 31, 2010, all impaired loans had an associated allowance. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, all impaired loans, except for certain impaired commercial and commercial real estate loans had an associated allowance. Impaired loan balances with no associated allowance at December 31, 2009 and 2008, were $1.0 billion and $514 million, respectively.
 
Additional detail of impaired loans by portfolio type, excluding covered loans, for the year ended December 31, 2010, was as follows:
 
                                                 
    Period-end
      Unpaid
              Average
      Interest
 
    Recorded
      Principal
      Valuation
      Recorded
      Income
 
(Dollars in Millions)   Investment       Balance       Allowance       Investment       Recognized  
Commercial
  $ 596       $ 1,631       $ 59       $ 693       $ 8  
Commercial real estate
    1,308         2,659         118         1,601         2  
Residential mortgages
    2,440         2,877         334         2,297         72  
Credit card
    452         798         218         418         11  
Other retail
    152         189         32         150         6  
                                                 
Total
  $ 4,948       $ 8,154       $ 761       $ 5,159       $ 99  
                                                 
                                                 
 
Net gains on the sale of loans of $574 million, $710 million and $220 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were included in noninterest income, primarily in mortgage banking revenue.
The Company has an equity interest in a joint venture that is accounted for utilizing the equity method. The principal activities of this entity are to lend to entities that develop land, and construct and sell residential homes. The Company provides a warehousing line to this joint venture. Warehousing advances to this joint venture are repaid when the sale of loans is completed or the real estate is permanently refinanced by others. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had $825 million and $890 million, respectively, of outstanding advances to this joint venture. These advances are included in commercial real estate loans.

88   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
Note 7     LEASES
 
The components of the net investment in sales-type and direct financing leases at December 31 were as follows:
 
                 
(Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009  
Aggregate future minimum lease payments to be received
  $ 11,294     $ 11,797  
Unguaranteed residual values accruing to the lessor’s benefit
    334       322  
Unearned income
    (1,402 )     (1,539 )
Initial direct costs
    189       218  
                 
Total net investment in sales-type and direct financing leases (a)
  $ 10,415     $ 10,798  
                 
                 
(a) The accumulated allowance for uncollectible minimum lease payments was $118 million and $198 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
The minimum future lease payments to be received from sales-type and direct financing leases were as follows at December 31, 2010:
 
         
(Dollars in Millions)      
2011
  $ 3,166  
2012
    2,967  
2013
    2,701  
2014
    1,733  
2015
    455  
Thereafter
    272  
         
         
 
Note 8     ACCOUNTING FOR TRANSFERS AND SERVICING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
 
The Company sells financial assets in the normal course of business. The majority of the Company’s financial asset sales are residential mortgage loan sales primarily to government-sponsored enterprises through established programs, the sale or syndication of tax-advantaged investments, commercial loan sales through participation agreements, and other individual or portfolio loan and securities sales. In accordance with the accounting guidance for asset transfers, the Company considers any ongoing involvement with transferred assets in determining whether the assets can be derecognized from the balance sheet. For loans sold under participation agreements, the Company also considers the terms of the loan participation agreement and whether they meet the definition of a participating interest and thus qualify for derecognition. With the exception of servicing and certain performance-based guarantees, the Company’s continuing involvement with financial assets sold is minimal and generally limited to market customary representation and warranty clauses. The guarantees provided to certain third-parties in connection with the sale or syndication of certain assets, primarily loan portfolios and tax-advantaged investments, are further discussed in Note 22. When the Company sells financial assets, it may retain servicing rights and/or other interests in the transferred financial assets. The gain or loss on sale depends on the previous carrying amount of the transferred financial assets and the consideration received and any liabilities incurred in exchange for the transferred assets. Upon transfer, any servicing assets and other interests that continue to be held by the Company are initially recognized at fair value. For further information on MSRs, refer to Note 10. The Company has no asset securitizations or similar asset-backed financing arrangements that are off-balance sheet.
The Company is involved in various entities that are considered to be VIEs. The Company’s investments in VIEs primarily represent private investment funds or partnerships that make equity investments, provide debt financing or support community-based investments in affordable housing development entities that provide capital for communities located in low-income districts and for historic rehabilitation projects that may enable the Company to ensure regulatory compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act. In addition, the Company sponsors entities to which it transfers tax-advantaged investments. The Company’s investments in these entities are designed to generate a return primarily through the realization of federal and state income tax credits over specified time periods. The Company realized federal and state income tax credits related to these investments of $713 million, $685 million and $556 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The Company amortizes its investments in these entities as the tax credits are realized. Tax credit amortization expense is

U.S. BANCORP   89


Table of Contents

 
recorded in tax expense for investments meeting certain characteristics, and in other noninterest expense for other investments. Amortization expense recorded in tax expense was $228 million, $265 million and $213 million, and in other noninterest expense was $546 million, $436 million and $311 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
As a result of adopting new accounting guidance, the Company consolidated certain community development and tax-advantaged investment entities on January 1, 2010 that it had not previously consolidated. The consolidation of these VIEs increased assets and liabilities by approximately $1.0 billion. The equity impact of consolidating these VIEs was a $9 million decrease, which represented the recognition of noncontrolling interests in the consolidated VIEs. At December 31, 2010, approximately $3.5 billion of the Company’s assets and liabilities related to community development and tax-advantaged investment VIEs. The majority of the assets of these consolidated VIEs are reported in other assets, and the liabilities are reported in long-term debt on the consolidated balance sheet. The assets of a particular VIE are the primary source of funds to settle its obligations. The creditors of the VIEs do not have recourse to the general credit of the Company. The Company’s exposure to the consolidated VIEs is generally limited to the carrying value of its variable interests plus any related tax credits previously recognized.
The Company also deconsolidated certain community development and tax-advantaged investment entities as a result of adopting the new accounting guidance, principally because the Company did not have power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIEs. The deconsolidation of these VIEs resulted in an $84 million decrease in assets and $77 million decrease in liabilities. The deconsolidation also resulted in a $7 million decrease to equity, which was principally the removal of the noncontrolling interests in these VIEs.
In addition, the Company sponsors a conduit to which it previously transferred high-grade investment securities. Under accounting rules effective prior to January 1, 2010, the Company was not the primary beneficiary of the conduit as it did not absorb the majority of the conduit’s expected losses or residual returns. Under the new accounting guidance, the Company consolidated the conduit on January 1, 2010, because of its ability to manage the activities of the conduit. Consolidation of the conduit increased held-to-maturity investment securities $.6 billion, decreased loans $.7 billion, and reduced retained earnings $73 million. At December 31, 2010, $.4 billion of the held-to-maturity investment securities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet related to the conduit.
The Company also sponsors a municipal bond securities tender option bond program. The Company controls the activities of the program’s entities, is entitled to the residual returns and provides credit, liquidity and remarketing arrangements to the program. As a result, the Company has consolidated the program’s entities since its inception. At December 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, $5.6 billion of available-for-sale securities and $5.7 billion of short-term borrowings on the consolidated balance sheet were related to the tender option bond program.
The Company is not required to consolidate other VIEs in which it has concluded it does not have a controlling financial interest, and thus is not the primary beneficiary. In such cases, the Company does not have both the power to direct the entities’ most significant activities and the obligation to absorb losses or right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIEs. The Company’s investments in unconsolidated VIEs ranged from less than $1 million to $41 million, with an aggregate amount of approximately $2.0 billion at December 31, 2010, and from less than $1 million to $63 million, with an aggregate amount of $2.4 billion at December 31, 2009. The Company’s investments in these unconsolidated VIEs generally are carried in other assets on the balance sheet. While the Company believes potential losses from these investments are remote, the Company’s maximum exposure to these unconsolidated VIEs, including any tax implications, was approximately $5.0 billion at December 31, 2010, compared with $4.7 billion at December 31, 2009. This maximum exposure is determined by assuming a scenario where the separate investments within the individual private funds were to become worthless, and the community-based business and housing projects and related tax credits completely failed and did not meet certain government compliance requirements.

90   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
Note 9     PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
 
Premises and equipment at December 31 consisted of the following:
 
                 
(Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009  
   
 
Land
  $ 516     $ 460  
Buildings and improvements
    3,073       2,923  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
    2,791       2,643  
Capitalized building and equipment leases
    88       82  
Construction in progress
    50       21  
     
     
      6,518       6,129  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (4,031 )     (3,866 )
     
     
Total
  $ 2,487     $ 2,263  
 
 
 
Note 10     MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS
 
The Company serviced $173.9 billion of residential mortgage loans for others at December 31, 2010, and $150.8 billion at December 31, 2009. The net impact included in mortgage banking revenue of assumption changes on the fair value of MSRs and fair value changes of derivatives used to economically hedge MSR value changes was a net gain of $139 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared with a net gain of $147 million and a net loss of $122 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Loan servicing fees, not including valuation changes, included in mortgage banking revenue, were $600 million, $512 million and $404 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Changes in fair value of capitalized MSRs are summarized as follows:
 
                         
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     2008  
   
 
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 1,749     $ 1,194     $ 1,462  
Rights purchased
    65       101       52  
Rights capitalized
    639       848       515  
Changes in fair value of MSRs
                       
Due to change in valuation assumptions (a)
    (249 )     (15)       (592)  
Other changes in fair value (b)
    (367 )     (379)       (243)  
     
     
Balance at end of period
  $ 1,837     $ 1,749     $ 1,194  
 
 
 
(a) Principally reflects changes in discount rates and prepayment speed assumptions, primarily arising from interest rate changes.
(b) Primarily represents changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows over time (decay).
 
The estimated sensitivity to changes in interest rates of the fair value of the MSRs portfolio and the related derivative instruments at December 31, 2010, was as follows:
 
                                   
    Down Scenario       Up Scenario  
(Dollars in Millions)   50 bps     25 bps       25 bps     50 bps  
Net fair value
  $ 6     $ (5 )     $ 5     $ 1  
                                   
                                   
The fair value of MSRs and their sensitivity to changes in interest rates is influenced by the mix of the servicing portfolio and characteristics of each segment of the portfolio. The Company’s servicing portfolio consists of the distinct portfolios of government-insured mortgages, conventional mortgages, and Mortgage Revenue Bond Programs (“MRBP”). The servicing portfolios are predominantly comprised of fixed-rate agency loans with limited adjustable-rate or jumbo mortgage loans. The MRBP division specializes in servicing loans made under state and local housing authority programs. These programs provide mortgages to low-income and moderate-income borrowers and are generally government-insured programs with a favorable rate subsidy, down payment and/or closing cost assistance.

U.S. BANCORP   91


Table of Contents

 
A summary of the Company’s MSRs and related characteristics by portfolio as of December 31 was as follows:
 
                                                                 
    2010     2009  
(Dollars in Millions)   MRBP     Government     Conventional     Total     MRBP     Government     Conventional     Total  
Servicing portfolio
  $ 12,646     $ 28,880     $ 132,393     $ 173,919     $ 11,915     $ 21,819     $ 117,049     $ 150,783  
Fair market value
  $ 166     $ 342     $ 1,329     $ 1,837     $ 173     $ 293     $ 1,283     $ 1,749  
Value (bps) (a)
    131       118       100       106       145       134       110       116  
Weighted-average servicing fees (bps)
    40       38       30       32       40       41       32       34  
Multiple (value/servicing fees)
    3.28       3.11       3.33       3.31       3.63       3.27       3.44       3.41  
Weighted-average note rate
    5.75 %     5.35 %     5.27 %     5.32 %     5.94 %     5.68 %     5.56 %     5.61 %
Age (in years)
    4.1       2.2       2.7       2.7       3.8       2.1       2.5       2.5  
Expected prepayment (constant prepayment rate)
    12.3 %     17.2 %     16.2 %     16.1 %     12.4 %     18.8 %     16.6 %     16.6 %
Expected life (in years)
    6.7       5.1       5.3       5.4       6.5       4.8       5.3       5.3  
Discount rate
    11.9 %     11.4 %     10.3 %     10.6 %     11.5 %     11.3 %     10.5 %     10.7 %
                                                                 
                                                                 
 
(a) Value is calculated as fair market value divided by the servicing portfolio.
 
Note 11     INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
Intangible assets consisted of the following:
 
                             
    Estimated
    Amortization
  Balance  
December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   Life (a)     Method (b)   2010     2009  
Goodwill
          (c)   $ 8,954     $ 9,011  
Merchant processing contracts
    9 years/8 years     SL/AC     421       473  
Core deposit benefits
    13 years/5 years     SL/AC     283       383  
Mortgage servicing rights
          (c)     1,837       1,749  
Trust relationships
    15 years/6 years     SL/AC     200       222  
Other identified intangibles
    9 years/5 years     SL/AC     472       579  
                             
Total
              $ 12,167     $ 12,417  
                             
                             
 
(a) Estimated life represents the amortization period for assets subject to the straight line method and the weighted average or life of the underlying cash flows amortization period for intangibles subject to accelerated methods. If more than one amortization method is used for a category, the estimated life for each method is calculated and reported separately.
(b)
Amortization methods: SL = straight line method
           AC = accelerated methods generally based on cash flows
(c) Goodwill is evaluated for impairment, but not amortized. Mortgage servicing rights are recorded at fair value, and are not amortized.
 
Aggregate amortization expense consisted of the following:
 
                         
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     2008  
   
 
Merchant processing contracts
  $ 102     $ 117     $ 136  
Core deposit benefits
    102       103       67  
Trust relationships
    49       62       68  
Other identified intangibles
    114       105       84  
     
     
Total
  $ 367     $ 387     $ 355  
 
 
 
The estimated amortization expense for the next five years is as follows:
 
         
(Dollars in Millions)      
   
 
2011
  $ 291  
2012
    243  
2013
    200  
2014
    152  
2015
    118  
 
 

92   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
The following table reflects the changes in the carrying value of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
                                                 
    Wholesale Banking and
    Consumer and Small
    Wealth Management and
    Payment
    Treasury and
    Consolidated
 
(Dollars in Millions)   Commercial Real Estate     Business Banking     Securities Services     Services     Corporate Support     Company  
   
 
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 1,475     $ 3,283     $ 1,512     $ 2,301     $     $ 8,571  
Goodwill acquired
    130       243       3       46             422  
Other (a)
                      18             18  
     
     
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $ 1,605     $ 3,526     $ 1,515     $ 2,365     $     $ 9,011  
Goodwill acquired
          9       5                   14  
Disposal
                (57 )                 (57 )
Other (a)
                      (14 )           (14 )
     
     
Balance at December 31, 2010
  $ 1,605     $ 3,535     $ 1,463     $ 2,351     $     $ 8,954  
 
 
 
(a) Other changes in goodwill include the effect of foreign exchange translation.
 
Note 12     SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS (a)
 
The following table is a summary of short-term borrowings for the last three years:
 
                                                     
    2010       2009       2008  
(Dollars in Millions)   Amount     Rate       Amount     Rate       Amount     Rate  
At year-end
                                                   
Federal funds purchased
  $ 776       .17 %     $ 1,329       .11 %     $ 2,369       .17 %
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    9,261       2.70         8,866       2.82         9,493       2.65  
Commercial paper
    15,885       .20         14,608       .17         10,061       .22  
Other short-term borrowings
    6,635       .59         6,509       .48         12,060       1.87  
                                                     
Total
  $ 32,557       .99 %     $ 31,312       .98 %     $ 33,983       1.48 %
                                                     
                                                     
Average for the year
                                                   
Federal funds purchased (b)
  $ 2,180       10.09 %     $ 2,457       8.22 %     $ 3,834       5.19 %
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    9,211       2.75         8,915       2.84         11,982       3.07  
Commercial paper
    15,349       .20         10,924       .32         10,532       1.91  
Other short-term borrowings
    6,979       .75         6,853       .89         11,889       3.16  
                                                     
Total
  $ 33,719       1.65 %     $ 29,149       1.89 %     $ 38,237       2.99 %
                                                     
                                                     
Maximum month-end balance
                                                   
Federal funds purchased
  $ 6,034               $ 6,352               $ 9,681          
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    9,261                 9,154                 15,198          
Commercial paper
    15,981                 14,608                 11,440          
Other short-term borrowings
    8,700                 9,550                 17,642          
                                                     
                                                     
(a) Interest and rates are presented on a fully taxable-equivalent basis utilizing a tax rate of 35 percent.
(b) Average federal funds purchased rates include compensation expense for corporate card and corporate trust balances.

U.S. BANCORP   93


Table of Contents

 
Note 13     LONG-TERM DEBT
 
Long-term debt (debt with original maturities of more than one year) at December 31 consisted of the following:
 
                                         
(Dollars in Millions)   Rate Type     Rate (a)     Maturity Date     2010     2009  
   
 
U.S. Bancorp (Parent Company)
                                       
Subordinated notes
    Fixed       7.50%       2026     $ 199     $ 199  
Convertible senior debentures
    Floating       –%       2035             24  
      Floating       –%       2035       10       447  
      Floating       –%       2036       64       64  
      Floating       –%       2037       21       21  
Medium-term notes
    Fixed       1.125%-4.20%       2012-2015       8,280       4,880  
      Floating       .66%       2012       500       4,435  
Junior subordinated debentures
    Fixed       5.54%-10.20%       2031-2067       3,985       4,559  
Capitalized lease obligations, mortgage indebtedness and other (b)
                            (22 )     (91 )
                             
                             
Subtotal
                            13,037       14,538  
Subsidiaries
                                       
Subordinated notes
    Fixed       6.375%       2011       1,500       1,500  
      Fixed       6.30%       2014       963       963  
      Fixed       4.95%       2014       1,000       1,000  
      Fixed       4.80%       2015       500       500  
      Fixed       3.80%       2015             369  
      Fixed       4.375%       2017       1,348       1,348  
      Fixed       3.778%       2020       500        
      Floating       .57%       2014       550       550  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    Fixed       .50%-8.25%       2011-2026       4,101       4,234  
      Floating       .30%-.98%       2012-2017       4,332       6,833  
Bank notes
    Fixed       5.92%       2012       125       199  
      Floating       .04%-.51%       2012-2048       1,157       213  
Capitalized lease obligations, mortgage indebtedness and other (b)
                            2,424       333  
                             
                             
Subtotal
                            18,500       18,042  
                             
                             
Total
                          $ 31,537     $ 32,580  
 
 
 
(a) Weighted-average interest rates of medium-term notes, Federal Home Loan Bank advances and bank notes were 2.26 percent, 2.30 percent and .98 percent, respectively.
(b) Other includes debt related to consolidated community development and tax-advantaged investment VIEs, debt issuance fees, and unrealized gains and losses and deferred amounts relating to derivative instruments.
 
Convertible senior debentures issued by the Company pay interest on a quarterly basis until a specified period of time (five or nine years prior to the applicable maturity date). After this date, the Company will not pay interest on the debentures prior to maturity. On the maturity date or on any earlier redemption date, the holder will receive the original principal plus accrued interest. The debentures are convertible at any time on or prior to the maturity date. If the convertible senior debentures are converted, holders of the debentures will generally receive cash up to the accreted principal amount of the debentures plus, if the market price of the Company’s stock exceeds the conversion price in effect on the date of conversion, a number of shares of the Company’s common stock, or an equivalent amount of cash at the Company’s option, as determined in accordance with specified terms. The convertible senior debentures are callable by the Company and putable by the investors at a price equal to 100 percent of the accreted principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. During 2010, investors elected to put debentures with a principal amount of $461 million back to the company. At December 31, 2010, the weighted average conversion price per share for all convertible issuances was $42.33.
During 2010, the Company redeemed $575 million of fixed-rate junior subordinated debentures issued to a wholly-owned trust formed for the purpose of issuing redeemable Income Trust Securities (“ITS”) to third-party investors. During 2009, the Company issued $501 million of fixed-rate junior subordinated debentures to a separately formed wholly-owned trust for the purpose of issuing Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities at an interest rate of 6.625 percent. Refer to Note 14, “Junior Subordinated Debentures” for further information on the nature and terms of these debentures. There were no

94   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
issuances of junior subordinated debentures in 2010. There were no redemptions of junior subordinated debentures in 2009.
The Company has an arrangement with the Federal Home Loan Bank whereby the Company could have borrowed an additional $18.7 billion and $17.3 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, based on collateral available (residential and commercial mortgages).
 
Maturities of long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2010, were:
 
                 
    Parent
       
(Dollars in Millions)   Company     Consolidated  
   
 
2011
  $ 3     $ 1,949  
2012
    2,653       7,018  
2013
    2,847       3,351  
2014
    1,498       4,295  
2015
    1,746       3,050  
Thereafter
    4,290       11,874  
     
     
Total
  $ 13,037     $ 31,537  
 
 
 
Note 14     JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES
 
As of December 31, 2010, the Company sponsored, and wholly owned 100 percent of the common equity of, ten unconsolidated trusts that were formed for the purpose of issuing Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities (“Trust Preferred Securities”) to third-party investors and investing the proceeds from the sale of the Trust Preferred Securities solely in junior subordinated debt securities of the Company (the “Debentures”). The Debentures held by the trusts, which totaled $4 billion, are the sole assets of each trust. The Company’s obligations under the Debentures and related documents, taken together, constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the obligations of the trusts. The guarantee covers the distributions and payments on liquidation or redemption of the Trust Preferred Securities, but only to the extent of funds held by the trusts. The Company has the right to redeem the Debentures in whole or in part, on or after specific dates, at a redemption price specified in the indentures plus any accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date. The Company used the proceeds from the sales of the Debentures for general corporate purposes.
In connection with the formation of USB Capital IX, the trust issued redeemable ITS to third-party investors, investing the proceeds in Debentures issued by the Company and entered into stock purchase contracts to purchase preferred stock to be issued by the Company in the future. During 2010, the Company exchanged depositary shares representing an ownership interest in the Company’s Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (“Series A Preferred Stock”) for a portion of the ITS issued by USB Capital IX, redeemed $575 million of the Debentures and cancelled a pro-rata portion of the stock purchase contracts. The Company is required to make contract payments on the remaining stock purchase contracts of .65 percent, payable semi-annually, through a specified stock purchase date expected to be April 15, 2011. Subsequent to December 31, 2010, the remaining Debentures were sold to third-party investors to generate cash proceeds to be used to purchase the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the stock purchase contracts.

U.S. BANCORP   95


Table of Contents

 
The following table is a summary of the Debentures included in long-term debt as of December 31, 2010:
 
                                                         
          Securities
    Debentures
                      Earliest
 
Issuance Trust (Dollars in Millions)   Issuance Date     Amount     Amount     Rate Type     Rate     Maturity Date     Redemption Date  
   
 
USB Capital XIII
    December 2009     $ 500     $ 501       Fixed       6.63       December 2039       December 15, 2014  
USB Capital XII
    February 2007       535       536       Fixed       6.30       February 2067       February 15, 2012  
USB Capital XI
    August 2006       765       766       Fixed       6.60       September 2066       September 15, 2011  
USB Capital X
    April 2006       500       501       Fixed       6.50       April 2066       April 12, 2011  
USB Capital IX
    March 2006       675       676       Fixed       5.54       April 2042       April 15, 2015  
USB Capital VIII
    December 2005       375       387       Fixed       6.35       December 2065       December 29, 2010  
USB Capital VII
    August 2005       300       309       Fixed       5.88       August 2035       August 15, 2010  
USB Capital VI
    March 2005       275       284       Fixed       5.75       March 2035       March 9, 2010  
Vail Banks Statutory Trust II
    March 2001       7       8       Fixed       10.18       June 2031       June 8, 2011  
Vail Banks Statutory Trust I
    February 2001       17       17       Fixed       10.20       February 2031       February 22, 2011  
                                                         
                                             
                                             
Total
          $ 3,949     $ 3,985                                  
 
 
 
Note 15     SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had authority to issue 4 billion shares of common stock and 50 million shares of preferred stock. The Company had 1.9 billion shares of common stock outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and had 162 million shares reserved for future issuances, primarily under stock option plans and shares that may be issued in connection with the Company’s convertible senior debentures, at December 31, 2010.
 
The number of shares issued and outstanding and the carrying amount of each outstanding series of the Company’s preferred stock was as follows:
 
                                                                   
    2010       2009  
    Shares Issued
    Liquidation
          Carrying
      Shares Issued
    Liquidation
          Carrying
 
December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   and Outstanding     Preference     Discount     Amount       and Outstanding     Preference     Discount     Amount  
Series A
    5,746     $ 575     $ 145     $ 430             $     $     $  
Series B
    40,000       1,000             1,000         40,000       1,000             1,000  
Series D
    20,000       500             500         20,000       500             500  
                                                                   
Total preferred stock (a)
    65,746     $ 2,075     $ 145     $ 1,930         60,000     $ 1,500     $     $ 1,500  
                                                                   
                                                                   
(a) The par value of all shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, was $1.00 a share.
The depositary shares issued by the Company in exchange for the USB Capital IX ITS represent an ownership interest in 5,746 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and have a liquidation preference of $100,000 per share. The Series A Preferred Stock has no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or other obligation of the Company. Dividends, if declared, will accrue and be payable semi-annually, in arrears, at a rate per annum equal to 7.189 percent through a specified stock purchase date for the remaining untendered ITS expected to be April 15, 2011, and thereafter, payable quarterly, at a rate per annum equal to the greater of three-month LIBOR plus 1.02 percent or 3.50 percent. The Series A Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option subsequent to the stock purchase date, subject to prior approval by the Federal Reserve Board.
On November 14, 2008, the Company issued 6.6 million shares of Series E Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “Series E Preferred Stock”) and a warrant to purchase 33 million shares of the Company’s common stock, at a price of $30.29 per common share, to the U.S. Department of the Treasury under the Capital Purchase Program of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 for proceeds of $6.6 billion. The Company allocated $172 million of the proceeds to the warrant, with the resulting discount on the Series E Preferred Stock being accreted over five years and reported as a reduction to income applicable to common equity over that period. On June 17, 2009, the Company redeemed the Series E Preferred Stock. The Company included in its computation of earnings per diluted common share for the year ended December 31, 2009 the impact of a deemed dividend of $154 million, representing the unaccreted preferred stock discount remaining on the redemption date. On July 15, 2009, the Company repurchased the warrant from the U.S. Department of the Treasury for $139 million.

96   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
On March 27, 2006, the Company issued depositary shares representing an ownership interest in 40,000 shares of Series B Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock with a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), and on March 17, 2008, the Company issued depositary shares representing an ownership interest in 20,000 shares of Series D Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock with a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share (the “Series D Preferred Stock”). The Series B Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock have no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or other obligation of the Company. Dividends, if declared, will accrue and be payable quarterly, in arrears, at a rate per annum equal to the greater of three-month LIBOR plus .60 percent, or 3.50 percent on the Series B Preferred Stock, and 7.875 percent per annum on the Series D Preferred Stock. Both series are redeemable at the Company’s option, on or after specific dates, subject to the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board.
During 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company repurchased shares of its common stock under various authorizations approved by its Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had approximately 20 million shares that may yet be purchased under the current Board of Director approved authorization.
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s common stock repurchased in each of the last three years:
 
                 
(Dollars and Shares in Millions)   Shares     Value  
   
 
2010
    1     $ 16  
2009
          4  
2008
    2       91  
 
 

U.S. BANCORP   97


Table of Contents

 
Shareholders’ equity is affected by transactions and valuations of asset and liability positions that require adjustments to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The reconciliation of the transactions affecting accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) included in shareholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, is as follows:
 
                                 
    Transactions     Balances
 
(Dollars in Millions)   Pre-tax     Tax-effect     Net-of-tax     Net-of-Tax  
   
 
2010
                               
Changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale
  $ 432     $ (163 )   $ 269     $ (213 )
Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities available-for-sale
    (66 )     25       (41 )      
Unrealized loss on derivative hedges
    (145 )     56       (89 )     (408 )
Foreign currency translation
    24       (10 )     14       (39 )
Realized loss on derivative hedges
                      (6 )
Reclassification for realized gains
    (75 )     29       (46 )      
Change in retirement obligation
    (150 )     58       (92 )     (803 )
     
     
Total
  $ 20     $ (5 )   $ 15     $ (1,469 )
     
     
2009
                               
Changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale
  $ 2,131     $ (810 )   $ 1,321     $ (393 )
Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities available-for-sale
    (402 )     153       (249 )      
Unrealized gain on derivative hedges
    516       (196 )     320       (319 )
Foreign currency translation
    40       (15 )     25       (53 )
Realized loss on derivative hedges
                      (8 )
Reclassification for realized losses
    456       (173 )     283        
Change in retirement obligation
    290       (111 )     179       (711 )
     
     
Total
  $ 3,031     $ (1,152 )   $ 1,879     $ (1,484 )
     
     
2008
                               
Changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale
  $ (2,729 )   $ 1,037     $ (1,692 )   $ (1,745 )
Unrealized loss on derivative hedges
    (722 )     274       (448 )     (639 )
Foreign currency translation
    (117 )     45       (72 )     (78 )
Realized loss on derivative hedges
    (15 )     6       (9 )     (11 )
Reclassification for realized losses
    1,020       (388 )     632        
Change in retirement obligation
    (1,357 )     519       (838 )     (890 )
     
     
Total
  $ (3,920 )   $ 1,493     $ (2,427 )   $ (3,363 )
 
 
 
Regulatory Capital The measures used to assess capital by bank regulatory agencies include two principal risk-based ratios, Tier 1 and total risk-based capital. Tier 1 capital is considered core capital and includes common shareholders’ equity plus qualifying preferred stock, trust preferred securities and noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries (subject to certain limitations), and is adjusted for the aggregate impact of certain items included in other comprehensive income (loss). Total risk-based capital includes Tier 1 capital and other items such as subordinated debt and the allowance for credit losses. Both measures are stated as a percentage of risk-adjusted assets, which are measured based on their perceived credit risk and include certain off-balance sheet exposures, such as unfunded loan commitments, letters of credit, and derivative contracts. The Company is also subject to a leverage ratio requirement, a non risk-based asset ratio, which is defined as Tier 1 capital as a percentage of average assets adjusted for goodwill and other non-qualifying intangibles and other assets.
For a summary of the regulatory capital requirements and the actual ratios as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, for the Company and its bank subsidiaries, see Table 20 included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis, which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

98   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
The following table provides the components of the Company’s regulatory capital:
 
                 
    December 31  
(Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009  
   
Tier 1 Capital
               
Common shareholders’ equity
  $ 27,589     $ 24,463  
Qualifying preferred stock
    1,930       1,500  
Qualifying trust preferred securities
    3,949       4,524  
Noncontrolling interests, less preferred stock not eligible for Tier 1 capital
    692       692  
Less intangible assets
               
Goodwill (net of deferred tax liability)
    (8,337 )     (8,482 )
Other disallowed intangible assets
    (1,097 )     (1,322 )
Other (a)
    1,221       1,235  
     
     
Total Tier 1 Capital
    25,947       22,610  
Tier 2 Capital
               
Eligible portion of allowance for credit losses
    3,125       2,969  
Eligible subordinated debt
    3,943       4,874  
Other
    18       5  
     
     
Total Tier 2 Capital
    7,086       7,848  
     
     
Total Risk Based Capital
  $ 33,033     $ 30,458  
     
     
Risk-Weighted Assets
  $ 247,619     $ 235,233  
 
 
(a)  Includes the impact of items included in other comprehensive income (loss), such as unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, accumulated net gains on cash flow hedges, pension liability adjustments, etc.
Noncontrolling interests principally represent preferred stock of consolidated subsidiaries. During 2006, the Company’s primary banking subsidiary formed USB Realty Corp., a real estate investment trust, for the purpose of issuing 5,000 shares of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Exchangeable Non-cumulative Perpetual Series A Preferred Stock with a liquidation preference of $100,000 per share (“Series A Preferred Securities”) to third-party investors, and investing the proceeds in certain assets, consisting predominately of mortgage-backed securities from the Company. Dividends on the Series A Preferred Securities, if declared, will accrue and be payable quarterly, in arrears, at a rate per annum of 6.091 percent from December 22, 2006 to, but excluding, January 15, 2012. After January 15, 2012, the rate will be equal to three-month LIBOR for the related dividend period plus 1.147 percent. If USB Realty Corp. has not declared a dividend on the Series A Preferred Securities before the dividend payment date for any dividend period, such dividend shall not be cumulative and shall cease to accrue and be payable, and USB Realty Corp. will have no obligation to pay dividends accrued for such dividend period, whether or not dividends on the Series A Preferred Securities are declared for any future dividend period.
The Series A Preferred Securities will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of USB Realty Corp. on the dividend payment date occurring in January 2012 and each fifth anniversary thereafter, or in whole but not in part, at the option of USB Realty Corp. on any dividend date before or after January 2012 that is not a five-year date. Any redemption will be subject to the approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.
 
Note 16     EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
The components of earnings per share were:
 
                         
(Dollars and Shares in Millions, Except Per Share Data)   2010     2009     2008  
   
 
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp
  $ 3,317     $ 2,205     $ 2,946  
Preferred dividends
    (89 )     (228 )     (119 )
Equity portion of gain on ITS exchange transaction, net of tax
    118              
Accretion of preferred stock discount
          (14 )     (4 )
Deemed dividend on preferred stock redemption
          (154 )      
Earnings allocated to participating stock awards
    (14 )     (6 )     (4 )
     
     
Net income applicable to U.S. Bancorp common shareholders
  $ 3,332     $ 1,803     $ 2,819  
     
     
Average common shares outstanding
    1,912       1,851       1,742  
Net effect of the exercise and assumed purchase of stock awards and conversion of outstanding convertible notes
    9       8       14  
     
     
Average diluted common shares outstanding
    1,921       1,859       1,756  
     
     
Earnings per common share
  $ 1.74     $ .97     $ 1.62  
Diluted earnings per common share
  $ 1.73     $ .97     $ 1.61  
 
 
Options and warrants outstanding at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, to purchase 56 million, 70 million and 67 million common shares, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share for

U.S. BANCORP   99


Table of Contents

 
the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, because they were antidilutive. Convertible senior debentures that could potentially be converted into shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to specified formulas, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because they were antidilutive.
 
Note 17     EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
 
Employee Retirement Savings Plan The Company has a defined contribution retirement savings plan that covers substantially all its employees. Qualified employees are allowed to contribute up to 75 percent of their annual compensation, subject to Internal Revenue Service limits, through salary deductions under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Employee contributions are invested, at the employees’ direction, among a variety of investment alternatives. Employee contributions are 100 percent matched by the Company, up to four percent of an employee’s eligible annual compensation. The Company’s matching contribution vests immediately. Although the matching contribution is initially invested in the Company’s common stock, an employee can reinvest the matching contribution among various investment alternatives. Total expense was $96 million, $78 million and $76 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Pension Plans The Company has qualified noncontributory defined benefit pension plans that provide benefits to substantially all its employees. Pension benefits are provided to eligible employees based on years of service, multiplied by a percentage of their final average pay. As a result of plan mergers, pension benefits may also be provided using two cash balance benefit formulas where only investment or interest credits continue to be credited to participants’ accounts. Employees become vested upon completing five years of vesting service. Effective January 1, 2010, the Company established a new cash balance formula for certain current and all future eligible employees. Participants receive annual pay credits based on eligible pay multiplied by a percentage determined by their age and years of service. Participants also receive an annual interest credit. This new plan formula resulted in a $35 million reduction of the 2009 projected benefit obligation.
In general, the Company’s qualified pension plans’ objectives include maintaining a funded status sufficient to meet participant benefit obligations over time while reducing long-term funding requirements and pension costs. The Company has an established process for evaluating all the plans, their performance and significant plan assumptions, including the assumed discount rate and the long-term rate of return (“LTROR”). Annually, the Company’s Compensation and Human Resources Committee (the “Committee”), assisted by outside consultants, evaluates plan objectives, funding policies and plan investment policies considering its long-term investment time horizon and asset allocation strategies. The process also evaluates significant plan assumptions. Although plan assumptions are established annually, the Company may update its analysis on an interim basis in order to be responsive to significant events that occur during the year, such as plan mergers and amendments.
The Company’s funding policy is to contribute amounts to its plans sufficient to meet the minimum funding requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Pension Protection Act, plus such additional amounts as the Company determines to be appropriate. The Company made no contributions to the qualified pension plans in 2010 or 2009, and anticipates no contributions in 2011. Any contributions made to the qualified plans are invested in accordance with established investment policies and asset allocation strategies.
In addition to the funded qualified pension plans, the Company maintains non-qualified plans that are unfunded and provide benefits to certain employees. The assumptions used in computing the present value of the accumulated benefit obligation, the projected benefit obligation and net pension expense are substantially consistent with those assumptions used for the funded qualified plans. In 2011, the Company expects to contribute $24 million to its non-qualified pension plans which equals the expected benefit payments.
 
Postretirement Welfare Plan In addition to providing pension benefits, the Company provides health care and death benefits to certain retired employees. Generally, all active employees may become eligible for retiree health care benefits by meeting defined age and service requirements. The Company may also subsidize the cost of coverage for employees meeting certain age and service requirements. The medical plan contains other cost-sharing features such as deductibles and coinsurance. The estimated cost of these retiree benefit payments is accrued during the employees’ active service. In 2011, the Company expects to make no contributions to its postretirement welfare plan.

100   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
The following table summarizes the changes in benefit obligations and plan assets for the years ended December 31, and the funded status and amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31 for the retirement plans:
 
                                   
    Pension Plans       Postretirement Welfare Plan  
(Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009       2010     2009  
Change In Projected Benefit Obligation
                                 
Benefit obligation at beginning of measurement period
  $ 2,496     $ 2,368       $ 186     $ 176  
Service cost
    93       80         7       6  
Interest cost
    155       152         11       11  
Plan participants’ contributions
                  11       10  
Plan amendments
          (35 )              
Actuarial loss (gain)
    309       49         (11 )     6  
Benefit payments
    (124 )     (118 )       (25 )     (26 )
Federal subsidy on benefits paid
                  2       3  
                                   
Benefit obligation at end of measurement period (a)
  $ 2,929     $ 2,496       $ 181     $ 186  
                                   
                                   
Change In Fair Value Of Plan Assets
                                 
Fair value at beginning of measurement period
  $ 2,089     $ 1,699       $ 144     $ 158  
Actual return on plan assets
    321       489               1  
Employer contributions
    19       19         1       1  
Plan participants’ contributions
                  11       10  
Benefit payments
    (124 )     (118 )       (25 )     (26 )
                                   
Fair value at end of measurement period
  $ 2,305     $ 2,089       $ 131     $ 144  
                                   
                                   
Funded (Unfunded) Status
  $ (624 )   $ (407 )     $ (50 )   $ (42 )
                                   
                                   
Components Of The Consolidated Balance Sheet
                                 
Noncurrent benefit asset
  $ 6     $ 5       $     $  
Current benefit liability
    (24 )     (21 )              
Noncurrent benefit liability
    (606 )     (391 )       (50 )     (42 )
                                   
Recognized amount
  $ (624 )   $ (407 )     $ (50 )   $ (42 )
                                   
                                   
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Pretax
                                 
Net actuarial gain (loss)
  $ (1,398 )   $ (1,259 )     $ 63     $ 62  
Net prior service credit (cost)
    35       47         1       2  
Net transition asset (obligation)
                  (1 )     (2 )
                                   
Recognized amount
  $ (1,363 )   $ (1,212 )     $ 63     $ 62  
                                   
                                   
(a) At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the accumulated benefit obligation for all pension plans was $2.7 billion and $2.4 billion, respectively.
 
The following table provides information for pension plans with benefit obligations in excess of plan assets at December 31:
                 
(Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009  
   
 
Pension Plans with Projected Benefit Obligations in Excess of Plan Assets
               
Projected benefit obligation
  $ 2,895     $ 2,464  
Fair value of plan assets
    2,265       2,052  
Pension Plans with Accumulated Benefit Obligations in Excess of Plan Assets
               
Accumulated benefit obligation
    2,698       2,349  
Fair value of plan assets
    2,265       2,052  
 
 

U.S. BANCORP   101


Table of Contents

 
 
The following table sets forth the components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31 for the retirement plans:
                                                   
    Pension Plans       Postretirement Welfare Plan  
(Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     2008       2010     2009     2008  
Components Of Net Periodic Benefit Cost
                                                 
Service cost
  $ 93     $ 80     $ 76       $ 7     $ 6     $ 6  
Interest cost
    155       152       141         11       11       12  
Expected return on plan assets
    (215 )     (215 )     (224 )       (5 )     (5 )     (6 )
Prior service cost (credit) and transition obligation (asset) amortization
    (12 )     (6 )     (6 )                    
Actuarial loss (gain) amortization
    64       49       32         (5 )     (7 )     (4 )
                                                   
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 85     $ 60     $ 19       $ 8     $ 5     $ 8  
                                                   
                                                   
Other Changes In Plan Assets And Benefit Obligations Recognized In Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
                                                 
Net actuarial gain (loss) arising during the year
  $ (203 )   $ 230     $ (1,419 )     $ 6     $ (11 )   $ 35  
Net actuarial loss (gain) amortized during the year
    64       49       32         (5 )     (7 )     (4 )
Net prior service credit (cost) arising during the year
          35                            
Net prior service cost (credit) and transition obligation (asset) amortized during the year
    (12 )     (6 )     (6 )                    
                                                   
Total recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)
  $ (151 )   $ 308     $ (1,393 )     $ 1     $ (18 )   $ 31  
                                                   
                                                   
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income (loss) (a)(b)
  $ (236 )   $ 248     $ (1,412 )     $ (7 )   $ (23 )   $ 23  
                                                   
                                                   
(a) The pretax estimated actuarial loss (gain) and prior service cost (credit) for the pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost in 2011 are $125 million and $(9) million, respectively.
(b) The pretax estimated actuarial loss (gain) for the postretirement welfare plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost in 2011 is $(6) million.
 
The following table sets forth weighted average assumptions used to determine the projected benefit obligations at December 31:
 
                                   
    Pension Plans       Postretirement Welfare Plan  
(Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009       2010     2009  
Discount rate (a)
    5.7 %     6.2 %       4.9 %     5.6 %
Rate of compensation increase (b)
    4.0       3.0         *       *  
                                   
                                   
Health care cost trend rate for the next year (c)
                                 
Prior to age 65
                      8.0 %     8.0 %
After age 65
                      14.0       14.0  
Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
                                 
One percent increase
                    $ 10     $ 8  
One percent decrease
                      (9 )     (8 )
 
 
(a) For 2010, the discount rates were developed using Towers Watson’s cash flow matching bond model with a modified duration for the qualified pension plans, non-qualified pension plans and postretirement welfare plan of 14.0, 11.0 and 7.7 years, respectively. For 2009, the discount rates were developed using Towers Watson’s cash flow matching bond model with a modified duration for the qualified pension plans, non-qualified pension plans and postretirement welfare plan of 13.4, 10.5 and 8.2 years, respectively.
(b) Determined on a liability weighted basis.
(c) The pre-65 and post-65 rates are assumed to decrease gradually to 5.5 percent by 2017 and 6.0 percent by 2015, respectively, and remain at these levels thereafter.
* Not applicable

102   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
 
The following table sets forth weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31:
 
                                                   
    Pension Plans       Postretirement Welfare Plan  
(Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     2008       2010     2009     2008  
Discount rate (a)
    6.2 %     6.4 %     6.3 %       5.6 %     6.3 %     6.1 %
Expected return on plan assets (b)
    8.5       8.5       8.9         3.5       3.5       3.5  
Rate of compensation increase (c)
    3.0       3.0       3.2         *       *       *  
                                                   
Health care cost trend rate (d)
                                                 
Prior to age 65
                              8.0 %     7.0 %     8.0 %
After age 65
                              14.0       21.0       9.0  
Effect on total of service cost and interest cost
                                                 
One percent increase
                            $     $ 1     $ 1  
One percent decrease
                                    (1 )     (1 )
 
 
(a) See footnote (a) in previous table (weighted average assumptions used to determine the projected benefit obligations).
(b) With the help of an independent pension consultant, a range of potential expected rates of return, economic conditions, historical performance relative to assumed rates of return and asset allocation, and peer group LTROR information are used in developing the plan assumptions for its expected long-term rates of return on plan assets. The Company determined its 2010 expected long-term rates of return reflect current economic conditions and plan assets.
(c) Determined on a liability weighted basis.
(d) The pre-65 and post-65 rates are assumed to decrease gradually to 5.5 percent by 2017 and 6.0 percent by 2015, respectively, and remain at these levels thereafter.
* Not applicable
 
Investment Policies and Asset Allocation In establishing its investment policies and asset allocation strategies, the Company considers expected returns and the volatility associated with different strategies. An independent consultant performs modeling that projects numerous outcomes using a broad range of possible scenarios, including a mix of possible rates of inflation and economic growth. Starting with current economic information, the model bases its projections on past relationships between inflation, fixed income rates and equity returns when these types of economic conditions have existed over the previous 30 years, both in the U.S. and in foreign countries.
Generally, based on historical performance of the various investment asset classes, investments in equities have outperformed other investment classes but are subject to higher volatility. While an asset allocation including debt securities and other assets generally has lower volatility and may provide protection in a declining interest rate environment, it limits the pension plans’ long-term up-side potential. Given the pension plans’ investment horizon and the financial viability of the Company to meet its funding objectives, the Committee has determined that an asset allocation strategy investing principally in equities diversified among various domestic equity categories and international equities is appropriate. The target asset allocation for the Company’s qualified pension plans is 55 percent domestic large cap equities, 19 percent domestic mid cap equities, 6 percent domestic small cap equities and 20 percent international equities.
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, plan assets of the qualified pension plans included mutual funds that have asset management arrangements with related parties totaling $512 million and $1.1 billion, respectively.
Under a contractual agreement with U.S. Bancorp Asset Management, Inc., an affiliate of the Company, certain plan assets are lent to qualified borrowers on a short-term basis in exchange for investment fee income. These borrowers collateralize the loaned securities with either cash or non-cash securities. Cash collateral held at December 31, 2010 and 2009 totaled $232 million and $121 million, respectively, with corresponding obligations to return the cash collateral of $240 million and $131 million, respectively.
Per authoritative accounting guidance, the Company groups plan assets into a three-level hierarchy for valuation techniques used to measure their fair value based on whether the valuation inputs are observable or unobservable. Refer to Note 21 for further discussion on these levels.
The assets of the qualified pension plans and postretirement welfare plan include investments in equity securities and mutual funds whose fair values are determined based on quoted market prices and classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. The qualified pension plans also invest a majority of securities purchased with cash collateral from its securities lending arrangement in a money market mutual fund whose fair value is determined based on quoted prices in markets that are not active and therefore is classified as Level 2. Additionally, the qualified pension plans have investments in limited partnership interests and debt securities whose fair values are determined by the Company by analyzing the limited partnerships’ audited financial statements and by averaging the prices obtained from independent pricing services, respectively. These securities are categorized as Level 3.

U.S. BANCORP   103


Table of Contents

 
The following table summarizes the plans’ investment assets measured at fair value at December 31:
                                                                   
            Postretirement
 
    Pension Plans       Welfare Plan  
    2010     2009       2010     2009  
(Dollars in Millions)   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3       Level 1     Level 1  
Domestic equity securities
                                                                 
Large cap
  $ 1,174     $     $     $ 1,056     $     $       $     $  
Mid cap
    373                   397                            
Small cap
    142                   126                            
International equity securities
    537                   442                            
Debt securities
                8             17       7                
Real estate
    51                   40                            
Money market mutual fund
          224                   97                      
Cash and cash equivalents
    30                   22                     131       144  
Other
                6                   6                
                                                                   
Total
  $ 2,307     $ 224     $ 14     $ 2,083     $ 114     $ 13       $ 131     $ 144  
                                                                   
                                                                   
 
The following table summarizes the changes in fair value for all plan investment assets measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31:
 
                                   
    2010       2009  
    Debt
            Debt
       
(Dollars in Millions)   Securities     Other       Securities     Other  
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 7     $ 6       $     $ 9  
Unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets still held at end of year
    3               1       (3 )
Purchases, sales, principal payments, issuances, and settlements
    (2 )             (3 )      
Transfers into level 3
                  9        
                                   
Balance at end of period
  $ 8     $ 6       $ 7     $ 6  
                                   
                                   
 
The following benefit payments are expected to be paid from the retirement plans for the years ended December 31:
 
                             
    Pension
      Postretirement
      Medicare
 
(Dollars in Millions)   Plans       Welfare Plan (a)       Part D Subsidy  
                             
2011
  $ 148       $ 16       $ 2  
2012
    143         17         2  
2013
    149         19         3  
2014
    156         20         3  
2015
    162         21         3  
2016 – 2020
    917         104          
                             
                             
(a) Net of retiree contributions and before Medicare Part D subsidy.
 
Note 18     STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
 
 
As part of its employee and director compensation programs, the Company may grant certain stock awards under the provisions of the existing stock compensation plans, including plans assumed in acquisitions. The plans provide for grants of options to purchase shares of common stock at a fixed price equal to the fair value of the underlying stock at the date of grant. Option grants are generally exercisable up to ten years from the date of grant. In addition, the plans provide for grants of shares of common stock or stock units that are subject to restriction on transfer prior to vesting. Most stock and unit awards vest over three to five years and are subject to forfeiture if certain vesting requirements are not met. Stock incentive plans of acquired companies are generally terminated at the merger closing dates. Option holders under such plans receive the Company’s common stock, or options to buy the Company’s stock, based on the conversion terms of the various merger agreements. At December 31, 2010, there were 69 million shares (subject to adjustment for forfeitures) available for grant under various plans.

104   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
STOCK OPTION AWARDS
 
The following is a summary of stock options outstanding and exercised under various stock options plans of the Company:
 
                                 
                Weighted-Average
    Aggregate
 
    Stock
    Weighted-Average
    Remaining
    Intrinsic Value
 
Year Ended December 31   Options/Shares     Exercise Price     Contractual Term     (In millions)  
   
2010
                               
Number outstanding at beginning of period
    88,379,469     $ 26.49                  
Granted
    5,417,631       23.98                  
Exercised
    (5,769,586 )     19.38                  
Cancelled (a)
    (2,404,809 )     27.03                  
                                 
Number outstanding at end of period (b)
    85,622,705     $ 26.80       5.5     $ 15  
Exercisable at end of period
    57,542,065     $ 28.28       4.4     $ (76 )
2009
                               
Number outstanding at beginning of period
    82,293,011     $ 29.08                  
Granted
    14,316,237       12.04                  
Exercised
    (1,085,328 )     19.98                  
Cancelled (a)
    (7,144,451 )     28.33                  
                                 
Number outstanding at end of period (b)
    88,379,469     $ 26.49       6.1     $ (352 )
Exercisable at end of period
    50,538,048     $ 27.52       4.5     $ (253 )
2008
                               
Number outstanding at beginning of period
    91,211,464     $ 27.22                  
Granted
    22,464,085       32.19                  
Exercised
    (28,528,238 )     25.27                  
Cancelled (a)
    (2,854,300 )     31.94                  
                                 
Number outstanding at end of period (b)
    82,293,011     $ 29.08       6.0     $ (335 )
Exercisable at end of period
    43,787,801     $ 26.11       4.0     $ (48 )
 
 
 
(a) Options cancelled includes both non-vested (i.e., forfeitures) and vested options.
(b) Outstanding options include stock-based awards that may be forfeited in future periods. The impact of the estimated forfeitures is reflected in compensation expense.
 
Stock-based compensation expense is based on the estimated fair value of the award at the date of grant or modification. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, requiring the use of subjective assumptions. Because employee stock options have characteristics that differ from those of traded options, including vesting provisions and trading limitations that impact their liquidity, the determined value used to measure compensation expense may vary from their actual fair value. The following table includes the weighted average estimated fair value and assumptions utilized by the Company for newly issued grants:
 
                           
      2010     2009     2008  
   
 
Estimated fair value
    $ 8.36     $ 3.39     $ 3.55  
Risk-free interest rates
      2.5 %     1.8 %     3.4 %
Dividend yield
      3.0 %     4.2 %     4.8 %
Stock volatility factor
      .47       .44       .19  
Expected life of options (in years)
      5.5       5.5       5.0  
 
 
Expected stock volatility is based on several factors including the historical volatility of the Company’s stock, implied volatility determined from traded options and other factors. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercises and employee terminations to estimate the expected life of options. The risk-free interest rate for the expected life of the options is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect on the date of grant. The expected dividend yield is based on the Company’s expected dividend yield over the life of the options.
 
The following summarizes certain stock option activity of the Company:
 
                           
(Dollars in Millions)     2010     2009     2008  
   
 
Fair value of options vested
    $ 61     $ 74     $ 67  
Intrinsic value of options exercised
      35       3       262  
Cash received from options exercised
      112       22       651  
Tax benefit realized from options exercised
      13       1       99  
 
 

U.S. BANCORP   105


Table of Contents

 
 
To satisfy option exercises, the Company predominantly uses treasury stock.
 
Additional information regarding stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2010, is as follows:
 
                                           
    Outstanding Options       Exercisable Options  
          Weighted-
                     
          Average
    Weighted-
            Weighted-
 
          Remaining
    Average
            Average
 
          Contractual
    Exercise
            Exercise
 
Range of Exercise Prices   Shares     Life (Years)     Price       Shares     Price  
$11.02 – $15.00
    11,778,734       8.1     $ 11.43         2,304,680     $ 11.54  
$15.01 – $20.00
    3,951,661       1.5       19.03         3,730,778       19.11  
$20.01 – $25.00
    15,288,993       3.9       22.68         10,205,513       22.11  
$25.01 – $30.00
    14,970,270       4.4       29.23         14,331,081       29.37  
$30.01 – $35.00
    29,593,767       6.2       31.71         19,341,817       31.44  
$35.01 – $36.25
    10,039,280       5.9       36.06         7,628,196       36.06  
                                           
      85,622,705       5.5     $ 26.80         57,542,065     $ 28.28  
                                           
                                           
 
RESTRICTED STOCK AND UNIT AWARDS
 
A summary of the status of the Company’s restricted shares of stock is presented below:
 
                                                 
    2010     2009     2008  
          Weighted-
          Weighted-
          Weighted-
 
          Average Grant-
          Average Grant-
          Average Grant-
 
Year Ended December 31   Shares     Date Fair Value     Shares     Date Fair Value     Shares     Date Fair Value  
Nonvested Shares
                                               
Outstanding at beginning of period
    6,788,203     $ 16.68       2,420,535     $ 32.42       2,368,085     $ 31.45  
Granted
    4,398,660       24.05       5,435,363       12.09       1,132,239       32.24  
Vested
    (1,862,228 )     18.71       (869,898 )     31.84       (958,729 )     29.78  
Cancelled
    (513,608 )     20.00       (197,797 )     16.52       (121,060 )     32.69  
                                                 
Outstanding at end of period
    8,811,027  (a)   $ 19.74       6,788,203     $ 16.68       2,420,535     $ 32.42  
                                                 
                                                 
(a) Includes maximum number of shares to be received by participants under awards that are based on the achievement of certain future performance criteria by the Company.
 
The total fair value of shares vested was $44 million, $12 million, and $29 million for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense was $113 million, $89 million and $85 million for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. On an after-tax basis, stock-based compensation was $70 million, $55 million and $53 million for 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, there was $162 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based arrangements granted under the plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.4 years as compensation expense.
 
Note 19     INCOME TAXES
 
 
The components of income tax expense were:
 
                         
(Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     2008  
   
Federal
                       
Current
  $ 1,105     $ 765     $ 1,832  
Deferred
    (339 )     (499 )     (958 )
                         
Federal income tax
    766       266       874  
State
                       
Current
    200       175       300  
Deferred
    (31 )     (46 )     (87 )
                         
State income tax
    169       129       213  
                         
Total income tax provision
  $ 935     $ 395     $ 1,087  
 
 

106   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
 
A reconciliation of expected income tax expense at the federal statutory rate of 35 percent to the Company’s applicable income tax expense follows:
 
                         
(Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     2008  
   
Tax at statutory rate
  $ 1,470     $ 921     $ 1,435  
State income tax, at statutory rates, net of federal tax benefit
    110       84       138  
Tax effect of
                       
Tax credits, net of related expenses
    (462 )     (421 )     (301 )
Tax-exempt income
    (214 )     (202 )     (173 )
Noncontrolling interests
    18       (11 )     (24 )
Other items
    13       24       12  
                         
Applicable income taxes
  $ 935     $ 395     $ 1,087  
 
 
 
The tax effects of fair value adjustments on securities available-for-sale, derivative instruments in cash flow hedges and certain tax benefits related to stock options are recorded directly to shareholders’ equity as part of other comprehensive income (loss).
In preparing its tax returns, the Company is required to interpret complex tax laws and regulations and utilize income and cost allocation methods to determine its taxable income. On an ongoing basis, the Company is subject to examinations by federal, state and local government taxing authorities that may give rise to differing interpretations of these complex laws, regulations and methods. Due to the nature of the examination process, it generally takes years before these examinations are completed and matters are resolved. Included in earnings for 2010, 2009 and 2008 were changes in income tax expense and associated liabilities related to the resolution of various state income tax examinations which cover varying years from 2001 through 2008 in different states. The resolution of these cycles was the result of negotiations held between the Company and representatives of various taxing authorities throughout the examinations. Federal tax examinations for all years ending through December 31, 2006, are completed and resolved. During 2010, the Internal Revenue Service began its examination of the Company’s tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008. The years open to examination by state and local government authorities vary by jurisdiction.
 
A reconciliation of the changes in the federal, state and foreign unrecognized tax positions balances are summarized as follows:
 
                         
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     2008  
   
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 440     $ 283     $ 296  
Additions for tax positions taken in prior years
    116       31       49  
Additions for tax positions taken in the current year
    30       145       8  
Exam resolutions
          (12 )     (63 )
Statute expirations
    (54 )     (7 )     (7 )
                         
Balance at end of period
  $ 532     $ 440     $ 283  
 
 
 
The total amount of unrecognized tax positions that, if recognized, would impact the effective income tax rate as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, were $253 million, $202 million and $187 million, respectively. The Company classifies interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax positions as a component of income tax expense. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 the Company recognized approximately $(6) million, $13 million and $19 million, respectively, in interest and had approximately $49 million accrued at December 31, 2010. The ultimate deductibility is highly certain, however the timing of deductibility is uncertain.
While certain examinations may be concluded, statutes may lapse or other developments may occur, the Company does not believe a significant increase or decrease in the uncertain tax positions will occur over the next twelve months.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect the tax effect of estimated temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for the same items for income tax reporting purposes.

U.S. BANCORP   107


Table of Contents

 
The significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax asset (liability) as of December 31 were:
 
                 
(Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009  
   
Deferred Tax Assets
               
Allowance for credit losses
  $ 2,100     $ 2,147  
Securities available-for-sale and financial instruments
    393       359  
Accrued expenses
    317       275  
Stock compensation
    201       184  
Pension and postretirement benefits
    113       25  
Federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards
    52       58  
Partnerships and other investment assets
    429       120  
Other deferred tax assets, net
    284       79  
                 
Gross deferred tax assets
    3,889       3,247  
Deferred Tax Liabilities
               
Leasing activities
    (2,269 )     (2,319 )
Goodwill and other intangible assets
    (407 )     (280 )
Mortgage servicing rights
    (311 )     (394 )
Loans
    (139 )     (129 )
Fixed assets
    (113 )     (71 )
Other deferred tax liabilities, net
    (176 )     (188 )
                 
Gross deferred tax liabilities
    (3,415 )     (3,381 )
Valuation allowance
    (50 )     (56 )
                 
Net Deferred Tax Asset (Liability)
  $ 424     $ (190 )
 
 
 
The Company has established a valuation allowance to offset deferred tax assets related to federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards which are subject to various limitations under the respective income tax laws and some of which may expire unused. The Company has approximately $573 million of federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards which expire at various times through 2024. Management has determined a valuation reserve is not required for the remaining deferred tax assets because it is more likely than not these assets could be realized through carry back to taxable income in prior years, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and future taxable income.
Certain events covered by Internal Revenue Code section 593(e) will trigger a recapture of base year reserves of acquired thrift institutions. The base year reserves of acquired thrift institutions would be recaptured if an entity ceases to qualify as a bank for federal income tax purposes. The base year reserves of thrift institutions also remain subject to income tax penalty provisions that, in general, require recapture upon certain stock redemptions of, and excess distributions to, stockholders. At December 31, 2010, retained earnings included approximately $102 million of base year reserves for which no deferred federal income tax liability has been recognized.
 
 
Note 20     DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS
 
The Company recognizes all derivatives in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value as other assets or liabilities. On the date the Company enters into a derivative contract, the derivative is designated as either a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability (“fair value hedge”); a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be paid related to a recognized asset or liability (“cash flow hedge”); a hedge of the volatility of an investment in foreign operations driven by changes in foreign currency exchange rates (“net investment hedge”); or a designation is not made as it is a customer accommodation, an economic hedge for asset/liability risk management purposes or another stand-alone derivative created through the Company’s operations (“free-standing derivative”).
Of the Company’s $47.0 billion of total notional amount of asset and liability management positions at December 31, 2010, $8.4 billion was designated as a fair value, cash flow or net investment hedge. When a derivative is designated as a fair value, cash flow or net investment hedge, the Company performs an assessment, at inception and, at a minimum, quarterly thereafter, to determine the effectiveness of the derivative in offsetting changes in the value or cash flows of the hedged item(s).
 
Fair Value Hedges These derivatives are primarily interest rate swaps that hedge the change in fair value related to

108   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
interest rate changes of underlying fixed-rate debt and junior subordinated debentures. Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as fair value hedges, and changes in the fair value of the hedged items, are recorded in earnings. All fair value hedges were highly effective for the year ended December 31, 2010, and the change in fair value attributed to hedge ineffectiveness was not material.
 
Cash Flow Hedges These derivatives are interest rate swaps that are hedges of the forecasted cash flows from the underlying variable-rate debt. Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) until expense from the cash flows of the hedged items is realized. If a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge is terminated or ceases to be highly effective, the gain or loss in other comprehensive income (loss) is amortized to earnings over the period the forecasted hedged transactions impact earnings. If a hedged forecasted transaction is no longer probable, hedge accounting is ceased and any gain or loss included in other comprehensive income (loss) is reported in earnings immediately. At December 31, 2010, the Company had $414 million (net-of-tax) of realized and unrealized losses on derivatives classified as cash flow hedges recorded in other comprehensive income (loss), compared with $327 million (net-of-tax) at December 31, 2009. The estimated amount to be reclassified from other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings during the next 12 months is a loss of $133 million (net-of-tax). This includes gains and losses related to hedges that were terminated early for which the forecasted transactions are still probable. All cash flow hedges were highly effective for the year ended December 31, 2010, and the change in fair value attributed to hedge ineffectiveness was not material.
 
Net Investment Hedges The Company uses forward commitments to sell specified amounts of certain foreign currencies to hedge the volatility of its investment in foreign operations driven by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The net amount of related gains or losses included in the cumulative translation adjustment for the year ended December 31, 2010 was not material.
 
Other Derivative Positions The Company enters into free-standing derivatives to mitigate interest rate risk and for other risk management purposes. These derivatives include forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans, which are used to economically hedge the interest rate risk related to residential mortgage loans held for sale. The Company also enters into U.S. Treasury futures, options on U.S. Treasury futures contracts, interest rate swaps and forward commitments to buy residential mortgage loans to economically hedge the change in the fair value of the Company’s residential MSRs. In addition, the Company acts as a seller and buyer of interest rate derivatives and foreign exchange contracts to accommodate its customers. To mitigate the market and liquidity risk associated with these customer accommodation derivatives, the Company enters into similar offsetting positions. The Company also has derivative contracts that are created through its operations, including commitments to originate mortgage loans held-for-sale and certain derivative financial guarantee contracts.
For additional information on the Company’s purpose for entering into derivative transactions and its overall risk management strategies, refer to “Management Discussion and Analysis — Use of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate and Other Risks” which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
The following table provides information on the fair value of the Company’s derivative positions:
 
                                   
    December 31, 2010       December 31, 2009  
    Asset
    Liability
      Asset
    Liability
 
(Dollars in Millions)   Derivatives     Derivatives       Derivatives     Derivatives  
Total fair value of derivative positions
  $ 1,799     $ 2,174       $ 1,582     $ 1,854  
Netting (a)
    (280 )     (1,163 )       (421 )     (995 )
                                   
Total
  $ 1,519     $ 1,011       $ 1,161     $ 859  
                                   
                                   
Note: The fair value of asset and liability derivatives are included in Other assets and Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, respectively.
(a) Represents netting of derivative asset and liability balances, and related collateral, with the same counterparty subject to master netting agreements. Authoritative accounting guidance permits the netting of derivative receivables and payables when a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists between the Company and a derivative counterparty. A master netting agreement is an agreement between two counterparties who have multiple derivative contracts with each other that provide for the net settlement of contracts through a single payment, in a single currency, in the event of default on or termination of any one contract. At December 31, 2010, the amount of cash and money market investments collateral posted by counterparties that was netted against derivative assets was $55 million and the amount of cash collateral posted by the Company that was netted against derivative liabilities was $936 million. At December 31, 2009, the amount of cash collateral posted by counterparties that was netted against derivative assets was $116 million and the amount of cash collateral posted by the Company that was netted against derivative liabilities was $691 million.

U.S. BANCORP   109


Table of Contents

 
 
The following table summarizes the asset and liability management derivative positions of the Company:
 
                                                   
    Asset Derivatives       Liability Derivatives  
                Weighted-Average
                  Weighted-Average
 
                Remaining
                  Remaining
 
    Notional
    Fair
    Maturity
      Notional
    Fair
    Maturity
 
(Dollars in Millions)   Value     Value     In Years       Value     Value     In Years  
December 31, 2010
                                                 
Fair value hedges
                                                 
Interest rate contracts
                                                 
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps
  $ 1,800     $ 72       55.75       $     $        
Foreign exchange cross-currency swaps
    891       70       6.17         445             6.17  
Cash flow hedges
                                                 
Interest rate contracts
                                                 
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps
                        4,788       688       5.03  
Net investment hedges
                                                 
Foreign exchange forward contracts
    512       3       .08                      
Other economic hedges
                                                 
Interest rate contracts
                                                 
Futures and forwards
                                                 
Buy
    2,879       20       .10         6,312       79       .05  
Sell
    9,082       207       .07         6,002       51       .09  
Options
                                                 
Purchased
    1,600             .06                      
Written
    6,321       23       .07         1,348       9       .07  
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps
    2,250       3       10.22                      
Foreign exchange forward contracts
    158       1       .09         694       6       .09  
Equity contracts
    61       3       1.60                      
Credit contracts
    650       2       3.22         1,183       7       2.71  
December 31, 2009
                                                 
Fair value hedges
                                                 
Interest rate contracts
                                                 
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps
    3,235       70       32.71         1,950       32       20.52  
Foreign exchange cross-currency swaps
    1,864       272       6.81                      
Cash flow hedges
                                                 
Interest rate contracts
                                                 
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps
                        8,363       556       3.58  
Net investment hedges
                                                 
Foreign exchange forward contracts
    536       15       .08                      
Other economic hedges
                                                 
Interest rate contracts
                                                 
Futures and forwards
                                                 
Buy
    1,250       6       .07         9,862       190       .05  
Sell
    7,533       91       .11         1,260       3       .06  
Options
                                                 
Purchased
    5,250             .06                      
Written
    2,546       9       .08         594       2       .09  
Foreign exchange forward contracts
    113       1       .08         293       2       .08  
Equity contracts
    27       2       1.58         29       1       .29  
Credit contracts
    863       2       3.68         1,261       1       3.05  
                                                   
                                                   

110   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
 
The following table summarizes the customer-related derivative positions of the Company:
 
                                                   
    Asset Derivatives       Liability Derivatives  
                Weighted-Average
                  Weighted-Average
 
                Remaining
                  Remaining
 
    Notional
    Fair
    Maturity
      Notional
    Fair
    Maturity
 
(Dollars in Millions)   Value     Value     In Years       Value     Value     In Years  
December 31, 2010
                                                 
Interest rate contracts
                                                 
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps
  $ 15,730     $ 956       4.64       $ 1,294     $ 21       6.01  
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps
    1,315       24       6.12         15,769       922       4.68  
Options
                                                 
Purchased
    2,024       13       1.98         115       12       .36  
Written
    472       12       .26         1,667       13       2.35  
Foreign exchange rate contracts
                                                 
Forwards, spots and swaps (a)
    7,772       384       .74         7,694       360       .75  
Options
                                                 
Purchased
    224       6       .40                      
Written
                        224       6       .40  
December 31, 2009
                                                 
Interest rate contracts
                                                 
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps
    18,700       854       4.46         1,083       19       7.00  
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps
    1,299       24       7.36         18,490       821       4.45  
Options
                                                 
Purchased
    1,841       20       1.68         231       12       .85  
Written
    477       12       .56         1,596       20       1.90  
Foreign exchange rate contracts
                                                 
Forwards, spots and swaps (a)
    5,607       193       .46         5,563       184       .45  
Options
                                                 
Purchased
    311       11       .64                      
Written
                        311       11       .64  
                                                   
                                                   
(a) Reflects the net of long and short positions.
 
The table below shows the effective portion of the gains (losses) recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) and the gains (losses) reclassified from other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings (net-of-tax):
 
                                   
    Gains (Losses) Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)       Gains (Losses) Reclassified from Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) into Earnings  
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009       2010     2009  
Asset and Liability Management Positions
                                 
Cash flow hedges
                                 
Interest rate contracts
                                 
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps (a)
  $ (235 )   $ 114       $ (148 )   $ (209 )
Net investment hedges
                                 
Foreign exchange forward contracts
    (25 )     (44 )              
                                   
                                   
Note: Ineffectiveness on cash flow and net investment hedges was not material for the year ended December 31, 2010.
(a) Gains (Losses) reclassified from other comprehensive income (loss) into interest income (expense) on long-term debt.

U.S. BANCORP   111


Table of Contents

 
 
The table below shows the gains (losses) recognized in earnings for fair value hedges, other economic hedges and the customer-related positions:
 
                         
          Gains (Losses)
 
          Recognized in Earnings  
             
    Location of Gains (Losses)
             
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   Recognized in Earnings     2010     2009  
   
 
Asset and Liability Management Positions
                       
Fair value hedges (a)
                       
Interest rate contracts
    Other noninterest income     $ (31 )   $ (27 )
Foreign exchange cross-currency swaps
    Other noninterest income       (193 )     115  
Other economic hedges
                       
Interest rate contracts
                       
Futures and forwards
    Mortgage banking revenue       831       184  
Purchased and written options
    Mortgage banking revenue       425       300  
Foreign exchange forward contracts
    Commercial products revenue       (16 )     (46 )
Equity contracts
    Compensation expense       1       (22 )
Credit contracts
    Other noninterest income/expense       (6 )     29  
Customer-Related Positions
                       
Interest rate contracts
                       
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps
    Other noninterest income       201       (658 )
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps
    Other noninterest income       (196 )     696  
Purchased and written options
    Other noninterest income       1       (1 )
Foreign exchange rate contracts
                       
Forwards, spots and swaps
    Commercial products revenue       49       49  
Purchased and written options
    Commercial products revenue       1       1  
 
 
(a) Gains (Losses) on items hedged by interest rate contracts and foreign exchange forward contracts, included in noninterest income (expense), were $35 million and $193 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, respectively, and $25 million and $(114) million for the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively. The ineffective portion was immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
Derivatives are subject to credit risk associated with counterparties to the derivative contracts. The Company measures that credit risk based on its assessment of the probability of counterparty default and includes that within the fair value of the derivative. The Company manages counterparty credit risk through diversification of its derivative positions among various counterparties, by entering into master netting agreements where possible and by requiring collateral agreements which allow the Company to call for immediate, full collateral coverage when credit-rating thresholds are triggered by counterparties.
The Company’s collateral agreements are bilateral and, therefore, contain provisions that require collateralization of the Company’s net liability derivative positions. Required collateral coverage is based on certain net liability thresholds and contingent upon the Company’s credit rating from two of the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. If the Company’s credit rating were to fall below credit ratings thresholds established in the collateral agreements, the counterparties to the derivatives could request immediate full collateral coverage for derivatives in net liability positions. The aggregate fair value of all derivatives under collateral agreements that were in a net liability position at December 31, 2010, was $1.4 billion. At December 31, 2010, the Company had $936 million of cash posted as collateral against this net liability position.

112   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
Note 21     FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
 
The Company uses fair value measurements for the initial recording of certain assets and liabilities, periodic remeasurement of certain assets and liabilities, and disclosures. Derivatives, trading and available-for-sale investment securities, certain mortgage loans held for sale (“MLHFS”) and MSRs are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, such as loans held for sale, loans held for investment and certain other assets. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower-of-cost-or-fair value accounting or impairment write-downs of individual assets.
Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. A fair value measurement reflects all of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about the risk inherent in a particular valuation technique, the effect of a restriction on the sale or use of an asset, and the risk of nonperformance.
The Company groups its assets and liabilities measured at fair value into a three-level hierarchy for valuation techniques used to measure financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value. This hierarchy is based on whether the valuation inputs are observable or unobservable. These levels are:
 
•   Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 1 includes U.S. Treasury and exchange-traded instruments.
 
•   Level 2 — Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 2 includes debt securities that are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments and which are valued using third-party pricing services; derivative contracts whose value is determined using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data; and MLHFS whose values are determined using quoted prices for similar assets or pricing models with inputs that are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data.
 
•   Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. This category includes residential MSRs, certain debt securities, including the Company’s SIV-related securities and non-agency mortgaged-backed securities, and certain derivative contracts.
 
When the Company changes its valuation inputs for measuring financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value, either due to changes in current market conditions or other factors, it may need to transfer those assets or liabilities to another level in the hierarchy based on the new inputs used. The Company recognizes these transfers at the end of the reporting period that the transfers occur. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, there were no significant transfers of financial assets or financial liabilities between the hierarchy levels, except for the transfer of non-agency mortgage-backed securities from Level 2 to Level 3 in the first quarter of 2009, as discussed below.
The following section describes the valuation methodologies used by the Company to measure financial assets and liabilities at fair value and for estimating fair value for financial instruments not recorded at fair value as required under disclosure guidance related to the fair value of financial instruments. In addition, for financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value, the following section includes an indication of the level of the fair value hierarchy in which the assets or liabilities are classified. Where appropriate, the description includes information about the valuation models and key inputs to those models.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents The carrying value of cash, amounts due from banks, federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements was assumed to approximate fair value.
 
Investment Securities When available, quoted market prices are used to determine the fair value of investment securities and such items are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

U.S. BANCORP   113


Table of Contents

 
For other securities, the Company determines fair value based on various sources and may apply matrix pricing with observable prices for similar securities where a price for the identical security is not observable. Prices are verified, where possible, to prices of observable market trades as obtained from independent sources. Securities measured at fair value by such methods are classified within Level 2.
The fair value of securities for which there are no market trades, or where trading is inactive as compared to normal market activity, are classified within Level 3. Securities classified within Level 3 include non-agency mortgage-backed securities, non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, collateralized debt obligations and collateralized loan obligations, certain corporate debt securities and SIV-related securities. Beginning in the first quarter of 2009, due to the limited number of trades of non-agency mortgage-backed securities and lack of reliable evidence about transaction prices, the Company determines the fair value of these securities using a cash flow methodology and incorporating observable market information, where available. The use of a cash flow methodology resulted in the Company transferring some non-agency mortgage-backed securities to Level 3 in the first quarter of 2009. This transfer did not impact earnings and was not significant to shareholders’ equity of the Company or the carrying amount of the securities.
Cash flow methodologies and other market valuation techniques involving management judgment use assumptions regarding housing prices, interest rates and borrower performance. Inputs are refined and updated to reflect market developments. The primary valuation drivers of these securities are the prepayment rates, default rates and default severities associated with the underlying collateral, as well as the discount rate used to calculate the present value of the projected cash flows.
 
The following table shows the valuation assumption ranges for Level 3 available-for-sale non-agency mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2010:
 
                                                   
    Prime (a)       Non-prime  
    Minimum     Maximum     Average       Minimum     Maximum     Average  
Estimated lifetime prepayment rates
    4 %     28 %     13 %       1 %     13 %     6 %
Lifetime probability of default rates
          14       1               20       8  
Lifetime loss severity rates
    16       100       41         10       88       56  
Discount margin
    3       30       6         3       40       11  
                                                   
                                                   
 
(a) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer or those with underlying asset characteristics and/or credit enhancements consistent with securities designated as prime.
 
Certain mortgage loans held for sale MLHFS measured at fair value, for which an active secondary market and readily available market prices exist, are initially valued at the transaction price and are subsequently valued by comparison to instruments with similar collateral and risk profiles. MLHFS are classified within Level 2. Included in mortgage banking revenue was a $125 million net loss and a $206 million net gain, for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, from the changes to fair value of these MLHFS under fair value option accounting guidance. Changes in fair value due to instrument specific credit risk were immaterial. The fair value of MLHFS was $8.1 billion as of December 31, 2010, which exceeded the unpaid principal balance by $66 million as of that date. Interest income for MLHFS is measured based on contractual interest rates and reported as interest income in the Consolidated Statement of Income. Electing to measure MLHFS at fair value reduces certain timing differences and better matches changes in fair value of these assets with changes in the value of the derivative instruments used to economically hedge them without the burden of complying with the requirements for hedge accounting.
 
Loans The loan portfolio includes adjustable and fixed-rate loans, the fair value of which was estimated using discounted cash flow analyses and other valuation techniques. The expected cash flows of loans considered historical prepayment experiences and estimated credit losses for nonperforming loans and were discounted using current rates offered to borrowers of similar credit characteristics. Generally, loan fair values reflect Level 3 information.
 
Mortgage servicing rights MSRs are valued using a cash flow methodology and third-party prices, if available. Accordingly, MSRs are classified within Level 3. The Company determines fair value by estimating the present value of the asset’s future cash flows using market-based prepayment rates, discount rates, and other assumptions validated through comparison to trade information, industry surveys, and independent third-party valuations. Risks inherent in MSRs valuation include higher than expected prepayment rates and/or delayed receipt of cash flows.

114   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
Derivatives Exchange-traded derivatives are measured at fair value based on quoted market (i.e., exchange) prices. Because prices are available for the identical instrument in an active market, these fair values are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.
The majority of derivatives held by the Company are executed over-the-counter and are valued using standard cash flow, Black-Scholes and Monte Carlo valuation techniques. The models incorporate inputs, depending on the type of derivative, including interest rate curves, foreign exchange rates and volatility. In addition, all derivative values incorporate an assessment of the risk of counterparty nonperformance, measured based on the Company’s evaluation of credit risk as well as external assessments of credit risk, where available. In its assessment of nonperformance risk, the Company considers its ability to net derivative positions under master netting agreements, as well as collateral received or provided under collateral support agreements. The majority of these derivatives are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as the significant inputs to the models are observable. An exception to the Level 2 classification is certain derivative transactions for which the risk of nonperformance cannot be observed in the market. These derivatives are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. In addition, commitments to sell, purchase and originate mortgage loans that meet the requirements of a derivative, are valued by pricing models that include market observable and unobservable inputs. Due to the significant unobservable inputs, these commitments are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
 
Deposit Liabilities The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and certain money market deposits is equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair value of fixed-rate certificates of deposit was estimated by discounting the contractual cash flow using current market rates.
 
Short-term Borrowings Federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, commercial paper and other short-term funds borrowed have floating rates or short-term maturities. The fair value of short-term borrowings was determined by discounting contractual cash flows using current market rates.
 
Long-term Debt The fair value for most long-term debt was determined by discounting contractual cash flows using current market rates. Junior subordinated debt instruments were valued using market quotes.
 
Loan Commitments, Letters of Credit and Guarantees The fair value of commitments, letters of credit and guarantees represents the estimated costs to terminate or otherwise settle the obligations with a third-party. The fair value of residential mortgage commitments is estimated based on observable and unobservable inputs. Other loan commitments, letters of credit and guarantees are not actively traded, and the Company estimates their fair value based on the related amount of unamortized deferred commitment fees adjusted for the probable losses for these arrangements.
 

U.S. BANCORP   115


Table of Contents

 
The following table summarizes the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
 
                                         
(Dollars in Millions)   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Netting     Total  
   
 
December 31, 2010
                                       
Available-for-sale securities
                                       
U.S. Treasury and agencies
  $ 873     $ 1,664     $     $     $ 2,537  
Mortgage-backed securities
                                       
Residential
                                       
Agency
          37,703                   37,703  
Non-agency
                                       
Prime
                1,103             1,103  
Non-prime
                947             947  
Commercial
                                       
Agency
          197                   197  
Non-agency
                50             50  
Asset-backed securities
                                       
Collateralized debt obligations/Collateralized loan obligations
          89       135             224  
Other
          587       133             720  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
          6,417                   6,417  
Obligations of foreign governments
          6                   6  
Corporate debt securities
          949       9             958  
Perpetual preferred securities
          448                   448  
Other investments
    181       18                   199  
     
     
Total available-for-sale
    1,054       48,078       2,377             51,509  
Mortgage loans held for sale
          8,100                   8,100  
Mortgage servicing rights
                1,837             1,837  
Derivative assets
          846       953       (280 )     1,519  
Other assets
          470                   470  
     
     
Total
  $ 1,054     $ 57,494     $ 5,167     $ (280 )   $ 63,435  
     
     
Derivative liabilities
  $     $ 2,072     $ 102     $ (1,163 )   $ 1,011  
Other liabilities
          470                   470  
     
     
Total
  $     $ 2,542     $ 102     $ (1,163 )   $ 1,481  
     
     
December 31, 2009
                                       
Available-for-sale securities
                                       
U.S. Treasury and agencies
  $ 9     $ 3,395     $     $     $ 3,404  
Mortgage-backed securities
                                       
Residential
                                       
Agency
          29,595                   29,595  
Non-agency
                                       
Prime
                1,429             1,429  
Non-prime
                968             968  
Commercial
                                       
Agency
          147                   147  
Non-agency
                13             13  
Asset-backed securities
                                       
Collateralized debt obligations/Collateralized loan obligations
          107       98             205  
Other
                357             357  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
          6,693                   6,693  
Obligations of foreign governments
          6                   6  
Corporate debt securities
          868       10             878  
Perpetual preferred securities
          423                   423  
Other investments
    372             231             603  
     
     
Total available-for-sale
    381       41,234       3,106             44,721  
Mortgage loans held for sale
          4,327                   4,327  
Mortgage servicing rights
                1,749             1,749  
Derivative assets
          713       869       (421 )     1,161  
Other assets
          247                   247  
     
     
Total
  $ 381     $ 46,521     $ 5,724     $ (421 )   $ 52,205  
     
     
Derivative liabilities
  $     $ 1,800     $ 54     $ (995 )   $ 859  
Other liabilities
          256                   256  
     
     
Total
  $     $ 2,056     $ 54     $ (995 )   $ 1,115  
 
 

116   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
The following table presents the changes in fair value for all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):
 
                                                         
                Net Gains
                      Net Change in
 
                (Losses)
    Purchases,
                Unrealized Gains
 
          Net Gains
    Included in
    Sales, Principal
                (Losses) Relating
 
    Beginning
    (Losses)
    Other
    Payments,
          End
    to Assets
 
    of Period
    Included in
    Comprehensive
    Issuances and
    Transfers into
    of Period
    Still Held at
 
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   Balance     Net Income     Income (Loss)     Settlements     Level 3     Balance     End of Period  
   
 
2010
                                                       
Available-for-sale securities
                                                       
Mortgage-backed securities
                                                       
Residential non-agency
                                                       
Prime
  $ 1,429     $ 2     $ 82     $ (410 )   $     $ 1,103     $ 76  
Non-prime
    968       (47 )     146       (120 )           947       145  
Commercial non-agency
    13       2       3       32             50       3  
Asset-backed securities
                                                       
Collateralized debt obligations/Collateralized loan obligations
    98       7             30             135       4  
Other
    357       2       11       (237 )           133       12  
Corporate debt securities
    10       (1 )                       9        
Other investments
    231       5       10       (246 )                  
     
     
Total available-for-sale
    3,106       (30 ) (a)     252       (951 )           2,377       240  
Mortgage servicing rights
    1,749       (616 ) (b)           704             1,837       (616 ) (b)
Net derivative assets and liabilities
    815       243   (c)           (207 )           851       (625 ) (d)
     
     
2009
                                                       
Available-for-sale securities
                                                       
Mortgage-backed securities
                                                       
Residential non-agency
                                                       
Prime
  $ 183     $ (4 )   $ 542     $ (1,540 )   $ 2,248     $ 1,429     $ 358  
Non-prime
    1,022       (141 )     151       (197 )     133       968       29  
Commercial non-agency
    17       (1 )     (1 )     (3 )     1       13       (1 )
Asset-backed securities
                                                       
Collateralized debt obligations/Collateralized loan obligations
    86       (3 )     2       9       4       98       3  
Other
    523       (180 )     101       (90 )     3       357       3  
Corporate debt securities
    13       (3 )                       10        
Other investments
          2       (10 )     (4 )     243       231       (10 )
     
     
Total available-for-sale
    1,844       (330 ) (e)     785       (1,825 )     2,632       3,106       382  
Mortgage servicing rights
    1,194       (394 ) (b)           949             1,749       (394 ) (b)
Net derivative assets and liabilities
    1,698       (755 ) (f)           (129 )     1       815       (1,328 ) (g)
 
 
 
(a) Approximately $(91) million included in securities gains (losses) and $61 million included in interest income.
(b) Included in mortgage banking revenue.
(c) Approximately $(552) million included in other noninterest income and $795 million included in mortgage banking revenue.
(d) Approximately $176 million included in other noninterest income and $(801) million included in mortgage banking revenue.
(e) Approximately $(361) million included in securities gains (losses) and $31 million included in interest income.
(f) Approximately $(1.4) billion included in other noninterest income and $611 million included in mortgage banking revenue.
(g) Approximately $(630) million included in other noninterest income and $(698) million included in mortgage banking revenue.

U.S. BANCORP   117


Table of Contents

 
 
The Company is also required periodically to measure certain other financial assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These measurements of fair value usually result from the application of lower-of-cost-or-fair value accounting or write-downs of individual assets. The following table summarizes the adjusted carrying values and the level of valuation assumptions for assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31:
 
                                                                   
    2010       2009  
(Dollars in Millions)   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total       Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Loans held for sale (a)
  $     $     $     $       $     $ 276     $     $ 276  
Loans (b)
          404       1       405               235       5       240  
Other real estate owned (c)
          812             812               183             183  
Other intangible assets
                1       1                     3       3  
Other assets
          4       9       13                            
                                                                   
                                                                   
 
(a) Represents the carrying value of loans held for sale for which adjustments are based on what secondary markets are currently offering for portfolios with similar characteristics.
(b) Represents the carrying value of loans for which adjustments are based on the appraised value of the collateral, excluding loans fully charged-off.
(c) Represents the fair value of foreclosed properties that were measured at fair value based on the appraisal value of the collateral subsequent to their initial acquisition.
 
The following table summarizes losses recognized related to nonrecurring fair value measurements of individual assets or portfolios for the year ended December 31:
 
                 
(Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009  
   
 
Loans held for sale
  $     $ 2  
Loans (a)
    363       293  
Other real estate owned (b)
    302       178  
Other intangible assets
    1       2  
Other assets
    6        
 
 
 
(a) Represents write-downs of loans which are based on the appraised value of the collateral, excluding loans fully charged-off.
(b) Represents related losses of foreclosed properties that were measured at fair value subsequent to their initial acquisition.
 
FAIR VALUE OPTION
 
The following table summarizes the differences between the aggregate fair value carrying amount of MLHFS for which the fair value option has been elected and the aggregate unpaid principal amount that the Company is contractually obligated to receive at maturity:
 
                                                   
    2010       2009  
                Carrying
                  Carrying
 
    Fair Value
    Aggregate
    Amount Over
      Fair Value
    Aggregate
    Amount Over
 
    Carrying
    Unpaid
    (Under) Unpaid
      Carrying
    Unpaid
    (Under) Unpaid
 
December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   Amount     Principal     Principal       Amount     Principal     Principal  
Total loans
  $ 8,100     $ 8,034     $ 66       $ 4,327     $ 4,264     $ 63  
Nonaccrual loans
    11       18       (7 )                    
Loans 90 days or more past due
    6       6               23       30       (7 )
                                                   
                                                   
 
Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments The following table summarizes the estimated fair value for financial instruments as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and includes financial instruments that are not accounted for at fair value. In accordance with disclosure guidance related to fair values of financial instruments, the Company did not include assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments, such as the value of goodwill, long-term relationships with deposit, credit card, merchant processing and trust customers, other purchased intangibles, premises and equipment, deferred taxes and other liabilities.

118   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are shown in the table below:
 
                                 
    2010     2009  
    Carrying
    Fair
    Carrying
    Fair
 
(Dollars in Millions)   Amount     Value     Amount     Value  
Financial Assets
                               
Cash and due from banks
  $ 14,487     $ 14,487     $ 6,206     $ 6,206  
Investment securities held-to-maturity
    1,469       1,419       47       48  
Mortgages held for sale (a)
    4       4       29       29  
Other loans held for sale
    267       267       416       416  
Loans
    191,751       192,058       189,676       184,157  
Financial Liabilities
                               
Deposits
    204,252       204,799       183,242       183,504  
Short-term borrowings
    32,557       32,839       31,312       31,674  
Long-term debt
    31,537       31,981       32,580       32,808  
                                 
                                 
 
(a) Balance excludes mortgages held for sale for which the fair value option under applicable accounting guidance was elected.
The fair value of unfunded commitments, standby letters of credit and other guarantees is approximately equal to their carrying value. The carrying value of unfunded commitments and standby letters of credit was $353 million and $356 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The carrying value of other guarantees was $330 million and $285 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Note 22     GUARANTEES AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
 
COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT
 
Commitments to extend credit are legally binding and generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. The contractual amount represents the Company’s exposure to credit loss, in the event of default by the borrower. The Company manages this credit risk by using the same credit policies it applies to loans. Collateral is obtained to secure commitments based on management’s credit assessment of the borrower. The collateral may include marketable securities, receivables, inventory, equipment and real estate. Since the Company expects many of the commitments to expire without being drawn, total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent the Company’s future liquidity requirements. In addition, the commitments include consumer credit lines that are cancelable upon notification to the consumer.
 
LETTERS OF CREDIT
 
Standby letters of credit are commitments the Company issues to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third-party. The guarantees frequently support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper issuances, bond financings and other similar transactions. The Company issues commercial letters of credit on behalf of customers to ensure payment or collection in connection with trade transactions. In the event of a customer’s nonperformance, the Company’s credit loss exposure is the same as in any extension of credit, up to the letter’s contractual amount. Management assesses the borrower’s credit to determine the necessary collateral, which may include marketable securities, receivables, inventory, equipment and real estate. Since the conditions requiring the Company to fund letters of credit may not occur, the Company expects its liquidity requirements to be less than the total outstanding commitments. The maximum potential future payments guaranteed by the Company under standby letter of credit arrangements at December 31, 2010, were approximately $19.4 billion with a weighted-average term of approximately 18 months. The estimated fair value of standby letters of credit was approximately $105 million at December 31, 2010.
The contract or notional amounts of unfunded commitments to extend credit and letters of credit at December 31, 2010, were as follows:
                         
    Term        
    Less Than
    Greater Than
       
(Dollars in Millions)   One Year     One Year     Total  
   
 
Commitments to extend credit
                       
Commercial and commercial real estate
  $ 19,991     $ 48,156     $ 68,147  
Corporate and purchasing cards (a)
    15,571             15,571  
Retail credit cards (a)
    58,901             58,901  
Other retail
    9,452       16,171       25,623  
Covered
    99       1,264       1,363  
Letters of credit
                       
Standby
    9,361       10,037       19,398  
Commercial
    366       100       466  
 
 
 
(a) Primarily cancelable at the Company’s discretion.

U.S. BANCORP   119


Table of Contents

 
 
LEASE COMMITMENTS
 
Rental expense for operating leases totaled $277 million in 2010, $253 million in 2009 and $234 million in 2008. Future minimum payments, net of sublease rentals, under capitalized leases and noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more, consisted of the following at December 31, 2010:
 
                 
    Capitalized
    Operating
 
(Dollars in Millions)   Leases     Leases  
   
 
2011
  $ 8     $ 199  
2012
    7       187  
2013
    7       180  
2014
    5       151  
2015
    4       115  
Thereafter
    16       455  
                 
Total minimum lease payments
  $ 47     $ 1,287  
                 
Less amount representing interest
    15          
                 
Present value of net minimum lease payments
  $ 32          
 
 
 
GUARANTEES
 
Guarantees are contingent commitments issued by the Company to customers or other third-parties. The Company’s guarantees primarily include parent guarantees related to subsidiaries’ third-party borrowing arrangements; third-party performance guarantees inherent in the Company’s business operations, such as indemnified securities lending programs and merchant charge-back guarantees; indemnification or buy-back provisions related to certain asset sales; and contingent consideration arrangements related to acquisitions. For certain guarantees, the Company has recorded a liability related to the potential obligation, or has access to collateral to support the guarantee or through the exercise of other recourse provisions can offset some or all of the maximum potential future payments made under these guarantees.
 
Third-Party Borrowing Arrangements The Company provides guarantees to third-parties as a part of certain subsidiaries’ borrowing arrangements, primarily representing guaranteed operating or capital lease payments or other debt obligations with maturity dates extending through 2013. The maximum potential future payments guaranteed by the Company under these arrangements were approximately $131 million at December 31, 2010.
 
Commitments from Securities Lending The Company participates in securities lending activities by acting as the customer’s agent involving the loan of securities. The Company indemnifies customers for the difference between the market value of the securities lent and the market value of the collateral received. Cash collateralizes these transactions. The maximum potential future payments guaranteed by the Company under these arrangements were approximately $7.8 billion at December 31, 2010, and represented the market value of the securities lent to third-parties. At December 31, 2010, the Company held assets with a market value of $8.1 billion as collateral for these arrangements.
 
Asset Sales The Company has provided guarantees to certain third-parties in connection with the sale or syndication of certain assets, primarily loan portfolios and low-income housing tax credits. These guarantees are generally in the form of asset buy-back or make-whole provisions that are triggered upon a credit event or a change in the tax-qualifying status of the related projects, as applicable, and remain in effect until the loans are collected or final tax credits are realized, respectively. The maximum potential future payments guaranteed by the Company under these arrangements were approximately $1.6 billion at December 31, 2010, and represented the proceeds received from the buyer or the guaranteed portion in these transactions where the buy-back or make-whole provisions have not yet expired. The maximum potential future payments does not include loan sales where the Company provides standard representations and warranties to the buyer against losses related to loan underwriting documentation. For these types of loan sales, the maximum potential future payments are not readily determinable because the Company’s obligation under these agreements depends upon the occurrence of future events.
The Company regularly sells loans to government-sponsored entities (“GSEs”) as part of its mortgage banking activities. The Company provides customary representations and warranties to the GSEs in conjunction with these sales. These representations and warranties generally require the Company to repurchase assets if it is subsequently determined that a loan did not meet specified criteria, such as a documentation deficiency or rescission of mortgage insurance. If the Company is unable to cure or refute a repurchase request, the Company is generally obligated to repurchase the loan or otherwise reimburse the counterparty for losses. At December 31, 2010, the Company had reserved $180 million for potential losses from representations and warranty obligations. The reserve is based on the Company’s repurchase and loss trends, and quantitative and qualitative factors that may result in anticipated losses different from historical loss trends,

120   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
including loan vintage, underwriting characteristics and macroeconomic trends.
Recourse available to the Company under asset sales arrangements includes guarantees from the Small Business Administration (for Small Business Administration loans sold), recourse against the correspondent that originated the loan or to the private mortgage issuer, the right to collect payments from the debtors, and/or the right to liquidate the underlying collateral, if any, and retain the proceeds. Based on its established loan-to-value guidelines, the Company believes the recourse available is sufficient to recover future payments, if any, under the loan buy-back guarantees.
 
Merchant Processing The Company, through its subsidiaries, provides merchant processing services. Under the rules of credit card associations, a merchant processor retains a contingent liability for credit card transactions processed. This contingent liability arises in the event of a billing dispute between the merchant and a cardholder that is ultimately resolved in the cardholder’s favor. In this situation, the transaction is “charged-back” to the merchant and the disputed amount is credited or otherwise refunded to the cardholder. If the Company is unable to collect this amount from the merchant, it bears the loss for the amount of the refund paid to the cardholder.
A cardholder, through its issuing bank, generally has until the latter of up to four months after the date the transaction is processed or the receipt of the product or service to present a charge-back to the Company as the merchant processor. The absolute maximum potential liability is estimated to be the total volume of credit card transactions that meet the associations’ requirements to be valid charge-back transactions at any given time. Management estimates that the maximum potential exposure for charge-backs would approximate the total amount of merchant transactions processed through the credit card associations for the last four months. For the last four months this amount totaled approximately $69.7 billion. In most cases, this contingent liability is unlikely to arise, as most products and services are delivered when purchased and amounts are refunded when items are returned to merchants. However, where the product or service is not provided until a future date (“future delivery”), the potential for this contingent liability increases. To mitigate this risk, the Company may require the merchant to make an escrow deposit, may place maximum volume limitations on future delivery transactions processed by the merchant at any point in time, or may require various credit enhancements (including letters of credit and bank guarantees). Also, merchant processing contracts may include event triggers to provide the Company more financial and operational control in the event of financial deterioration of the merchant.
The Company’s primary exposure to future delivery is related to merchant processing for airline companies, where it currently processes card transactions in the United States, Canada and Europe for these merchants. In the event of liquidation of these merchants, the Company could become financially liable for refunding tickets purchased through the credit card associations under the charge-back provisions. Charge-back risk related to these merchants is evaluated in a manner similar to credit risk assessments and, as such, merchant processing contracts contain various provisions to protect the Company in the event of default. At December 31, 2010, the value of airline tickets purchased to be delivered at a future date was $4.1 billion. The Company held collateral of $377 million in escrow deposits, letters of credit and indemnities from financial institutions, and liens on various assets. With respect to future delivery risk for other merchants, the Company held $31 million of merchant escrow deposits as collateral. In addition to specific collateral or other credit enhancements, the Company maintains a liability for its implied guarantees associated with future delivery. At December 31, 2010, the liability was $57 million primarily related to these airline processing arrangements.
In the normal course of business, the Company has unresolved charge-backs. The Company assesses the likelihood of its potential liability based on the extent and nature of unresolved charge-backs and its historical loss experience. At December 31, 2010, the Company had a recorded liability for potential losses of $15 million.
 
Contingent Consideration Arrangements The Company has contingent payment obligations related to certain business combination transactions. Payments are guaranteed as long as certain post-acquisition performance-based criteria are met or customer relationships are maintained. At December 31, 2010, the maximum potential future payments required to be made by the Company under these arrangements was approximately $5 million. If required, the majority of these contingent payments are payable within the next 12 months.
 
Minimum Revenue Guarantees In the normal course of business, the Company may enter into revenue share agreements with third-party business partners who generate customer referrals or provide marketing or other services related to the generation of revenue. In certain of these agreements, the Company may guarantee that a minimum

U.S. BANCORP   121


Table of Contents

 
amount of revenue share payments will be made to the third-party over a specified period of time. At December 31, 2010, the maximum potential future payments required to be made by the Company under these agreements was $13 million.
 
Other Guarantees The Company has also made financial performance guarantees related to the operations of its subsidiaries. The maximum potential future payments guaranteed by the Company under these arrangements were approximately $8.1 billion at December 31, 2010.
 
OTHER CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
 
Visa Restructuring and Card Association Litigation The Company’s payment services business issues and acquires credit and debit card transactions through the Visa U.S.A. Inc. card association or its affiliates (collectively “Visa”). In 2007, Visa completed a restructuring and issued shares of Visa Inc. common stock to its financial institution members in contemplation of its initial public offering (“IPO”) completed in the first quarter of 2008 (the “Visa Reorganization”). As a part of the Visa Reorganization, the Company received its proportionate number of shares of Visa Inc. common stock, which were subsequently converted to Class B shares of Visa Inc. (“Class B shares”). In addition, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries have been named as defendants along with Visa U.S.A. Inc. (“Visa U.S.A.”) and MasterCard International (collectively, the “Card Associations”), as well as several other banks, in antitrust lawsuits challenging the practices of the Card Associations (the “Visa Litigation”). Visa U.S.A. member banks have a contingent obligation to indemnify Visa Inc. under the Visa U.S.A. bylaws (which were modified at the time of the restructuring in October 2007) for potential losses arising from the Visa Litigation. The indemnification by the Visa U.S.A. member banks has no specific maximum amount. The Company has also entered into judgment and loss sharing agreements with Visa U.S.A. and certain other banks in order to apportion financial responsibilities arising from any potential adverse judgment or negotiated settlements related to the Visa Litigation.
In 2007 and 2008, Visa announced settlement agreements relating to certain of the Visa Litigation matters. Visa U.S.A. member banks remain obligated to indemnify Visa Inc. for potential losses arising from the remaining Visa Litigation. Using proceeds from its initial IPO and through subsequent reductions to the conversion ratio applicable to the Class B shares held by Visa U.S.A. member banks, Visa Inc. has established an escrow account for the benefit of member financial institutions to fund the expenses of the Visa Litigation, as well as the members’ proportionate share of any judgments or settlements that may arise out of the Visa Litigation. The receivable related to the escrow account is classified in other liabilities as a direct offset to the related Visa Litigation contingent liability, and will decline as amounts are paid out of the escrow account. During the third quarter of 2009 and the second and fourth quarters of 2010, Visa deposited additional funds into the escrow account and further reduced the conversion ratio applicable to the Class B shares. As a result, the Company recognized gains of $39 million, $28 million and $44 million during the third quarter of 2009 and second and fourth quarters of 2010, respectively, related to the effective repurchase of a portion of its Class B shares.
At December 31, 2010, the carrying amount of the Company’s liability related to the remaining Visa Litigation matters, was $48 million. Class B shares are non-transferable, except for transfers to other Visa U.S.A. member banks. The remaining Class B shares held by the Company will be eligible for conversion to Class A shares in 2011 or upon settlement of the Visa Litigation, whichever is later.
 
Checking Account Overdraft Fee Litigation The Company is a defendant in three separate cases primarily challenging the Company’s daily ordering of debit transactions posted to customer checking accounts for the period from 2003 to 2010. The plaintiffs have requested class action treatment, however, no class has been certified. The court has denied a motion by the Company to dismiss these cases. The Company believes it has meritorious defenses against these matters, including class certification. As these cases are in the early stages and no damages have been specified, no specific loss range or range of loss can be determined currently.
 
Other The Company is subject to various other litigation, investigations and legal and administrative cases and proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of its businesses. Due to their complex nature, it may be years before some matters are resolved. While it is impossible to ascertain the ultimate resolution or range of financial liability with respect to these contingent matters, the Company believes that the aggregate amount of such liabilities will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

122   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

 
Note 23     U.S. BANCORP (PARENT COMPANY)
 
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
 
                 
December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009  
   
 
Assets
               
Due from banks, principally interest-bearing
  $ 6,722     $ 10,568  
Available-for-sale securities
    1,454       1,554  
Investments in bank subsidiaries
    29,452       24,798  
Investments in nonbank subsidiaries
    1,239       854  
Advances to bank subsidiaries
    1,500       1,500  
Advances to nonbank subsidiaries
    1,171       918  
Other assets
    1,429       1,511  
     
     
Total assets
  $ 42,967     $ 41,703  
     
     
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
               
Short-term funds borrowed
  $ 60     $ 842  
Long-term debt
    13,037       14,538  
Other liabilities
    351       360  
Shareholders’ equity
    29,519       25,963  
     
     
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 42,967     $ 41,703  
 
 
 
CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME
 
                         
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     2008  
   
 
Income
                       
Dividends from bank subsidiaries
  $     $ 625     $ 1,935  
Dividends from nonbank subsidiaries
    3       94       6  
Interest from subsidiaries
    109       82       125  
Other income
    105       (299 )     (674 )
     
     
Total income
    217       502       1,392  
Expense
                       
Interest on short-term funds borrowed
    1       3       24  
Interest on long-term debt
    366       332       409  
Other expense
    80       44       45  
     
     
Total expense
    447       379       478  
     
     
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
    (230 )     123       914  
Applicable income taxes
    (70 )     (197 )     (348 )
     
     
Income of parent company
    (160 )     320       1,262  
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
    3,477       1,885       1,684  
     
     
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp
  $ 3,317     $ 2,205     $ 2,946  
 
 

U.S. BANCORP   123


Table of Contents

 
CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     2008  
   
 
Operating Activities
                       
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp
  $ 3,317     $ 2,205     $ 2,946  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
                       
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
    (3,477 )     (1,885 )     (1,684 )
Other, net
    130       703       466  
     
     
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    (30 )     1,023       1,728  
Investing Activities
                       
Proceeds from sales and maturities of investment securities
    298       395       1,408  
Purchases of investment securities
    (63 )     (52 )     (684 )
Investments in subsidiaries
    (1,750 )     (186 )     (540 )
Equity distributions from subsidiaries
    58       58       61  
Net increase in short-term advances to subsidiaries
    (253 )     (173 )     (19 )
Long-term advances to subsidiaries
    (300 )     (800 )     (600 )
Principal collected on long-term advances to subsidiaries
    300              
Other, net
    33       (29 )     (22 )
     
     
Net cash used in investing activities
    (1,677 )     (787 )     (396 )
Financing Activities
                       
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings
    (782 )     (392 )     86  
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
    4,250       5,031       3,784  
Principal payments or redemption of long-term debt
    (5,250 )     (1,054 )     (3,819 )
Fees paid on exchange of income trust securities for perpetual preferred stock
    (4 )            
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
                7,090  
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    119       2,703       688  
Redemption of preferred stock
          (6,599 )      
Repurchase of common stock warrant
          (139 )      
Cash dividends paid on preferred stock
    (89 )     (275 )     (68 )
Cash dividends paid on common stock
    (383 )     (1,025 )     (2,959 )
     
     
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (2,139 )     (1,750 )     4,802  
     
     
Change in cash and due from banks
    (3,846 )     (1,514 )     6,134  
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year
    10,568       12,082       5,948  
     
     
Cash and due from banks at end of year
  $ 6,722     $ 10,568     $ 12,082  
 
 
 
Transfer of funds (dividends, loans or advances) from bank subsidiaries to the Company is restricted. Federal law requires loans to the Company or its affiliates to be secured and generally limits loans to the Company or an individual affiliate to 10 percent of each bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus. In the aggregate, loans to the Company and all affiliates cannot exceed 20 percent of each bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus.
Dividend payments to the Company by its subsidiary banks are subject to regulatory review and statutory limitations and, in some instances, regulatory approval. The approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency is required if total dividends by a national bank in any calendar year exceed the bank’s net income for that year combined with its retained net income for the preceding two calendar years, or if the bank’s retained earnings are less than zero. Furthermore, dividends are restricted by the Comptroller of the Currency’s minimum capital constraints for all national banks. Within these guidelines, all bank subsidiaries have the ability to pay dividends without prior regulatory approval. The amount of dividends available to the parent company from the bank subsidiaries at December 31, 2010, was approximately $5.8 billion.
 
Note 24     SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
The Company has evaluated the impact of events that have occurred subsequent to December 31, 2010 through the date the consolidated financial statements were filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. Based on this evaluation, the Company has determined none of these events were required to be recognized or disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and related notes.

124   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

U.S. Bancorp
Consolidated Balance Sheet — Five Year Summary (Unaudited)

 
                                                 
                                  % Change
 
December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     2008     2007     2006     2010 v 2009  
   
 
Assets
                                               
Cash and due from banks
  $ 14,487     $ 6,206     $ 6,859     $ 8,884     $ 8,639       * %
Held-to-maturity securities
    1,469       47       53       74       87       *  
Available-for-sale securities
    51,509       44,721       39,468       43,042       40,030       15.2  
Loans held for sale
    8,371       4,772       3,210       4,819       3,256       75.4  
Loans
    197,061       194,755       184,955       153,827       143,597       1.2  
Less allowance for loan losses
    (5,310 )     (5,079 )     (3,514 )     (2,058 )     (2,022 )     (4.5 )
             
             
Net loans
    191,751       189,676       181,441       151,769       141,575       1.1  
Other assets
    40,199       35,754       34,881       29,027       25,645       12.4  
             
             
Total assets
  $ 307,786     $ 281,176     $ 265,912     $ 237,615     $ 219,232       9.5 %
             
             
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
                                               
Deposits
                                               
Noninterest-bearing
  $ 45,314     $ 38,186     $ 37,494     $ 33,334     $ 32,128       18.7 %
Interest-bearing
    158,938       145,056       121,856       98,111       92,754       9.6  
             
             
Total deposits
    204,252       183,242       159,350       131,445       124,882       11.5  
Short-term borrowings
    32,557       31,312       33,983       32,370       26,933       4.0  
Long-term debt
    31,537       32,580       38,359       43,440       37,602       (3.2 )
Other liabilities
    9,118       7,381       7,187       8,534       7,896       23.5  
             
             
Total liabilities
    277,464       254,515       238,879       215,789       197,313       9.0  
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders’ equity
    29,519       25,963       26,300       21,046       21,197       13.7  
Noncontrolling interests
    803       698       733       780       722       15.0  
             
             
Total equity
    30,322       26,661       27,033       21,826       21,919       13.7  
             
             
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 307,786     $ 281,176     $ 265,912     $ 237,615     $ 219,232       9.5 %
 
 
* Not meaningful

U.S. BANCORP   125


Table of Contents

U.S. Bancorp
Consolidated Statement of Income — Five-Year Summary (Unaudited)

 
                                                 
                                  % Change
 
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)   2010     2009     2008     2007     2006     2010 v 2009  
   
 
Interest Income
                                               
Loans
  $ 10,145     $ 9,564     $ 10,051     $ 10,627     $ 9,873       6.1 %
Loans held for sale
    246       277       227       277       236       (11.2 )
Investment securities
    1,601       1,606       1,984       2,095       2,001       (.3 )
Other interest income
    166       91       156       137       153       82.4  
             
             
Total interest income
    12,158       11,538       12,418       13,136       12,263       5.4  
Interest Expense
                                               
Deposits
    928       1,202       1,881       2,754       2,389       (22.8 )
Short-term borrowings
    548       539       1,066       1,433       1,203       1.7  
Long-term debt
    1,103       1,279       1,739       2,260       1,930       (13.8 )
             
             
Total interest expense
    2,579       3,020       4,686       6,447       5,522       (14.6 )
             
             
Net interest income
    9,579       8,518       7,732       6,689       6,741       12.5  
Provision for credit losses
    4,356       5,557       3,096       792       544       (21.6 )
             
             
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
    5,223       2,961       4,636       5,897       6,197       76.4  
Noninterest Income
                                               
Credit and debit card revenue
    1,091       1,055       1,039       958       809       3.4  
Corporate payment products revenue
    710       669       671       638       562       6.1  
Merchant processing services
    1,253       1,148       1,151       1,108       966       9.1  
ATM processing services
    423       410       366       327       313       3.2  
Trust and investment management fees
    1,080       1,168       1,314       1,339       1,235       (7.5 )
Deposit service charges
    710       970       1,081       1,077       1,042       (26.8 )
Treasury management fees
    555       552       517       472       441       .5  
Commercial products revenue
    771       615       492       433       415       25.4  
Mortgage banking revenue
    1,003       1,035       270       259       192       (3.1 )
Investment products fees and commissions
    111       109       147       146       150       1.8  
Securities gains (losses), net
    (78 )     (451 )     (978 )     15       14       82.7  
Other
    731       672       741       524       813       8.8  
             
             
Total noninterest income
    8,360       7,952       6,811       7,296       6,952       5.1  
Noninterest Expense
                                               
Compensation
    3,779       3,135       3,039       2,640       2,513       20.5  
Employee benefits
    694       574       515       494       481       20.9  
Net occupancy and equipment
    919       836       781       738       709       9.9  
Professional services
    306       255       240       233       199       20.0  
Marketing and business development
    360       378       310       260       233       (4.8 )
Technology and communications
    744       673       598       561       545       10.5  
Postage, printing and supplies
    301       288       294       283       265       4.5  
Other intangibles
    367       387       355       376       355       (5.2 )
Other
    1,913       1,755       1,216       1,322       929       9.0  
             
             
Total noninterest expense
    9,383       8,281       7,348       6,907       6,229       13.3  
             
             
Income before income taxes
    4,200       2,632       4,099       6,286       6,920       59.6  
Applicable income taxes
    935       395       1,087       1,883       2,112       *  
             
             
Net income
    3,265       2,237       3,012       4,403       4,808       46.0  
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
    52       (32 )     (66 )     (79 )     (57 )     *  
             
             
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp
  $ 3,317     $ 2,205     $ 2,946     $ 4,324     $ 4,751       50.4  
             
             
Net income applicable to U.S. Bancorp common shareholders
  $ 3,332     $ 1,803     $ 2,819     $ 4,258     $ 4,696       84.8  
 
 
* Not meaningful

126   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

U.S. Bancorp
Quarterly Consolidated Financial Data (Unaudited)

 
                                                                   
    2010       2009  
    First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
      First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
 
(Dollars in Millions, Except Per Share Data)   Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter       Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter  
Interest Income
                                                                 
Loans
  $ 2,505     $ 2,515     $ 2,560     $ 2,565       $ 2,350     $ 2,345     $ 2,373     $ 2,496  
Loans held for sale
    44       47       71       84         63       71       87       56  
Investment securities
    410       394       400       397         434       402       374       396  
Other interest income
    34       39       46       47         20       22       23       26  
                                                                   
Total interest income
    2,993       2,995       3,077       3,093         2,867       2,840       2,857       2,974  
Interest Expense
                                                                 
Deposits
    236       229       231       232         324       314       299       265  
Short-term borrowings
    128       137       149       134         143       131       138       127  
Long-term debt
    277       272       273       281         353       341       313       272  
                                                                   
Total interest expense
    641       638       653       647         820       786       750       664  
                                                                   
Net interest income
    2,352       2,357       2,424       2,446         2,047       2,054       2,107       2,310  
Provision for credit losses
    1,310       1,139       995       912         1,318       1,395       1,456       1,388  
                                                                   
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
    1,042       1,218       1,429       1,534         729       659       651       922  
Noninterest Income
                                                                 
Credit and debit card revenue
    258       266       274       293         256       259       267       273  
Corporate payment products revenue
    168       178       191       173         154       168       181       166  
Merchant processing services
    292       320       318       323         258       278       300       312  
ATM processing services
    105       108       105       105         102       104       103       101  
Trust and investment management fees
    264       267       267       282         294       304       293       277  
Deposit service charges
    207       199       160       144         226       250       256       238  
Treasury management fees
    137       145       139       134         137       142       141       132  
Commercial products revenue
    161       205       197       208         129       144       157       185  
Mortgage banking revenue
    200       243       310       250         233       308       276       218  
Investment products fees and commissions
    25       30       27       29         28       27       27       27  
Securities gains (losses), net
    (34 )     (21 )     (9 )     (14 )       (198 )     (19 )     (76 )     (158 )
Other
    135       170       131       295         169       90       168       245  
                                                                   
Total noninterest income
    1,918       2,110       2,110       2,222         1,788       2,055       2,093       2,016  
Noninterest Expense
                                                                 
Compensation
    861       946       973       999         786       764       769       816  
Employee benefits
    180       172       171       171         155       140       134       145  
Net occupancy and equipment
    227       226       229       237         211       208       203       214  
Professional services
    58       73       78       97         52       59       63       81  
Marketing and business development
    60       86       108       106         56       80       137       105  
Technology and communications
    185       186       186       187         155       157       175       186  
Postage, printing and supplies
    74       75       74       78         74       72       72       70  
Other intangibles
    97       91       90       89         91       95       94       107  
Other
    394       522       476       521         291       554       406       504  
                                                                   
Total noninterest expense
    2,136       2,377       2,385       2,485         1,871       2,129       2,053       2,228  
                                                                   
Income before income taxes
    824       951       1,154       1,271         646       585       691       710  
Applicable income taxes
    161       199       260       315         101       100       86       108  
                                                                   
Net income
    663       752       894       956         545       485       605       602  
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
    6       14       14       18         (16 )     (14 )     (2 )      
                                                                   
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp
  $ 669     $ 766     $ 908     $ 974       $ 529     $ 471     $ 603     $ 602  
                                                                   
                                                                   
Net income applicable to U.S. Bancorp common shareholders
  $ 648     $ 862     $ 871     $ 951       $ 419     $ 221     $ 583     $ 580  
                                                                   
                                                                   
Earnings per common share
  $ .34     $ .45     $ .46     $ .50       $ .24     $ .12     $ .31     $ .30  
Diluted earnings per common share
  $ .34     $ .45     $ .45     $ .49       $ .24     $ .12     $ .30     $ .30  
                                                                   
                                                                   

U.S. BANCORP   127


Table of Contents

U.S. Bancorp
Consolidated Daily Average Balance Sheet and

 
                                                     
Year Ended December 31   2010     2009      
    Average
          Yields
    Average
          Yields
     
(Dollars in Millions)   Balances     Interest     and Rates     Balances     Interest     and Rates      
Assets
                                                   
Investment securities
  $ 47,763     $ 1,763       3.69 %   $ 42,809     $ 1,770       4.13 %    
Loans held for sale
    5,616       246       4.37       5,820       277       4.76      
Loans (b)
                                                   
Commercial
    47,028       1,977       4.20       52,827       2,074       3.93      
Commercial real estate
    34,269       1,530       4.46       33,751       1,453       4.30      
Residential mortgages
    27,704       1,436       5.18       24,481       1,380       5.64      
Retail
    64,089       4,272       6.67       62,023       4,125       6.65      
                             
                             
Total loans, excluding covered loans
    173,090       9,215       5.32       173,082       9,032       5.22      
Covered loans
    19,932       985       4.94       12,723       578       4.54      
                             
                             
Total loans
    193,022       10,200       5.28       185,805       9,610       5.17      
Other earning assets
    5,641       166       2.94       2,853       91       3.20      
                             
                             
Total earning assets
    252,042       12,375       4.91       237,287       11,748       4.95      
Allowance for loan losses
    (5,399 )                     (4,451 )                    
Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities
    94                       (1,594 )                    
Other assets
    39,124                       37,118                      
                                                     
Total assets
  $ 285,861                     $ 268,360                      
                                                     
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
                                                   
Noninterest-bearing deposits
  $ 40,162                     $ 37,856                      
Interest-bearing deposits
                                                   
Interest checking
    40,184       77       .19       36,866       78       .21      
Money market savings
    39,679       132       .33       31,795       145       .46      
Savings accounts
    20,903       121       .58       13,109       71       .54      
Time certificates of deposit less than $100,000
    16,628       303       1.82       17,879       461       2.58      
Time deposits greater than $100,000
    27,165       295       1.08       30,296       447       1.48      
                             
                             
Total interest-bearing deposits
    144,559       928       .64       129,945       1,202       .93      
Short-term borrowings
    33,719       556       1.65       29,149       551       1.89      
Long-term debt
    30,835       1,103       3.58       36,520       1,279       3.50      
                             
                             
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    209,113       2,587       1.24       195,614       3,032       1.55      
Other liabilities
    7,787                       7,869                      
Shareholders’ equity
                                                   
Preferred equity
    1,742                       4,445                      
Common equity
    26,307                       21,862                      
                                                     
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders’ equity
    28,049                       26,307                      
Noncontrolling interests
    750                       714                      
                                                     
Total equity
    28,799                       27,021                      
                                                     
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 285,861                     $ 268,360                      
                                                     
Net interest income
          $ 9,788                     $ 8,716              
                                                     
Gross interest margin
                    3.67 %                     3.40 %    
                                                     
Gross interest margin without taxable-equivalent increments
                    3.59                       3.32      
                                                     
Percent of Earning Assets
                                                   
Interest income
                    4.91 %                     4.95 %    
Interest expense
                    1.03                       1.28      
                                                     
Net interest margin
                    3.88 %                     3.67 %    
                                                     
Net interest margin without taxable-equivalent increments
                    3.80 %                     3.59 %    
 
* Not meaningful
(a) Interest and rates are presented on a fully taxable-equivalent basis utilizing a tax rate of 35 percent.
(b) Interest income and rates on loans include loan fees. Nonaccrual loans are included in average loan balances.

128   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

Related Yields And Rates (a) (Unaudited)

 
                                                                               
2008     2007     2006       2010 v 2009  
                                                        % Change
 
Average
          Yields
    Average
          Yields
    Average
          Yields
      Average
 
Balances     Interest     and Rates     Balances     Interest     and Rates     Balances     Interest     and Rates       Balances  
                                                                               
$ 42,850     $ 2,160       5.04 %   $ 41,313     $ 2,239       5.42 %   $ 39,961     $ 2,063       5.16 %       11.6 %
  3,914       227       5.80       4,298       277       6.44       3,663       236       6.45         (3.5 )
                                                                               
  54,307       2,702       4.98       47,812       3,143       6.57       45,440       2,969       6.53         (11.0 )
  31,110       1,771       5.69       28,592       2,079       7.27       28,760       2,104       7.32         1.5  
  23,257       1,419       6.10       22,085       1,354       6.13       21,053       1,224       5.81         13.2  
  55,570       4,134       7.44       48,859       4,080       8.35       45,348       3,602       7.94         3.3  
                                           
                                           
  164,244       10,026       6.10       147,348       10,656       7.23       140,601       9,899       7.04          
  1,308       61       4.68                                             56.7  
                                           
                                           
  165,552       10,087       6.09       147,348       10,656       7.23       140,601       9,899       7.04         3.9  
  2,730       156       5.71       1,724       137       7.95       2,006       153       7.64         97.7  
                                           
                                           
  215,046       12,630       5.87       194,683       13,309       6.84       186,231       12,351       6.63         6.2  
  (2,527 )                     (2,042 )                     (2,052 )                       (21.3 )
  (2,068 )                     (874 )                     (1,007 )                       *  
  33,949                       31,854                       30,340                         5.4  
                                                                               
$ 244,400                     $ 223,621                     $ 213,512                         6.5  
                                                                               
                                                                               
$ 28,739                     $ 27,364                     $ 28,755                         6.1  
                                                                               
  31,137       251       .81       26,117       351       1.34       23,552       233       .99         9.0  
  26,300       330       1.25       25,332       651       2.57       26,667       569       2.13         24.8  
  5,929       20       .34       5,306       19       .35       5,599       19       .35         59.5  
  13,583       472       3.47       14,654       644       4.40       13,761       524       3.81         (7.0 )
  30,496       808       2.65       22,302       1,089       4.88       22,255       1,044       4.69         (10.3 )
                                           
                                           
  107,445       1,881       1.75       93,711       2,754       2.94       91,834       2,389       2.60         11.2  
  38,237       1,144       2.99       28,925       1,531       5.29       24,422       1,242       5.08         15.7  
  39,250       1,739       4.43       44,560       2,260       5.07       40,357       1,930       4.78         (15.6 )
                                           
                                           
  184,932       4,764       2.58       167,196       6,545       3.91       156,613       5,561       3.55         6.9  
  7,405                       7,352                       7,202                         (1.0 )
                                                                               
  2,246                       1,000                       767                         (60.8 )
  20,324                       19,997                       19,943                         20.3  
                                                                               
  22,570                       20,997                       20,710                         6.6  
  754                       712                       232                         5.0  
                                                                               
  23,324                       21,709                       20,942                         6.6  
                                                                               
$ 244,400                     $ 223,621                     $ 213,512                         6.5 %
                                                                               
                                                                               
        $ 7,866                     $ 6,764                     $ 6,790                    
                                                                               
                  3.29 %                     2.93 %                     3.08 %          
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                                                               
                  3.23                       2.89                       3.05            
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                                                               
                  5.87 %                     6.84 %                     6.63 %          
                  2.21                       3.37                       2.98            
                                                                               
                  3.66 %                     3.47 %                     3.65 %          
                                                                               
                                                                               
                  3.60 %                     3.43 %                     3.62 %          
                                                                               
                                                                               

U.S. BANCORP   129


Table of Contents

U.S. Bancorp
Supplemental Financial Data (Unaudited)

 
                                         
Earnings Per Common Share Summary   2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
   
 
Earnings per common share
  $ 1.74     $ .97     $ 1.62     $ 2.45     $ 2.64  
Diluted earnings per common share
    1.73       .97       1.61       2.42       2.61  
Dividends declared per common share
    .200       .200       1.700       1.625       1.390  
 
 
                                         
Ratios
                                       
 
 
Return on average assets
    1.16 %     .82 %     1.21 %     1.93 %     2.23 %
Return on average common equity
    12.7       8.2       13.9       21.3       23.5  
Average total U.S. Bancorp shareholders’ equity to average assets
    9.8       9.8       9.2       9.4       9.7  
Dividends per common share to net income per common share
    11.5       20.6       104.9       66.3       52.7  
 
 
                                         
Other Statistics (Dollars and Shares in Millions)
                                       
                                         
                                         
 
 
Common shares outstanding (a)
    1,921       1,913       1,755       1,728       1,765  
Average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents
                                       
Earnings per common share
    1,912       1,851       1,742       1,735       1,778  
Diluted earnings per common share
    1,921       1,859       1,756       1,756       1,803  
Number of shareholders (b)
    55,371       58,610       61,611       63,837       66,313  
Common dividends declared
  $ 385     $ 375     $ 2,971     $ 2,813     $ 2,466  
 
 
(a) Defined as total common shares less common stock held in treasury at December 31.
(b) Based on number of common stock shareholders of record at December 31.
 
STOCK PRICE RANGE AND DIVIDENDS
 
                                                                   
    2010       2009  
    Sales Price             Sales Price        
                Closing
    Dividends
                  Closing
    Dividends
 
    High     Low     Price     Declared       High     Low     Price     Declared  
First quarter
  $ 26.84     $ 22.53     $ 25.88     $ .050       $ 25.43     $ 8.06     $ 14.61     $ .050  
Second quarter
    28.43       22.06       22.35       .050         21.92       13.92       17.92       .050  
Third quarter
    24.56       20.44       21.62       .050         23.49       16.11       21.86       .050  
Fourth quarter
    27.30       21.58       26.97       .050         25.59       20.76       22.51       .050  
                                                                   
                                                                   
 
The common stock of U.S. Bancorp is traded on the New York Stock Exchange, under the ticker symbol “USB.” At January 31, 2011, there were 55,191 holders of record of the Company’s common stock.
 
STOCK PERFORMANCE CHART
 
The following chart compares the cumulative total shareholder return on the Company’s common stock during the five years ended December 31, 2010, with the cumulative total return on the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Commercial Bank Index (the “Old Index”) and the KBW Bank Index. Historically, the Company has used the Old Index to compare its relative performance. Effective in 2010, the Company adopted the KBW Bank Index as a replacement for the Old Index. The Company believes the KBW Bank Index provides a more appropriate comparison for assessing its relative performance. The Old Index is market capitalization-weighted and at December 31, 2010, one large constituent company and the Company comprised more than 47 percent and 15 percent of the Old Index, respectively, diminishing its appropriateness as a comparison index. Comparatively, at December 31, 2010, the KBW Bank Index was comprised of 24 companies with its largest constituent company comprising approximately 8 percent of the index. The comparison assumes $100 was invested on December 31, 2005, in the Company’s common stock and in each of the foregoing indices and assumes the reinvestment of all dividends. The comparisons in the graph are based upon historical data and are not indicative of, nor intended to forecast, future performance of the Company’s common stock.
MDA Tables Throw Away Note and Keep Tables
 
(TOTAL RETURN CHART)

130   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

Company Information

 
General Business Description U.S. Bancorp is a multi-state financial services holding company headquartered in Minneapolis, Minnesota. U.S. Bancorp was incorporated in Delaware in 1929 and operates as a financial holding company and a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. U.S. Bancorp provides a full range of financial services, including lending and depository services, cash management, foreign exchange and trust and investment management services. It also engages in credit card services, merchant and ATM processing, mortgage banking, insurance, brokerage and leasing.
U.S. Bancorp’s banking subsidiaries are engaged in the general banking business, principally in domestic markets. The subsidiaries range in size from $53 million to $211 billion in deposits and provide a wide range of products and services to individuals, businesses, institutional organizations, governmental entities and other financial institutions. Commercial and consumer lending services are principally offered to customers within the Company’s domestic markets, to domestic customers with foreign operations and within certain niche national venues. Lending services include traditional credit products as well as credit card services, financing and import/export trade, asset-backed lending, agricultural finance and other products. Leasing products are offered through bank leasing subsidiaries. Depository services include checking accounts, savings accounts and time certificate contracts. Ancillary services such as foreign exchange, treasury management and receivable lock-box collection are provided to corporate customers. U.S. Bancorp’s bank and trust subsidiaries provide a full range of asset management and fiduciary services for individuals, estates, foundations, business corporations and charitable organizations.
U.S. Bancorp’s non-banking subsidiaries primarily offer investment and insurance products to the Company’s customers principally within its markets, and mutual fund processing services to a broad range of mutual funds.
Banking and investment services are provided through a network of 3,031 banking offices principally operating in the Midwest and West regions of the United States. The Company operates a network of 5,310 ATMs and provides 24-hour, seven day a week telephone customer service. Mortgage banking services are provided through banking offices and loan production offices throughout the Company’s markets. Consumer lending products may be originated through banking offices, indirect correspondents, brokers or other lending sources, and a consumer finance division. The Company is also one of the largest providers of Visa ® corporate and purchasing card services and corporate trust services in the United States. A wholly-owned subsidiary, Elavon, Inc. (“Elavon”), provides merchant processing services directly to merchants and through a network of banking affiliations. Affiliates of Elavon provide similar merchant services in Canada and segments of Europe. These foreign operations are not significant to the Company.
On a full-time equivalent basis, as of December 31, 2010, U.S. Bancorp employed 60,584 people.
 
Risk Factors The following factors may adversely affect the Company’s business, financial results or stock price.
 
Industry Risk Factors
 
Difficult business and economic conditions may continue to adversely affect the financial services industry The Company’s business activities and earnings are affected by general business conditions in the United States and abroad. In 2010, the domestic and global economies generally began to stabilize from the dramatic downturn experienced in 2008 and 2009. The economic downturn resulted in negative effects on the business, financial condition and results of operations of financial institutions in the United States and other countries. However, domestic and global economies continue to remain unsteady and worsening of current financial market conditions could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, access to credit or the trading price of the Company’s common stock. Dramatic declines in the housing and commercial real estate markets over the past several years, with falling real estate prices and increasing foreclosures and unemployment, continue to negatively impact the credit performance of real estate related loans and have resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions. These write-downs have caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to reduce or eliminate dividends, to merge with larger and stronger institutions and, in some cases, to fail. Market developments may further erode consumer confidence levels and may cause adverse changes in payment patterns, causing increases in delinquencies and default rates, which may impact the Company’s charge-offs and provision for credit losses. Additional economic deterioration that affects household and/or corporate incomes could also result in reduced demand for credit or fee-based products and services. A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the lingering effects of the difficult market conditions experienced by the Company and others in the financial services industry.

U.S. BANCORP   131


Table of Contents

The Company may be adversely affected by recently passed and proposed legislation and rulemaking The United States government and the Company’s regulators have recently passed and proposed legislation and rules that impact the Company, and the Company expects to continue to face increased regulation. These laws and regulations may affect the manner in which the Company does business and the products and services that it provides, affect or restrict the Company’s ability to compete in its current businesses or its ability to enter into or acquire new businesses, reduce or limit the Company’s revenue or impose additional fees, assessments or taxes on the Company, intensify the regulatory supervision of the Company and the financial services industry, and adversely affect the Company’s business operations or have other negative consequences.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was signed into law in 2010. This legislation, among other things, establishes a Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad authority to administer and enforce a new federal regulatory framework of consumer financial regulation, changes the base for deposit insurance assessments, introduces regulatory rate-setting for interchange fees charged to merchants for debit card transactions, enhances the regulation of consumer mortgage banking, limits the pre-emption of local laws applicable to national banks, and excludes certain instruments currently included in determining the Tier 1 regulatory capital ratio. The capital instrument exclusion will be phased-in over a three-year period beginning in 2013. As of December 31, 2010, the instruments subject to that exclusion increase the Company’s Tier 1 capital ratio by 1.3 percent. Many of the legislation’s provisions have extended implementation periods and delayed effective dates and will require rulemaking by various regulatory agencies. Accordingly, the Company cannot currently quantify the ultimate impact of this legislation and the related future rulemaking, but expects that the legislation will have a detrimental impact on revenues and expenses, require the Company to change certain of its business practices, increase the Company’s capital requirements and impose additional assessments and costs on the Company, and otherwise adversely affect the Company’s business.
 
Other changes in the laws, regulations and policies governing financial services companies could alter the Company’s business environment and adversely affect operations The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. Its fiscal and monetary policies determine in a large part the Company’s cost of funds for lending and investing and the return that can be earned on those loans and investments, both of which affect the Company’s net interest margin. Federal Reserve Board policies can also materially affect the value of financial instruments that the Company holds, such as debt securities and mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”). Its policies also can affect the Company’s borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans. Changes in policies of the Federal Reserve Board are beyond the Company’s control and can be difficult to predict.
The Company and its bank subsidiaries are heavily regulated at the federal and state levels. This regulation is to protect depositors, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole. Congress and state legislatures and federal and state agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Changes in statutes, regulations or policies could affect the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways, including limiting the types of financial services and products that the Company offers and/or increasing the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products. The Company cannot predict whether any of this potential legislation will be enacted, and if enacted, the effect that it or any regulations would have on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.
 
The Company could experience an unexpected inability to obtain needed liquidity The Company’s liquidity could be constrained by an unexpected inability to access the capital markets due to a variety of market dislocations or interruptions. If the Company is unable to meet its funding needs on a timely basis, its business would be adversely affected. The Company’s credit rating is important to its liquidity. A reduction in the Company’s credit rating could adversely affect its liquidity and competitive position, increase its funding costs or limit its access to the capital markets.
 
Loss of customer deposits could increase the Company’s funding costs The Company relies on bank deposits to be a low cost and stable source of funding. The Company competes with banks and other financial services companies for deposits. If the Company’s competitors raise the rates they pay on deposits, the Company’s funding costs may increase, either because the Company raises its rates to avoid losing deposits or because the Company loses deposits and must rely on more expensive sources of funding. Higher funding costs could reduce the Company’s net interest margin and net interest income.

132   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect the Company The Company’s ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. The Company has exposure to many different counterparties, and the Company routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, and other institutional clients. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, could lead to losses or defaults by the Company or by other institutions. Many of these transactions expose the Company to credit risk in the event of default of the Company’s counterparty or client. In addition, the Company’s credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by the Company cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the financial instrument exposure due the Company. There is no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.
 
The financial services industry is highly competitive, and competitive pressures could intensify and adversely affect the Company’s financial results The Company operates in a highly competitive industry that could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes, as well as continued industry consolidation which may increase in connection with current economic and market conditions. The Company competes with other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, finance companies, mortgage banking companies, credit unions and investment companies. In addition, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks. Many of the Company’s competitors have fewer regulatory constraints, and some have lower cost structures. Also, the potential need to adapt to industry changes in information technology systems, on which the Company and financial services industry are highly dependent, could present operational issues and require capital spending.
 
The Company continually encounters technological change The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. The Company’s future success depends, in part, upon its ability to address customer needs by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in the Company’s operations. The Company may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to its customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could negatively affect the Company’s revenue and profit.
 
Improvements in economic indicators disproportionately affecting the financial services industry may lag improvements in the general economy Should the stabilization of the U.S. economy lead to a general economic recovery, the improvement of certain economic indicators, such as unemployment and real estate asset values and rents, may nevertheless continue to lag behind the overall economy. These economic indicators typically affect certain industries, such as real estate and financial services, more significantly. Furthermore, financial services companies with a substantial lending business, like the Company’s, are dependent upon the ability of their borrowers to make debt service payments on loans. Should unemployment or real estate asset values fail to recover for an extended period of time, the Company could be adversely affected.
 
Changes in consumer use of banks and changes in consumer spending and saving habits could adversely affect the Company’s financial results Technology and other changes now allow many consumers to complete financial transactions without using banks. For example, consumers can pay bills and transfer funds directly without going through a bank. This “disintermediation” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and income generated from those deposits. In addition, changes in consumer spending and saving habits could adversely affect the Company’s operations, and the Company may be unable to timely develop competitive new products and services in response to these changes that are accepted by new and existing customers.
 
Changes in the domestic interest rate environment could reduce the Company’s net interest income The operations of financial institutions such as the Company are dependent to a large degree on net interest income, which is the difference between interest income from loans and investments and interest expense on deposits and borrowings. An institution’s

U.S. BANCORP   133


Table of Contents

net interest income is significantly affected by market rates of interest, which in turn are affected by prevailing economic conditions, by the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and by the policies of various regulatory agencies. Like all financial institutions, the Company’s balance sheet is affected by fluctuations in interest rates. Volatility in interest rates can also result in the flow of funds away from financial institutions into direct investments. Direct investments, such as U.S. Government and corporate securities and other investment vehicles (including mutual funds) generally pay higher rates of return than financial institutions, because of the absence of federal insurance premiums and reserve requirements.
 
Acts or threats of terrorism and political or military actions taken by the United States or other governments could adversely affect general economic or industry conditions Geopolitical conditions may also affect the Company’s earnings. Acts or threats of terrorism and political or military actions taken by the United States or other governments in response to terrorism, or similar activity, could adversely affect general economic or industry conditions.
 
Company Risk Factors
 
The Company’s allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual losses Like all financial institutions, the Company maintains an allowance for loan losses to provide for loan defaults and non-performance. The Company’s allowance for loan losses is based on its historical loss experience as well as an evaluation of the risks associated with its loan portfolio, including the size and composition of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and geographic concentrations within the portfolio. The stress on the United States economy and the local economies in which the Company does business may be greater or last longer than expected, resulting in, among other things, greater than expected deterioration in credit quality of the loan portfolio, or in the value of collateral securing those loans. In addition, the process the Company uses to estimate losses inherent in its credit exposure requires difficult, subjective, and complex judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions and how these economic predictions might impair the ability of its borrowers to repay their loans, which may no longer be capable of accurate estimation which may, in turn, impact the reliability of the process. Increases in the Company’s allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual loan losses, and future provisions for loan losses could continue to materially and adversely affect its financial results.
 
The Company may continue to suffer increased losses in its loan portfolio despite its underwriting practices The Company seeks to mitigate the risks inherent in its loan portfolio by adhering to specific underwriting practices. These practices generally include: analysis of a borrower’s credit history, financial statements, tax returns and cash flow projections; valuation of collateral based on reports of independent appraisers; and verification of liquid assets. Although the Company believes that its underwriting criteria are, and historically have been, appropriate for the various kinds of loans it makes, the Company has already incurred high levels of losses on loans that have met these criteria, and may continue to experience higher than expected losses depending on economic factors and consumer behavior. In addition, the Company’s ability to assess the creditworthiness of its customers may be impaired if the models and approaches it uses to select, manage, and underwrite its customers become less predictive of future behaviors. Finally, the Company may have higher credit risk, or experience higher credit losses, to the extent its loans are concentrated by loan type, industry segment, borrower type, or location of the borrower or collateral. For example, the Company’s credit risk and credit losses can increase if borrowers who engage in similar activities are uniquely or disproportionately affected by economic or market conditions, or by regulation, such as regulation related to climate change. Continued deterioration of real estate values in states or regions where the Company has relatively larger concentrations of residential or commercial real estate could result in significantly higher credit costs.
 
The Company faces increased risk arising out of its mortgage lending and servicing businesses Numerous federal and state governmental, legislative and regulatory authorities are investigating practices in the mortgage lending and servicing industries. In addition to the interagency examination by U.S. federal banking regulators, the Company has received inquiries from other governmental, legislative and regulatory authorities on this topic, has cooperated, and continues to cooperate, with these inquiries. These inquiries may lead to other administrative, civil or criminal proceedings, possibly resulting in remedies including fines, penalties, restitution, or alterations in the Company’s business practices. Additionally, reputational damage arising out of the enforcement action or from other inquiries and industry-wide publicity could also have an adverse effect upon the Company’s existing mortgage business and could reduce future business opportunities.

134   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

In addition to governmental or regulatory investigations, the Company, like other companies with residential mortgage origination and servicing operations, faces the risk of class actions and other litigation arising out of these operations. At this time, the Company cannot predict the cost to or effect upon the Company from governmental, legislative or regulatory actions or private litigation or claims arising out of residential mortgage lending and servicing practices, although such actions, litigation and claims could, individually or in the aggregate, result in significant expense.
 
Changes in interest rates can reduce the value of the Company’s mortgage servicing rights and mortgages held-for-sale, and can make its mortgage banking revenue volatile from quarter to quarter, which can negatively affect its earnings The Company has a portfolio of MSRs, which is the right to service a mortgage loan for a fee. The Company initially carries its MSRs using a fair value measurement of the present value of the estimated future net servicing income, which includes assumptions about the likelihood of prepayment by borrowers. Changes in interest rates can affect prepayment assumptions and thus fair value. As interest rates fall, prepayments tend to increase as borrowers refinance, and the fair value of MSR’s can decrease, which in turn reduces the Company’s earnings.
An increase in interest rates tends to lead to a decrease in demand for mortgage loans, reducing the Company’s income from loan originations. Although revenue from the Company’s MSRs may increase at the same time through increases in fair value, this offsetting revenue effect, or “natural hedge,” is not perfectly correlated in amount or timing. The Company typically uses derivatives and other instruments to hedge its mortgage banking interest rate risk, but this hedging activity may not always be successful. The Company could incur significant losses from its hedging activities, and there may be periods where it elects not to hedge its mortgage banking interest rate risk. As a result of these factors, mortgage banking revenue can experience significant volatility.
 
Maintaining or increasing the Company’s market share may depend on lowering prices and market acceptance of new products and services The Company’s success depends, in part, on its ability to adapt its products and services to evolving industry standards. There is increasing pressure to provide products and services at lower prices. Lower prices can reduce the Company’s net interest margin and revenues from its fee-based products and services. In addition, the widespread adoption of new technologies, including internet services, could require the Company to make substantial expenditures to modify or adapt the Company’s existing products and services. Also, these and other capital investments in the Company’s businesses may not produce expected growth in earnings anticipated at the time of the expenditure. The Company might not be successful in introducing new products and services, achieving market acceptance of its products and services, or developing and maintaining loyal customers.
 
The Company relies on its employees, systems and certain counterparties, and certain failures could materially adversely affect its operations The Company operates in many different businesses in diverse markets and relies on the ability of its employees and systems to process a high number of transactions. Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from the Company’s operations, including, but not limited to, the risk of fraud by employees or persons outside of the Company, the execution of unauthorized transactions by employees, errors relating to transaction processing and technology, breaches of the internal control system and compliance requirements and business continuation and disaster recovery. This risk of loss also includes the potential legal actions that could arise as a result of an operational deficiency or as a result of noncompliance with applicable regulatory standards, adverse business decisions or their implementation, and customer attrition due to potential negative publicity. Third-parties with which the Company does business could also be sources of operational risk to the Company, including risks relating to breakdowns or failures of those parties’ systems or employees. In the event of a breakdown in the internal control system, improper operation of systems or improper employee actions, the Company could suffer financial loss, face regulatory action and suffer damage to its reputation.
If personal, confidential or proprietary information of customers or clients in the Company’s possession were to be mishandled or misused, the Company could suffer significant regulatory consequences, reputational damage and financial loss. This mishandling or misuse could include, for example, if the information were erroneously provided to parties who are not permitted to have the information, either by fault of the Company’s systems, employees, or counterparties, or where the information is intercepted or otherwise inappropriately taken by third-parties.
 
The change in residual value of leased assets may have an adverse impact on the Company’s financial results The Company engages in leasing activities and is subject to the risk that the residual value of the property under lease will

U.S. BANCORP   135


Table of Contents

be less than the Company’s recorded asset value. Adverse changes in the residual value of leased assets can have a negative impact on the Company’s financial results. The risk of changes in the realized value of the leased assets compared to recorded residual values depends on many factors outside of the Company’s control, including supply and demand for the assets, condition of the assets at the end of the lease term, and other economic factors.
 
Negative publicity could damage the Company’s reputation and adversely impact its business and financial results Reputation risk, or the risk to the Company’s earnings and capital from negative publicity, is inherent in the Company’s business. Negative publicity can result from the Company’s actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance and acquisitions, and actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative publicity can adversely affect the Company’s ability to keep and attract customers, and can expose the Company to litigation and regulatory action. Because most of the Company’s businesses operate under the “U.S. Bank” brand, actual or alleged conduct by one business can result in negative publicity about other businesses the Company operates. Although the Company takes steps to minimize reputation risk in dealing with customers and other constituencies, the Company, as a large diversified financial services company with a high industry profile, is inherently exposed to this risk.
 
The Company’s reported financial results depend on management’s selection of accounting methods and certain assumptions and estimates The Company’s accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how the Company records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. The Company’s management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and methods so they comply with generally accepted accounting principles and reflect management’s judgment regarding the most appropriate manner to report the Company’s financial condition and results. In some cases, management must select the accounting policy or method to apply from two or more alternatives, any of which might be reasonable under the circumstances, yet might result in the Company’s reporting materially different results than would have been reported under a different alternative.
Certain accounting policies are critical to presenting the Company’s financial condition and results. They require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. Materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions or estimates. These critical accounting policies include: the allowance for credit losses; estimations of fair value; the valuation of purchased loans and related indemnification assets; the valuation of MSRs; the valuation of goodwill and other intangible assets; and income taxes. Because of the uncertainty of estimates involved in these matters, the Company may be required to do one or more of the following: significantly increase the allowance for credit losses and/or sustain credit losses that are significantly higher than the reserve provided; recognize significant impairment on its goodwill and other intangible asset balances; or significantly increase its accrued taxes liability. For more information, refer to “Critical Accounting Policies” in this Annual Report.
 
Changes in accounting standards could materially impact the Company’s financial statements From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board changes the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of the Company’s financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how the Company records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, the Company could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in the Company’s restating prior period financial statements.
 
Acquisitions may not produce revenue enhancements or cost savings at levels or within timeframes originally anticipated and may result in unforeseen integration difficulties The Company regularly explores opportunities to acquire financial services businesses or assets and may also consider opportunities to acquire other banks or financial institutions. The Company cannot predict the number, size or timing of acquisitions.
Difficulty in integrating an acquired business or company may cause the Company not to realize expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence, and/or other projected benefits from the acquisition. The integration could result in higher than expected deposit attrition (run-off), loss of key employees, disruption of the Company’s business or the business of the acquired company, or otherwise adversely affect the Company’s ability to maintain relationships with customers and employees or achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisition. Also, the negative effect of any divestitures required by regulatory authorities in acquisitions or business combinations may be greater than expected.

136   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

The Company must generally receive federal regulatory approval before it can acquire a bank or bank holding company. In determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition, federal bank regulators will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on the competition, financial condition, and future prospects. The regulators also review current and projected capital ratios and levels, the competence, experience, and integrity of management and its record of compliance with laws and regulations, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served (including the acquiring institution’s record of compliance under the Community Reinvestment Act) and the effectiveness of the acquiring institution in combating money laundering activities. In addition, the Company cannot be certain when or if, or on what terms and conditions, any required regulatory approvals will be granted. The Company may be required to sell banks or branches as a condition to receiving regulatory approval.
 
If new laws were enacted that restrict the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to share information about customers, the Company’s financial results could be negatively affected The Company’s business model depends on sharing information among the family of companies owned by U.S. Bancorp to better satisfy the Company’s customer needs. Laws that restrict the ability of the companies owned by U.S. Bancorp to share information about customers could negatively affect the Company’s revenue and profit.
 
The Company’s business could suffer if the Company fails to attract and retain skilled people The Company’s success depends, in large part, on its ability to attract and retain key people. Competition for the best people in most activities the Company engages in can be intense. The Company may not be able to hire the best people or to keep them. Recent strong scrutiny of compensation practices has resulted and may continue to result in additional regulation and legislation in this area as well as additional legislative and regulatory initiatives, and there is no assurance that this will not cause increased turnover or impede the Company’s ability to retain and attract the highest caliber employees.
 
The Company relies on other companies to provide key components of the Company’s business infrastructure Third-party vendors provide key components of the Company’s business infrastructure, such as internet connections, network access and mutual fund distribution. While the Company has selected these third-party vendors carefully, it does not control their actions. Any problems caused by these third-parties, including as a result of their not providing the Company their services for any reason or their performing their services poorly, could adversely affect the Company’s ability to deliver products and services to the Company’s customers and otherwise to conduct its business. Replacing these third-party vendors could also entail significant delay and expense.
 
Significant legal actions could subject the Company to substantial uninsured liabilities The Company is from time to time subject to claims related to its operations. These claims and legal actions, including supervisory actions by the Company’s regulators, could involve large monetary claims and significant defense costs. To protect itself from the cost of these claims, the Company maintains insurance coverage in amounts and with deductibles that it believes are appropriate for its operations. However, the Company’s insurance coverage may not cover all claims against the Company or continue to be available to the Company at a reasonable cost. As a result, the Company may be exposed to substantial uninsured liabilities, which could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.
 
The Company is exposed to risk of environmental liability when it takes title to properties In the course of the Company’s business, the Company may foreclose on and take title to real estate. As a result, the Company could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. The Company may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third-parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, if the Company is the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, it may be subject to common law claims by third-parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. If the Company becomes subject to significant environmental liabilities, its financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
A natural disaster could harm the Company’s business Natural disasters could harm the Company’s operations through interference with communications, including the interruption or loss of the Company’s websites, which could prevent the Company from obtaining deposits, originating loans and processing and controlling its flow of business, as well as through the destruction of facilities and the

U.S. BANCORP   137


Table of Contents

Company’s operational, financial and management information systems. Additionally, natural disasters may significantly affect loan portfolios by damaging properties pledged as collateral and by impairing the ability of certain borrowers to repay their loans. The nature and level of natural disasters cannot be predicted and may be exacerbated by global climate change. The ultimate impact of a natural disaster on future financial results is difficult to predict and would be affected by a number of factors, including the extent of damage to the Company’s assets or the relevant collateral, the extent to which damaged collateral is not covered by insurance, the extent to which unemployment and other economic conditions caused by the natural disaster adversely affect the ability of borrowers to repay their loans, and the cost of collection and foreclosure moratoriums, loan forbearances and other accommodations granted to borrowers and other customers.
 
The Company faces systems failure risks as well as security risks, including “hacking” and “identity theft” The computer systems and network infrastructure the Company and others use could be vulnerable to unforeseen problems. These problems may arise in both the Company’s internally developed systems and the systems of its third-party service providers. The Company’s operations are dependent upon its ability to protect computer equipment against damage from fire, power loss or telecommunication failure. Any damage or failure that causes an interruption in its operations could adversely affect its business and financial results. In addition, the Company’s computer systems and network infrastructure present security risks, and could be susceptible to hacking or identity theft.
 
The Company relies on dividends from its subsidiaries for its liquidity needs The Company is a separate and distinct legal entity from its bank subsidiaries and non-bank subsidiaries. The Company receives substantially all of its cash from dividends paid by its subsidiaries. These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay dividends on the Company’s stock and interest and principal on its debt. Various federal and state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that its bank subsidiaries and certain of its non-bank subsidiaries may pay to the Company without regulatory approval. Also, the Company’s right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors, except to the extent that any of the Company’s claims as a creditor of that subsidiary may be recognized.
 
The Company has non-banking businesses that are subject to various risks and uncertainties The Company is a diversified financial services company, and the Company’s business model is based on a mix of businesses that provide a broad range of products and services delivered through multiple distribution channels. In addition to banking, the Company provides payment services, investments, mortgages and corporate and personal trust services. Although the Company believes its diversity helps lessen the effect of downturns in any one segment of its industry, it also means the Company’s earnings could be subject to various specific risks and uncertainties related to these non-banking businesses.
 
The Company’s stock price can be volatile The Company’s stock price can fluctuate widely in response to a variety of factors, including: actual or anticipated variations in the Company’s quarterly operating results; recommendations by securities analysts; significant acquisitions or business combinations; strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by or involving the Company or the Company’s competitors; operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to the Company; new technology used or services offered by the Company’s competitors; news reports relating to trends, concerns and other issues in the financial services industry; and changes in government regulations. General market fluctuations, industry factors and general economic and political conditions and events, as well as interest rate changes, currency fluctuations, or unforeseen events such as terrorist attacks could cause the Company’s stock price to decrease regardless of the Company’s operating results.

138   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

Executive Officers

Richard K. Davis
Mr. Davis is Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Davis, 53, has served as Chairman of U.S. Bancorp since December 2007, Chief Executive Officer since December 2006 and President since October 2004. He also served as Chief Operating Officer from October 2004 until December 2006. From the time of the merger of Firstar Corporation and U.S. Bancorp in February 2001 until October 2004, Mr. Davis served as Vice Chairman of U.S. Bancorp. From the time of the merger, Mr. Davis was responsible for Consumer Banking, including Retail Payment Solutions (card services), and he assumed additional responsibility for Commercial Banking in 2003. Mr. Davis has held management positions with the Company since joining Star Banc Corporation, one of its predecessors, in 1993 as Executive Vice President.
 
Jennie P. Carlson
Ms. Carlson is Executive Vice President, Human Resources, of U.S. Bancorp. Ms. Carlson, 50, has served in this position since January 2002. Until that time, she served as Executive Vice President, Deputy General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of U.S. Bancorp since the merger of Firstar Corporation and U.S. Bancorp in February 2001. From 1995 until the merger, she was General Counsel and Secretary of Firstar Corporation and Star Banc Corporation.
 
Andrew Cecere
Mr. Cecere is Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Cecere, 50, has served in this position since February 2007. Until that time, he served as Vice Chairman, Wealth Management and Securities Services, since the merger of Firstar Corporation and U.S. Bancorp in February 2001. Previously, he had served as an executive officer of the former U.S. Bancorp, including as Chief Financial Officer from May 2000 through February 2001.
 
Terrance R. Dolan
Mr. Dolan is Vice Chairman, Wealth Management and Securities Services, of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Dolan, 49, has served in this position since July 2010. From September 1998 to July 2010, Mr. Dolan served as U.S. Bancorp’s Controller. He additionally held the title of Executive Vice President from January 2002 until June 2010 and Senior Vice President from September 1998 until January 2002.
 
Richard C. Hartnack
Mr. Hartnack is Vice Chairman, Consumer and Small Business Banking, of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Hartnack, 65, has served in this position since April 2005, when he joined U.S. Bancorp. Prior to joining U.S. Bancorp, he served as Vice Chairman of Union Bank of California from 1991 to 2005 with responsibility for Community Banking and Investment Services.
 
Richard J. Hidy
Mr. Hidy is Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Hidy, 48, has served in this position since 2005. From 2003 until 2005, he served as Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel of U.S. Bancorp, having served as Senior Vice President and Associate General Counsel of U.S. Bancorp and Firstar Corporation since 1999.
 
Joseph C. Hoesley
Mr. Hoesley is Vice Chairman, Commercial Real Estate, of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Hoesley, 56, has served in this position since June 2006. From June 2002 until June 2006, he served as Executive Vice President and National Group Head of Commercial Real Estate at U.S. Bancorp, having previously served as Senior Vice President and Group Head of Commercial Real Estate since joining U.S. Bancorp in 1992.

U.S. BANCORP   139


Table of Contents

Pamela A. Joseph
Ms. Joseph is Vice Chairman, Payment Services, of U.S. Bancorp. Ms. Joseph, 52, has served in this position since December 2004. Since November 2004, she has been Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Elavon Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of U.S. Bancorp. Prior to that time, she had been President and Chief Operating Officer of Elavon Inc. since February 2000.
 
Howell D. McCullough III
Mr. McCullough is Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer of U.S. Bancorp and Head of U.S. Bancorp’s Enterprise Revenue Office. Mr. McCullough, 54, has served in these positions since September 2007. From July 2005 until September 2007, he served as Director of Strategy and Acquisitions of the Payment Services business of U.S. Bancorp. He also served as Chief Financial Officer of the Payment Services business from October 2006 until September 2007. From March 2001 until July 2005, he served as Senior Vice President and Director of Investor Relations at U.S. Bancorp.
 
Lee R. Mitau
Mr. Mitau is Executive Vice President and General Counsel of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Mitau, 62, has served in this position since 1995. Mr. Mitau also serves as Corporate Secretary. Prior to 1995 he was a partner at the law firm of Dorsey & Whitney LLP.
 
P.W. Parker
Mr. Parker is Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Parker, 54, has served in this position since October 2007. From March 2005 until October 2007, he served as Executive Vice President of Credit Portfolio Management of U.S. Bancorp, having served as Senior Vice President of Credit Portfolio Management of U.S. Bancorp since January 2002.
 
Richard B. Payne, Jr.
Mr. Payne is Vice Chairman, Wholesale Banking, of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Payne, 63, has served in this position since November 2010, when he assumed the additional responsibility for Commercial Banking at U.S. Bancorp. From July 2006, when he joined U.S. Bancorp, until November 2010, Mr. Payne served as Vice Chairman, Corporate Banking at U.S. Bancorp. Prior to joining U.S. Bancorp, he served as Executive Vice President for National City Corporation in Cleveland, with responsibility for Capital Markets, from 2001 to 2006.
 
Jeffry H. von Gillern
Mr. von Gillern is Vice Chairman, Technology and Operations Services, of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. von Gillern, 45, has served in this position since July 2010. From April 2001, when he joined U.S. Bancorp, until July 2010, Mr. von Gillern served as Executive Vice President of U.S. Bancorp, additionally serving as Chief Information Officer from July 2007 until July 2010.

140   U.S. BANCORP


Table of Contents

Directors

Richard K. Davis 1,6
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
U.S. Bancorp
Minneapolis, Minnesota
 
Douglas M. Baker, Jr. 3,6
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Ecolab Inc.
(Cleaning and sanitizing products)
St. Paul, Minnesota
 
Y. Marc Belton 3,4
Executive Vice President, Global Strategy,
Growth and Marketing Innovation
General Mills, Inc.
(Consumer food products)
Minneapolis, Minnesota
 
Victoria Buyniski Gluckman 2,4
Retired Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
United Medical Resources, Inc.,
a wholly owned subsidiary of
UnitedHealth Group Incorporated
(Healthcare benefits administration)
Cincinnati, Ohio
 
Arthur D. Collins, Jr. 1,2,5
Retired Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Medtronic, Inc.
(Medical device and technology)
Chicago, Illinois
 
Joel W. Johnson 3,6
Retired Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Hormel Foods Corporation
(Consumer food products)
Scottsdale, Arizona
 
Olivia F. Kirtley 1,3,5
Business Consultant
(Consulting)
Louisville, Kentucky
 
Jerry W. Levin 1,2,5
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Wilton Brands Inc.
(Consumer products) and
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
JW Levin Partners LLC
(Private investment and advisory)
New York, New York
 
David B. O’Maley 5,6
Executive Chairman and Retired President
and Chief Executive Officer
Ohio National Financial Services, Inc.
(Insurance)
Cincinnati, Ohio
 
O’dell M. Owens, M.D., M.P.H. 1,3,4
President
Cincinnati State Technical and Community College
(Higher Education)
Cincinnati, Ohio
 
Richard G. Reiten 2,3
Retired Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Northwest Natural Gas Company
(Natural gas utility)
Portland, Oregon
 
Craig D. Schnuck 4,6
Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Schnuck Markets, Inc.
(Food retail)
St. Louis, Missouri
 
Patrick T. Stokes 1,2,6
Former Chairman and Former Chief Executive Officer
Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc.
(Consumer products)
St. Louis, Missouri
1.  Executive Committee
2.  Compensation and Human Resources Committee
3.  Audit Committee
4.  Community Reinvestment and Public Policy Committee
5.  Governance Committee
6.  Risk Management Committee

U.S. BANCORP   141

EXHIBIT 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF U.S. BANCORP
(JURISDICTIONS OF ORGANIZATION SHOWN IN PARENTHESES)
U.S. Bank National Association (a nationally chartered banking association)
U.S. Bank National Association ND (a nationally chartered banking association)
U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association (a nationally chartered banking association)
U.S. Bank Trust National Association (a nationally chartered banking association)
U.S. Bank Trust National Association SD (a nationally chartered banking association)
Elan Life Insurance Company (Arizona)
Elavon, Inc. (Georgia)
Elavon Financial Services Limited (Ireland)
Firstar Trade Services Corporation (Wisconsin)
Miami Valley Insurance Company (Arizona)
Midwest Indemnity Inc. (Vermont)
Mississippi Valley Life Insurance Company (Arizona)
Quasar Distributors, LLC (Wisconsin)
U.S. Bancorp Asset Management, Inc. (Delaware)
U.S. Bancorp Equipment Finance, Inc. (Oregon)
U.S. Bancorp Insurance and Investments, Inc. (Wyoming)
U.S. Bancorp Insurance Company, Inc. (Vermont)
U.S. Bancorp Insurance Services of Montana, Inc. (Montana)
U.S. Bancorp Insurance Services, LLC (Wisconsin)
U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc. (Delaware)

 


 

USB Americas Holdings Company (Delaware)
USB European Holdings Company (Delaware)

 

Exhibit 23
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of U.S. Bancorp of our reports dated February 28, 2011, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of U.S. Bancorp and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of U.S. Bancorp, included in the 2010 Annual Report to Shareholders of U.S. Bancorp.
 
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
 
         
    Registration
   
Form
  Statement No.   Purpose
 
S-3
  333-150298   Shelf Registration Statement
S-8
  333-01421   First Bank System, Inc. 1994 Stock Incentive Plan and 1991 Stock Incentive Plan
S-8
  333-02623   First Bank System, Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan
S-8
  333-32635   U.S. Bancorp 1997 Stock Incentive Plan
S-8
  333-51635   U.S. Bancorp 1997 Stock Incentive Plan
S-8
  333-76887   U.S. Bancorp 1997 Stock Incentive Plan
S-8
  333-82691   Bank of Commerce 1989 and 1995 Stock Option Plans (as assumed by U.S. Bancorp)
S-8
  333-38846   U.S. Bancorp 1999 Stock Incentive Plan
S-8
  333-47968   Scripps Bank 1992 and 1995 Stock Option Plans and Scripps Bank 1998 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan
S-8
  333-48532   Various benefit plans of Firstar Corporation in effect at the time of the merger with U.S. Bancorp
S-8
  333-65774   Various stock options and incentive plans of Nova Corporation in effect at the time of the merger with U.S. Bancorp
S-8
  333-68450   U.S. Bancorp 2001 Employee Stock Incentive Plan
S-8
  333-74036   U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan
S-8
  333-100671   U.S. Bancorp 401(k) Savings Plan
S-8
  333-142194   Various benefit plans of U.S. Bancorp
S-8
  333-166193   Various benefit plans of U.S. Bancorp
 
of our reports dated February 28, 2011, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of U.S. Bancorp and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of U.S. Bancorp, included in the 2010 Annual Report to Shareholders of U.S. Bancorp, which is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of U.S. Bancorp for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
Minneapolis, Minnesota
February 28, 2011

Exhibit 24
U.S. BANCORP
Power of Attorney of Director
     Each of the undersigned directors of U.S. Bancorp, a Delaware corporation, hereby constitutes and appoints each of RICHARD K. DAVIS, ANDREW CECERE and LEE R. MITAU, acting individually or jointly, their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power to act for them and in their name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to do any and all acts and execute any and all documents which either such attorney and agent may deem necessary or desirable to enable U.S. Bancorp to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, in connection with the filing with the Commission of U.S. Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, including, without limitation, power and authority to sign the names of the undersigned directors to the Annual Report on Form 10-K and to any instruments and documents filed as part of or in connection with the Form 10-K or any amendments thereto; and the undersigned hereby ratify and confirm all actions taken and documents signed by each said attorney and agent as provided herein.
     The undersigned have set their hands this 18th day of January, 2011.
         
/s/ Douglas M. Baker, Jr.
 
Douglas M. Baker, Jr.
  /s/ Jerry W. Levin
 
Jerry W. Levin
   
 
       
/s/ Y. Marc Belton
 
Y. Marc Belton
  /s/ David B. O’Maley
 
David B. O’Maley
   
 
       
/s/ Victoria Buyniski Gluckman
 
Victoria Buyniski Gluckman
  /s/ O’dell M. Owens, M.D., M.P.H.
 
O’dell M. Owens, M.D., M.P.H.
   
 
       
/s/ Arthur D. Collins, Jr.
 
Arthur D. Collins, Jr.
  /s/ Richard G. Reiten
 
Richard G. Reiten
   
 
       
/s/ Joel W. Johnson
 
Joel W. Johnson
  /s/ Craig D. Schnuck
 
Craig D. Schnuck
   
 
       
/s/ Olivia F. Kirtley
 
Olivia F. Kirtley
  /s/ Patrick T. Stokes
 
Patrick T. Stokes
   

 

EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULE 13a-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
I, Richard K. Davis, certify that:
(1)   I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of U.S. Bancorp;
 
(2)   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
(3)   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
(4)   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  (a)   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  (b)   designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  (c)   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  (d)   disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
(5)   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  (a)   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  (b)   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
  /s/ Richard K. Davis    
  Richard K. Davis   
Dated: February 28, 2011  Chief Executive Officer    

 

         
EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULE 13a-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
I, Andrew Cecere, certify that:
(1)   I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of U.S. Bancorp;
 
(2)   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
(3)   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
(4)   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  (a)   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  (b)   designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  (c)   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  (d)   disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
(5)   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  (a)   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  (b)   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
  /s/ Andrew Cecere    
  Andrew Cecere   
Dated: February 28, 2011  Chief Financial Officer    

 

         
EXHIBIT 32
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of U.S. Bancorp, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), do hereby certify that:
(1)   The Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (the “Form 10-K”) of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2)   The information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
     
/s/ Richard K. Davis
 
Richard K. Davis
  /s/ Andrew Cecere
 
 Andrew Cecere
Chief Executive Officer
  Chief Financial Officer
 
   
Dated: February 28, 2011